diff options
| author | Norbert Preining <norbert@preining.info> | 2023-10-29 03:02:22 +0000 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Norbert Preining <norbert@preining.info> | 2023-10-29 03:02:22 +0000 |
| commit | 63d7dc4d66eb8f96c0c480abe8e5d0eefc434269 (patch) | |
| tree | c9daa49d7ad70a7e790c28afc85db25d97b04170 | |
| parent | 27f547140ee908fb4ce9e4b8297af7d5bf8d7ff9 (diff) | |
CTAN sync 202310290302
23 files changed, 9981 insertions, 3815 deletions
diff --git a/FILES.byname b/FILES.byname index 03a696775d..90feeee42b 100644 --- a/FILES.byname +++ b/FILES.byname @@ -628,11 +628,15 @@ 1992/07/20 | 484 | biblio/bibtex/contrib/examples/xampl-siam.ltx 1992/07/20 | 488 | biblio/bibtex/contrib/examples/xampl-unsrt.ltx 2005/09/29 | 22158 | biblio/bibtex/contrib/examples.zip -2013/05/12 | 35451 | biblio/bibtex/contrib/francais-bst/francais.bst -2012/10/15 | 1985 | biblio/bibtex/contrib/francais-bst/francaisbst.tex -2013/05/12 | 35994 | biblio/bibtex/contrib/francais-bst/francaissc.bst -2013/05/12 | 3356 | biblio/bibtex/contrib/francais-bst/README -2013/05/12 | 17911 | biblio/bibtex/contrib/francais-bst.zip +2023/10/28 | 864 | biblio/bibtex/contrib/francais-bst/francaisbst.dbj +2023/10/28 | 1466 | biblio/bibtex/contrib/francais-bst/francais-bst.ins +2023/10/28 | 244927 | biblio/bibtex/contrib/francais-bst/francais-bst.mbs +2023/10/28 | 43186 | biblio/bibtex/contrib/francais-bst/francais-bst.pdf +2023/10/28 | 132498 | biblio/bibtex/contrib/francais-bst/francais-bst.tds.zip +2023/10/28 | 18612 | biblio/bibtex/contrib/francais-bst/francais.dbj +2023/10/28 | 18618 | biblio/bibtex/contrib/francais-bst/francaissc.dbj +2023/10/28 | 5530 | biblio/bibtex/contrib/francais-bst/README.md +2023/10/28 | 247281 | biblio/bibtex/contrib/francais-bst.zip 2022/10/06 | 8217 | biblio/bibtex/contrib/gbt7714/CHANGELOG.md 2022/10/06 | 126 | biblio/bibtex/contrib/gbt7714/DEPENDS.txt 2022/10/06 | 120983 | biblio/bibtex/contrib/gbt7714/gbt7714.dtx @@ -2057,12 +2061,12 @@ 2023/10/05 | 1710 | biblio/citation-style-language/README.md 2023/10/05 | 12878 | biblio/citation-style-language/vancouver.csl 2023/10/05 | 4531754 | biblio/citation-style-language.zip -2023/10/27 | 1678 | biblio/ctan-bibdata/biblatex-ctan/ctan.bbx +2023/10/28 | 1678 | biblio/ctan-bibdata/biblatex-ctan/ctan.bbx 2022/10/08 | 127 | biblio/ctan-bibdata/biblatex-ctan/ctan.cbx -2023/10/27 | 2820864 | biblio/ctan-bibdata/ctan.bib -2023/10/27 | 3719904 | biblio/ctan-bibdata/ctan.pdf +2023/10/28 | 2821235 | biblio/ctan-bibdata/ctan.bib +2023/10/28 | 3721975 | biblio/ctan-bibdata/ctan.pdf 2023/01/16 | 1489 | biblio/ctan-bibdata/README -2023/10/27 | 4124218 | biblio/ctan-bibdata.zip +2023/10/28 | 4126131 | biblio/ctan-bibdata.zip 2023/02/23 | 3126 | biblio/pbibtex/pbibtex-base/cpp.awk 2023/02/23 | 1009 | biblio/pbibtex/pbibtex-base/generate.sh 2023/02/23 | 22362 | biblio/pbibtex/pbibtex-base/jabbrv.bst @@ -5419,7 +5423,7 @@ 1990/10/02 | 5440 | dviware/vutex/vaxvms.hlp 1990/10/02 | 812 | dviware/vutex/vaxvms.ins 1990/10/02 | 127576 | dviware/vutex/vutex.web -2023/10/27 | 70460 | FILES.last07days +2023/10/28 | 73938 | FILES.last07days 2021/07/24 | 1139410 | fonts/aboensis/Aboensis.glyphs 2021/07/24 | 18907382 | fonts/aboensis/aboensis.pdf 2021/07/24 | 137860 | fonts/aboensis/Aboensis-Regular.otf @@ -202371,10 +202375,12 @@ 1994/02/14 | 2561 | macros/generic/caesarcm/caesar-fonts-generic.dir/tmr10.tfm-uu 1994/02/14 | 3632 | macros/generic/caesarcm/caesar-fonts-generic.dir/tmr10.tfm_vve 1994/02/14 | 1446 | macros/generic/caesarcm/caesar-fonts-generic.dir/v2update.readme -2023/10/26 | 226 | macros/generic/calcfrac/calcfrac.sty -2023/10/26 | 6500 | macros/generic/calcfrac/calcfrac.tex -2023/10/26 | 2237 | macros/generic/calcfrac/README -2023/10/27 | 3474 | macros/generic/calcfrac.zip +2023/10/28 | 65888 | macros/generic/calcfrac/calcfrac-fr.pdf +2023/10/28 | 7348 | macros/generic/calcfrac/calcfrac-fr.tex +2023/10/28 | 645 | macros/generic/calcfrac/calcfrac.sty +2023/10/28 | 6851 | macros/generic/calcfrac/calcfrac.tex +2023/10/28 | 2241 | macros/generic/calcfrac/README +2023/10/28 | 71232 | macros/generic/calcfrac.zip 2015/11/14 | 541845 | macros/generic/catcodes/doc/catcodes.pdf 2015/11/14 | 204 | macros/generic/catcodes/doc/catcodes.RLS 2015/11/14 | 9004 | macros/generic/catcodes/docsrc/catcodes.tex @@ -221269,10 +221275,10 @@ 2021/11/07 | 368175 | macros/latex/contrib/etl/etl.pdf 2021/11/07 | 1380 | macros/latex/contrib/etl/README.md 2021/11/07 | 372730 | macros/latex/contrib/etl.zip -2023/07/04 | 504592 | macros/latex/contrib/etoc/etoc.dtx -2023/07/04 | 978780 | macros/latex/contrib/etoc/etoc.pdf -2023/07/04 | 3969 | macros/latex/contrib/etoc/README.md -2023/07/05 | 1074972 | macros/latex/contrib/etoc.zip +2023/10/28 | 505074 | macros/latex/contrib/etoc/etoc.dtx +2023/10/28 | 978250 | macros/latex/contrib/etoc/etoc.pdf +2023/10/28 | 4075 | macros/latex/contrib/etoc/README.md +2023/10/28 | 1075381 | macros/latex/contrib/etoc.zip 2020/10/05 | 2379 | macros/latex/contrib/etoolbox/etoolbox.def 2020/10/05 | 227785 | macros/latex/contrib/etoolbox/etoolbox.pdf 2020/10/05 | 46845 | macros/latex/contrib/etoolbox/etoolbox.sty @@ -286927,7 +286933,7 @@ 2021/05/03 | 629 | support/TeX4ht/doc/README 2020/08/24 | 358454 | support/TeX4ht/doc/TeX4ht-doc.tex 2021/05/11 | 262 | support/TeX4ht/README -2023/10/25 | 235167 | support/TeX4ht/source/ChangeLog +2023/10/27 | 235347 | support/TeX4ht/source/ChangeLog 2021/05/03 | 1375 | support/TeX4ht/source/checklog.lua 2021/05/03 | 1189 | support/TeX4ht/source/common-code.tex 2021/05/03 | 2727 | support/TeX4ht/source/common-info.tex @@ -286946,7 +286952,7 @@ 2021/05/03 | 807 | support/TeX4ht/source/tex4ht-cpright.tex 2023/10/16 | 419404 | support/TeX4ht/source/tex4ht-c.tex 2021/05/03 | 420 | support/TeX4ht/source/tex4ht-dir.m4 -2023/09/01 | 101221 | support/TeX4ht/source/tex4ht-docbook.tex +2023/10/27 | 101730 | support/TeX4ht/source/tex4ht-docbook.tex 2021/05/03 | 12368 | support/TeX4ht/source/tex4ht-docbook-xtpipes.tex 2021/05/03 | 47591 | support/TeX4ht/source/tex4ht-env.tex 2021/05/03 | 3704153 | support/TeX4ht/source/tex4ht-fonts-4hf.tex @@ -292692,6 +292698,8 @@ 2019/02/28 | 279664 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/calcage.doc.r27725.tar.xz 2019/02/28 | 1464 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/calcage.r27725.tar.xz 2019/02/28 | 5820 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/calcage.source.r27725.tar.xz +2023/10/28 | 1352 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/calcfrac.doc.r68675.tar.xz +2023/10/28 | 2628 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/calcfrac.r68675.tar.xz 2019/02/28 | 407400 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/calctab.doc.r15878.tar.xz 2019/02/28 | 4680 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/calctab.r15878.tar.xz 2019/02/28 | 98544 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/calculation.doc.r35973.tar.xz @@ -293203,8 +293211,8 @@ 2019/02/28 | 61056 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/cmbright.doc.r21107.tar.xz 2019/02/28 | 111916 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/cmbright.r21107.tar.xz 2019/02/28 | 6944 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/cmbright.source.r21107.tar.xz -2021/09/28 | 5864 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/cmcyr.doc.r60630.tar.xz -2021/09/28 | 901484 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/cmcyr.r60630.tar.xz +2023/10/28 | 5440 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/cmcyr.doc.r68681.tar.xz +2023/10/28 | 901468 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/cmcyr.r68681.tar.xz 2021/02/27 | 2500 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/cm.doc.r57963.tar.xz 2019/02/28 | 346136 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/cmdstring.doc.r15878.tar.xz 2019/02/28 | 872 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/cmdstring.r15878.tar.xz @@ -293317,7 +293325,7 @@ 2023/05/12 | 564 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/collection-metapost.r67071.tar.xz 2023/02/18 | 496 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/collection-music.r65862.tar.xz 2023/10/27 | 1632 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/collection-pictures.r68664.tar.xz -2023/10/12 | 1000 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/collection-plaingeneric.r68513.tar.xz +2023/10/28 | 1004 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/collection-plaingeneric.r68675.tar.xz 2022/12/27 | 816 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/collection-pstricks.r65367.tar.xz 2023/09/10 | 1716 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/collection-publishers.r68224.tar.xz 2020/03/04 | 340 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/collection-texworks.r54074.tar.xz @@ -297464,8 +297472,8 @@ 2020/01/24 | 3996 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/latexconfig.r53525.tar.xz 2023/03/28 | 780 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/latex-context-ppchtex.doc.r66687.tar.xz 2023/03/28 | 768 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/latex-context-ppchtex.r66687.tar.xz -2019/02/28 | 600116 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/latex-course.doc.r25505.tar.xz -2019/02/28 | 512 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/latex-course.r25505.tar.xz +2023/10/28 | 585200 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/latex-course.doc.r68681.tar.xz +2023/10/28 | 488 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/latex-course.r68681.tar.xz 2019/02/28 | 5200392 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/latexcourse-rug.doc.r39026.tar.xz 2019/02/28 | 464 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/latexcourse-rug.r39026.tar.xz 2023/05/24 | 471020 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/latexdemo.doc.r67201.tar.xz @@ -299422,9 +299430,9 @@ 2023/09/12 | 70276 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/newpax.doc.r68242.tar.xz 2023/09/12 | 9336 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/newpax.r68242.tar.xz 2023/09/12 | 10832 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/newpax.source.r68242.tar.xz -2023/10/27 | 466312 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/newpx.doc.r68655.tar.xz -2023/10/27 | 4728272 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/newpx.r68655.tar.xz -2023/10/27 | 392 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/newpx.source.r68655.tar.xz +2023/10/28 | 465964 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/newpx.doc.r68674.tar.xz +2023/10/28 | 4728256 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/newpx.r68674.tar.xz +2023/10/28 | 392 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/newpx.source.r68674.tar.xz 2019/02/28 | 137580 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/newsletr.doc.r15878.tar.xz 2019/02/28 | 16788 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/newsletr.r15878.tar.xz 2019/02/28 | 196212 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/newspaper.doc.r15878.tar.xz @@ -302485,9 +302493,9 @@ 2019/09/11 | 1292 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/tagging.r52064.tar.xz 2019/02/28 | 68912 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/tagpair.doc.r42138.tar.xz 2019/02/28 | 1244 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/tagpair.r42138.tar.xz -2023/09/01 | 2128908 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/tagpdf.doc.r68128.tar.xz -2023/09/01 | 35780 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/tagpdf.r68128.tar.xz -2023/09/01 | 65980 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/tagpdf.source.r68128.tar.xz +2023/10/28 | 2142948 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/tagpdf.doc.r68676.tar.xz +2023/10/28 | 35976 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/tagpdf.r68676.tar.xz +2023/10/28 | 66560 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/tagpdf.source.r68676.tar.xz 2019/02/28 | 131060 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/talk.doc.r42428.tar.xz 2019/02/28 | 4676 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/talk.r42428.tar.xz 2019/02/28 | 556 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/talk.source.r42428.tar.xz @@ -302595,13 +302603,13 @@ 2023/08/16 | 108860 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/tex4ht.amd64-freebsd.r67940.tar.xz 2023/08/16 | 87320 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/tex4ht.amd64-netbsd.r67940.tar.xz 2023/08/16 | 69948 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/tex4ht.armhf-linux.r67940.tar.xz -2023/10/26 | 136384 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/tex4ht.doc.r68652.tar.xz +2023/10/28 | 136384 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/tex4ht.doc.r68679.tar.xz 2023/08/16 | 93764 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/tex4ht.i386-freebsd.r67940.tar.xz 2023/08/16 | 91236 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/tex4ht.i386-linux.r67940.tar.xz 2023/08/16 | 76184 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/tex4ht.i386-netbsd.r67940.tar.xz 2023/08/16 | 83936 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/tex4ht.i386-solaris.r67940.tar.xz -2023/10/26 | 1104068 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/tex4ht.r68652.tar.xz -2023/10/26 | 1453980 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/tex4ht.source.r68652.tar.xz +2023/10/28 | 1104088 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/tex4ht.r68679.tar.xz +2023/10/28 | 1458488 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/tex4ht.source.r68679.tar.xz 2023/08/16 | 184636 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/tex4ht.universal-darwin.r67940.tar.xz 2023/10/23 | 62056 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/tex4ht.windows.r68621.tar.xz 2023/08/16 | 57992 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/tex4ht.x86_64-cygwin.r67940.tar.xz @@ -302862,7 +302870,7 @@ 2022/09/13 | 600 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/texlive-scripts.amd64-freebsd.r64356.tar.xz 2022/09/13 | 596 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/texlive-scripts.amd64-netbsd.r64356.tar.xz 2022/09/13 | 596 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/texlive-scripts.armhf-linux.r64356.tar.xz -2023/10/27 | 428324 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/texlive-scripts.doc.r68654.tar.xz +2023/10/28 | 428436 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/texlive-scripts.doc.r68669.tar.xz 2020/01/27 | 916 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/texlive-scripts-extra.aarch64-linux.r53577.tar.xz 2020/01/27 | 924 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/texlive-scripts-extra.amd64-freebsd.r53577.tar.xz 2020/01/27 | 916 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/texlive-scripts-extra.amd64-netbsd.r53577.tar.xz @@ -302884,7 +302892,7 @@ 2022/09/13 | 592 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/texlive-scripts.i386-linux.r64356.tar.xz 2022/09/13 | 596 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/texlive-scripts.i386-netbsd.r64356.tar.xz 2022/09/13 | 596 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/texlive-scripts.i386-solaris.r64356.tar.xz -2023/10/27 | 114040 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/texlive-scripts.r68654.tar.xz +2023/10/28 | 114088 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/texlive-scripts.r68669.tar.xz 2022/09/13 | 580 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/texlive-scripts.universal-darwin.r64356.tar.xz 2023/05/14 | 60312 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/texlive-scripts.windows.r67095.tar.xz 2022/09/13 | 596 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/texlive-scripts.x86_64-cygwin.r64356.tar.xz @@ -303377,8 +303385,8 @@ 2019/02/28 | 1472 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/titlepic.r43497.tar.xz 2019/02/28 | 200724 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/titleref.doc.r18729.tar.xz 2019/02/28 | 2924 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/titleref.r18729.tar.xz -2023/10/18 | 682884 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/titlesec.doc.r68573.tar.xz -2023/10/18 | 20044 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/titlesec.r68573.tar.xz +2023/10/28 | 683084 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/titlesec.doc.r68677.tar.xz +2023/10/28 | 19988 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/titlesec.r68677.tar.xz 2019/02/28 | 175188 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/titling.doc.r15878.tar.xz 2019/02/28 | 2524 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/titling.r15878.tar.xz 2019/02/28 | 14800 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/titling.source.r15878.tar.xz @@ -303804,8 +303812,8 @@ 2019/05/24 | 2120 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/unam-thesis.doc.r51207.tar.xz 2019/02/28 | 9860 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/unamthesis.r43639.tar.xz 2019/05/24 | 2984 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/unam-thesis.r51207.tar.xz -2019/02/28 | 5011364 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/unamth-template.doc.r33625.tar.xz -2019/02/28 | 504 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/unamth-template.r33625.tar.xz +2023/10/28 | 5010296 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/unamth-template.doc.r68681.tar.xz +2023/10/28 | 480 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/unamth-template.r68681.tar.xz 2023/10/22 | 1405592 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/unbtex.doc.r68603.tar.xz 2023/10/22 | 17520 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/unbtex.r68603.tar.xz 2021/01/02 | 2036196 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/undergradmath.doc.r57286.tar.xz @@ -304766,16 +304774,16 @@ 2020/07/18 | 47816 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/zztex.doc.r55862.tar.xz 2020/07/18 | 101724 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/zztex.r55862.tar.xz 2023/08/07 | 125713 | systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl -2023/10/27 | 5742054 | systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl-unx.tar.gz -2023/10/27 | 152 | systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl-unx.tar.gz.sha512 -2023/10/27 | 488 | systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl-unx.tar.gz.sha512.asc +2023/10/28 | 5740435 | systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl-unx.tar.gz +2023/10/28 | 152 | systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl-unx.tar.gz.sha512 +2023/10/28 | 488 | systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl-unx.tar.gz.sha512.asc 2023/05/13 | 5083 | systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl-windows.bat -2023/10/27 | 21036582 | systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl-windows.exe -2023/10/27 | 153 | systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl-windows.exe.sha512 -2023/10/27 | 488 | systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl-windows.exe.sha512.asc -2023/10/27 | 26029138 | systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl.zip -2023/10/27 | 145 | systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl.zip.sha512 -2023/10/27 | 488 | systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl.zip.sha512.asc +2023/10/28 | 21036322 | systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl-windows.exe +2023/10/28 | 153 | systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl-windows.exe.sha512 +2023/10/28 | 488 | systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl-windows.exe.sha512.asc +2023/10/28 | 26029181 | systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl.zip +2023/10/28 | 145 | systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl.zip.sha512 +2023/10/28 | 488 | systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl.zip.sha512.asc 2023/03/19 | 1229 | systems/texlive/tlnet/README.md 2023/03/19 | 0 | systems/texlive/tlnet/TEXLIVE_2023 2023/01/17 | 8401 | systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/gpg/pubring.gpg @@ -304785,7 +304793,7 @@ 2023/01/17 | 1280 | systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/gpg/trustdb.gpg 2023/09/20 | 50622 | systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/installer/config.guess 2010/11/11 | 11651 | systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/installer/COPYING.MinGW-runtime.txt -2023/10/26 | 6961 | systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/installer/ctan-mirrors.pl +2023/10/27 | 7150 | systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/installer/ctan-mirrors.pl 2023/08/23 | 221470 | systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/installer/curl/curl-ca-bundle.crt 2020/04/15 | 2606592 | systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/installer/curl/curl.exe 2017/04/16 | 2629 | systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/installer/installer-options.txt @@ -304827,12 +304835,12 @@ 2023/02/21 | 20371 | systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/TeXLive/TLCrypto.pm 2021/12/21 | 5429 | systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/TeXLive/TLDownload.pm 2023/04/08 | 28167 | systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/TeXLive/TLPaper.pm -2023/10/27 | 18307006 | systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb -2023/10/27 | 48 | systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb.md5 +2023/10/28 | 18308432 | systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb +2023/10/28 | 48 | systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb.md5 2023/10/16 | 87924 | systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/TeXLive/TLPDB.pm -2023/10/27 | 144 | systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb.sha512 -2023/10/27 | 488 | systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb.sha512.asc -2023/10/27 | 2481872 | systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb.xz +2023/10/28 | 144 | systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb.sha512 +2023/10/28 | 488 | systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb.sha512.asc +2023/10/28 | 2479372 | systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb.xz 2023/02/20 | 58928 | systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/TeXLive/TLPOBJ.pm 2023/06/11 | 42749 | systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/TeXLive/TLPSRC.pm 2023/02/21 | 16138 | systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/TeXLive/TLTREE.pm @@ -315702,7 +315710,7 @@ 2014/07/05 | 611 | systems/win32/yandy/README 2014/07/05 | 1004628 | systems/win32/yandy/yandy-src.tar.xz 2014/07/05 | 1012416 | systems/win32/yandy.zip -2023/10/28 | 186 | timestamp +2023/10/29 | 186 | timestamp 2002/08/26 | 61898 | usergrps/dante/antrag.pdf 2002/08/26 | 118217 | usergrps/dante/antrag.ps 2021/11/11 | 917 | usergrps/dante/dtk/doc/beispiel.bib diff --git a/FILES.byname.gz b/FILES.byname.gz Binary files differindex 689cc9b316..ab98cd736b 100644 --- a/FILES.byname.gz +++ b/FILES.byname.gz diff --git a/FILES.last07days b/FILES.last07days index 25e2475538..ac3121f167 100644 --- a/FILES.last07days +++ b/FILES.last07days @@ -1,3 +1,62 @@ +2023/10/28 | 978250 | macros/latex/contrib/etoc/etoc.pdf +2023/10/28 | 901468 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/cmcyr.r68681.tar.xz +2023/10/28 | 864 | biblio/bibtex/contrib/francais-bst/francaisbst.dbj +2023/10/28 | 7348 | macros/generic/calcfrac/calcfrac-fr.tex +2023/10/28 | 71232 | macros/generic/calcfrac.zip +2023/10/28 | 6851 | macros/generic/calcfrac/calcfrac.tex +2023/10/28 | 683084 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/titlesec.doc.r68677.tar.xz +2023/10/28 | 66560 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/tagpdf.source.r68676.tar.xz +2023/10/28 | 65888 | macros/generic/calcfrac/calcfrac-fr.pdf +2023/10/28 | 645 | macros/generic/calcfrac/calcfrac.sty +2023/10/28 | 585200 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/latex-course.doc.r68681.tar.xz +2023/10/28 | 5740435 | systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl-unx.tar.gz +2023/10/28 | 5530 | biblio/bibtex/contrib/francais-bst/README.md +2023/10/28 | 5440 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/cmcyr.doc.r68681.tar.xz +2023/10/28 | 505074 | macros/latex/contrib/etoc/etoc.dtx +2023/10/28 | 5010296 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/unamth-template.doc.r68681.tar.xz +2023/10/28 | 48 | systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb.md5 +2023/10/28 | 488 | systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb.sha512.asc +2023/10/28 | 488 | systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl.zip.sha512.asc +2023/10/28 | 488 | systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl-windows.exe.sha512.asc +2023/10/28 | 488 | systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl-unx.tar.gz.sha512.asc +2023/10/28 | 488 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/latex-course.r68681.tar.xz +2023/10/28 | 480 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/unamth-template.r68681.tar.xz +2023/10/28 | 4728256 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/newpx.r68674.tar.xz +2023/10/28 | 465964 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/newpx.doc.r68674.tar.xz +2023/10/28 | 43186 | biblio/bibtex/contrib/francais-bst/francais-bst.pdf +2023/10/28 | 428436 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/texlive-scripts.doc.r68669.tar.xz +2023/10/28 | 4126131 | biblio/ctan-bibdata.zip +2023/10/28 | 4075 | macros/latex/contrib/etoc/README.md +2023/10/28 | 392 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/newpx.source.r68674.tar.xz +2023/10/28 | 3721975 | biblio/ctan-bibdata/ctan.pdf +2023/10/28 | 35976 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/tagpdf.r68676.tar.xz +2023/10/28 | 2821235 | biblio/ctan-bibdata/ctan.bib +2023/10/28 | 2628 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/calcfrac.r68675.tar.xz +2023/10/28 | 26029181 | systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl.zip +2023/10/28 | 2479372 | systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb.xz +2023/10/28 | 247281 | biblio/bibtex/contrib/francais-bst.zip +2023/10/28 | 244927 | biblio/bibtex/contrib/francais-bst/francais-bst.mbs +2023/10/28 | 2241 | macros/generic/calcfrac/README +2023/10/28 | 2142948 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/tagpdf.doc.r68676.tar.xz +2023/10/28 | 21036322 | systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl-windows.exe +2023/10/28 | 19988 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/titlesec.r68677.tar.xz +2023/10/28 | 18618 | biblio/bibtex/contrib/francais-bst/francaissc.dbj +2023/10/28 | 18612 | biblio/bibtex/contrib/francais-bst/francais.dbj +2023/10/28 | 18308432 | systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb +2023/10/28 | 1678 | biblio/ctan-bibdata/biblatex-ctan/ctan.bbx +2023/10/28 | 153 | systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl-windows.exe.sha512 +2023/10/28 | 152 | systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl-unx.tar.gz.sha512 +2023/10/28 | 1466 | biblio/bibtex/contrib/francais-bst/francais-bst.ins +2023/10/28 | 145 | systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl.zip.sha512 +2023/10/28 | 1458488 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/tex4ht.source.r68679.tar.xz +2023/10/28 | 144 | systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb.sha512 +2023/10/28 | 136384 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/tex4ht.doc.r68679.tar.xz +2023/10/28 | 1352 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/calcfrac.doc.r68675.tar.xz +2023/10/28 | 132498 | biblio/bibtex/contrib/francais-bst/francais-bst.tds.zip +2023/10/28 | 114088 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/texlive-scripts.r68669.tar.xz +2023/10/28 | 1104088 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/tex4ht.r68679.tar.xz +2023/10/28 | 1075381 | macros/latex/contrib/etoc.zip +2023/10/28 | 1004 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/collection-plaingeneric.r68675.tar.xz 2023/10/27 | 950 | macros/latex/contrib/tagpdf/ex-formula-problem.tex 2023/10/27 | 8684 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/hypdoc.source.r68661.tar.xz 2023/10/27 | 833182 | info/latex-course.zip @@ -6,6 +65,7 @@ 2023/10/27 | 7854 | macros/latex/contrib/tagpdf/ex-formula-problem-luatex.pdf 2023/10/27 | 7510540 | fonts/newpx.zip 2023/10/27 | 74452 | macros/latex/contrib/titlesec/titlesec.tex +2023/10/27 | 7150 | systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/installer/ctan-mirrors.pl 2023/10/27 | 711457 | macros/latex/contrib/titlesec.zip 2023/10/27 | 70187 | fonts/newpx/doc/newpxdoc.tex 2023/10/27 | 70162 | macros/latex/contrib/tagpdf/tagpdf-struct.dtx @@ -15,35 +75,22 @@ 2023/10/27 | 6744 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/tkz-doc.r68665.tar.xz 2023/10/27 | 6626 | macros/latex/contrib/tagpdf/ex-attribute-luatex.pdf 2023/10/27 | 6188 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/exesheet.r68660.tar.xz -2023/10/27 | 5742054 | systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl-unx.tar.gz 2023/10/27 | 5389101 | macros/latex/contrib/unamth-template.zip 2023/10/27 | 523600 | macros/latex/contrib/titlesec/titlesec.pdf 2023/10/27 | 5109 | macros/latex/contrib/tagpdf/tagpdf-space.dtx 2023/10/27 | 490100 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/tkz-elements.doc.r68664.tar.xz -2023/10/27 | 48 | systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb.md5 -2023/10/27 | 488 | systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb.sha512.asc -2023/10/27 | 488 | systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl.zip.sha512.asc -2023/10/27 | 488 | systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl-windows.exe.sha512.asc -2023/10/27 | 488 | systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl-unx.tar.gz.sha512.asc 2023/10/27 | 4888 | biblio/bibtex/utils/bib2dvi.zip 2023/10/27 | 48766 | macros/latex/contrib/titlesec/titlesec.sty -2023/10/27 | 4728272 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/newpx.r68655.tar.xz -2023/10/27 | 466312 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/newpx.doc.r68655.tar.xz 2023/10/27 | 4593 | macros/latex/contrib/tagpdf/tagpdfdocu-patches.sty 2023/10/27 | 44905 | macros/latex/contrib/tagpdf/tagpdf-roles.dtx 2023/10/27 | 44287 | macros/latex/contrib/tagpdf/tagpdf-backend.dtx 2023/10/27 | 432291 | fonts/newpx/doc/newpxdoc.pdf -2023/10/27 | 428324 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/texlive-scripts.doc.r68654.tar.xz 2023/10/27 | 41916 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/tkz-euclide.r68663.tar.xz -2023/10/27 | 4124218 | biblio/ctan-bibdata.zip 2023/10/27 | 4102 | macros/latex/contrib/tagpdf/ex-alt-actualtext.tex 2023/10/27 | 3962 | macros/latex/contrib/tagpdf/tagpdf.ins -2023/10/27 | 392 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/newpx.source.r68655.tar.xz 2023/10/27 | 37463 | macros/latex/contrib/tagpdf/tagpdf-data.dtx -2023/10/27 | 3719904 | biblio/ctan-bibdata/ctan.pdf 2023/10/27 | 370980 | macros/latex/contrib/business-research.zip 2023/10/27 | 3624 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/hypdoc.r68661.tar.xz -2023/10/27 | 3474 | macros/generic/calcfrac.zip 2023/10/27 | 34436 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/tkz-doc.doc.r68665.tar.xz 2023/10/27 | 34295 | macros/latex/contrib/tagpdf/ex-alt-actualtext.pdf 2023/10/27 | 33684 | macros/latex/contrib/tagpdf/tagpdf-checks.dtx @@ -56,27 +103,24 @@ 2023/10/27 | 295814 | support/glosstex.zip 2023/10/27 | 291932 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/pdfwin.doc.r68667.tar.xz 2023/10/27 | 28598 | macros/latex/contrib/tagpdf/tagpdf-mc-generic.dtx -2023/10/27 | 2820864 | biblio/ctan-bibdata/ctan.bib 2023/10/27 | 26192 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/cje.r68656.tar.xz 2023/10/27 | 2607 | macros/latex/contrib/titlesec/README.md -2023/10/27 | 26029138 | systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl.zip 2023/10/27 | 25336 | macros/latex/contrib/titlesec/titleps.sty 2023/10/27 | 24948 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/cje.doc.r68656.tar.xz 2023/10/27 | 24920 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/exesheet.source.r68660.tar.xz 2023/10/27 | 24880 | macros/latex/contrib/tagpdf/ex-mc-manual-para-split-obsolete.pdf -2023/10/27 | 2481872 | systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb.xz 2023/10/27 | 24806 | macros/latex/contrib/tagpdf/ex-structure-obsolete.pdf 2023/10/27 | 24625 | fonts/newpx/README 2023/10/27 | 24559 | fonts/newpx/tex/newpxtext.sty 2023/10/27 | 243464 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/xcharter-math.r68658.tar.xz 2023/10/27 | 2400915 | macros/latex/contrib/tagpdf.zip +2023/10/27 | 235347 | support/TeX4ht/source/ChangeLog 2023/10/27 | 23381 | macros/latex/contrib/tagpdf/tagpdf.dtx 2023/10/27 | 23311 | macros/latex/contrib/tagpdf/acrobat.png 2023/10/27 | 229992 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/exesheet.doc.r68660.tar.xz 2023/10/27 | 2278 | macros/latex/contrib/tagpdf/tagpdf-code.tex 2023/10/27 | 21882 | macros/latex/contrib/tagpdf/ex-AF-file.pdf 2023/10/27 | 2115 | macros/latex/contrib/tagpdf/ex-mc-manual-para-split-obsolete.tex -2023/10/27 | 21036582 | systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl-windows.exe 2023/10/27 | 204208 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/profmaquette.doc.r68662.tar.xz 2023/10/27 | 2022 | macros/latex/contrib/tagpdf/link-figure-input.tex 2023/10/27 | 20066 | macros/latex/contrib/tagpdf/ex-formula-problem.pdf @@ -85,14 +129,12 @@ 2023/10/27 | 19014 | macros/latex/contrib/tagpdf/ex-attribute.pdf 2023/10/27 | 18947 | macros/latex/contrib/tagpdf/ex-tagpdf-template.pdf 2023/10/27 | 18461 | macros/latex/contrib/tagpdf/ex-patch-sectioning-koma-luatex.pdf -2023/10/27 | 18307006 | systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb 2023/10/27 | 17742 | macros/latex/contrib/tagpdf/ex-alt-actualtext-luatex.pdf 2023/10/27 | 17641 | macros/latex/contrib/tagpdf/tagpdf-tree.dtx 2023/10/27 | 1763964 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/beamertheme-arguelles.doc.r68659.tar.xz 2023/10/27 | 1730 | macros/latex/contrib/tagpdf/tagpdf.bib 2023/10/27 | 1709122 | fonts/cyrillic/cmcyr.zip 2023/10/27 | 16869 | macros/latex/contrib/titlesec/titletoc.sty -2023/10/27 | 1678 | biblio/ctan-bibdata/biblatex-ctan/ctan.bbx 2023/10/27 | 16524 | macros/latex/contrib/tagpdf/ex-spaceglyph-listings.pdf 2023/10/27 | 16480 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/profmaquette.r68662.tar.xz 2023/10/27 | 1640895 | macros/latex/contrib/statrep.zip @@ -101,10 +143,6 @@ 2023/10/27 | 1620816 | macros/latex/contrib/tagpdf/tagpdf-code.pdf 2023/10/27 | 15900 | macros/latex/contrib/tagpdf/tagpdf-mc-shared.dtx 2023/10/27 | 15876 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/pdfwin.r68667.tar.xz -2023/10/27 | 153 | systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl-windows.exe.sha512 -2023/10/27 | 152 | systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl-unx.tar.gz.sha512 -2023/10/27 | 145 | systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl.zip.sha512 -2023/10/27 | 144 | systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb.sha512 2023/10/27 | 1445 | macros/latex/contrib/tagpdf/ex-structure-obsolete.tex 2023/10/27 | 143282 | macros/latex/contrib/titlesec/titleps.pdf 2023/10/27 | 141163 | macros/latex/contrib/tagpdf/pac3.PNG @@ -117,9 +155,9 @@ 2023/10/27 | 1160 | macros/latex/contrib/tagpdf/ex-AF-file.tex 2023/10/27 | 114940 | fonts/newpx/tex/newpxmath.sty 2023/10/27 | 11480 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/physics2.source.r68657.tar.xz -2023/10/27 | 114040 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/texlive-scripts.r68654.tar.xz 2023/10/27 | 1090501 | macros/latex/contrib/tagpdf/tagpdf.pdf 2023/10/27 | 1063 | macros/latex/contrib/tagpdf/ex-list.tex +2023/10/27 | 101730 | support/TeX4ht/source/tex4ht-docbook.tex 2023/10/26 | 99235 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/minim-mp__doc.tar.lzma 2023/10/26 | 95327 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/minim-math__doc.tar.lzma 2023/10/26 | 951 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/pr.ini @@ -177,7 +215,6 @@ 2023/10/26 | 6988 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/collection-latexextra.r68643.tar.xz 2023/10/26 | 6988 | fonts/xcharter-math/xcharter-otf.sty 2023/10/26 | 69655 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/next/miktex-texify-bin-x64-2.9.tar.lzma -2023/10/26 | 6961 | systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/installer/ctan-mirrors.pl 2023/10/26 | 6837 | macros/latex/contrib/tkz/tkz-euclide/latex/obj/tkz-obj-eu-points.tex 2023/10/26 | 6774 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/crefthe__source.tar.lzma 2023/10/26 | 6768 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/outilsgeomtikz.tar.lzma @@ -190,7 +227,6 @@ 2023/10/26 | 6521 | macros/latex/contrib/tkz/tkz-euclide/latex/obj-lua/tkz-obj-eu-lua-points.tex 2023/10/26 | 65118 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/next/miktex-tdsutil-bin-x64.tar.lzma 2023/10/26 | 650153 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/titlesec__doc.tar.lzma -2023/10/26 | 6500 | macros/generic/calcfrac/calcfrac.tex 2023/10/26 | 64526 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/next/miktex-ttf2pk2-bin-x64-2.9.tar.lzma 2023/10/26 | 6410 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/exesheet.tar.lzma 2023/10/26 | 6360 | macros/latex/contrib/tkz/tkz-euclide/latex/drawings/tkz-draw-eu-points.tex @@ -354,11 +390,9 @@ 2023/10/26 | 230243 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/exesheet__doc.tar.lzma 2023/10/26 | 22808 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/lastpage__source.tar.lzma 2023/10/26 | 227930 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/babel.tar.lzma -2023/10/26 | 226 | macros/generic/calcfrac/calcfrac.sty 2023/10/26 | 2268 | macros/latex/contrib/tkz/tkz-euclide/latex/tools/tkz-tools-eu-colors.tex 2023/10/26 | 225946 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/tikz-osci__doc.tar.lzma 2023/10/26 | 22499 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/indextools__source.tar.lzma -2023/10/26 | 2237 | macros/generic/calcfrac/README 2023/10/26 | 222588 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/babel.r68651.tar.xz 2023/10/26 | 221543 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/next/miktex-curl-bin-x64-2.9.tar.lzma 2023/10/26 | 219047 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/next/miktex-omegaware-bin-x64-2.9.tar.lzma @@ -414,7 +448,6 @@ 2023/10/26 | 1531013 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/next/miktex-runtime-bin-x64-2.9.tar.lzma 2023/10/26 | 1491 | macros/latex/contrib/tkz/tkz-elements/examples/tkz-elements-demo_1.tex 2023/10/26 | 14594 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/next/miktex-zzip-bin-x64-2.9.tar.lzma -2023/10/26 | 1453980 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/tex4ht.source.r68652.tar.xz 2023/10/26 | 14423 | macros/latex/contrib/tkz/tkz-euclide/latex/drawings/tkz-draw-eu-show.tex 2023/10/26 | 143937 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/longdivision__doc.tar.lzma 2023/10/26 | 1439290 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/next/miktex-dvisvgm-bin-x64-2.9.tar.lzma @@ -427,7 +460,6 @@ 2023/10/26 | 137994 | macros/latex/contrib/physics2/physics2-code.pdf 2023/10/26 | 137780 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/next/miktex-dvips-bin-x64-2.9.tar.lzma 2023/10/26 | 13662 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/advice__source.tar.lzma -2023/10/26 | 136384 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/tex4ht.doc.r68652.tar.xz 2023/10/26 | 1340838 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/next/miktex-poppler-bin-x64-2.9.tar.lzma 2023/10/26 | 13220 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/advice.source.r68648.tar.xz 2023/10/26 | 1309430 | macros/latex/contrib/tkz/tkz-euclide.zip @@ -449,7 +481,6 @@ 2023/10/26 | 11224 | macros/latex/contrib/tkz/tkz-euclide/latex/tkz-euclide.cfg 2023/10/26 | 1118849 | macros/latex/contrib/tkz/tkz-euclide/doc/tkz-euclide.pdf 2023/10/26 | 11099 | macros/latex/contrib/tkz/tkz-euclide/latex/tools-lua/tkz-tools-eu-lua-math.tex -2023/10/26 | 1104068 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/tex4ht.r68652.tar.xz 2023/10/26 | 1101597 | macros/latex/contrib/beamer-contrib/themes/beamertheme-arguelles/demo/demo-arguelles.png 2023/10/26 | 109988 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/next/miktex-jpeg-bin-x64-2.9.tar.lzma 2023/10/26 | 1096466 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/tkz-euclide__doc.tar.lzma @@ -527,7 +558,6 @@ 2023/10/25 | 2396636 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/latex-via-exemplos.doc.r68627.tar.xz 2023/10/25 | 2359 | macros/latex/contrib/tkz/tkz-elements/examples/tkz-elements-demo_3.tex 2023/10/25 | 23546 | macros/generic/advice.zip -2023/10/25 | 235167 | support/TeX4ht/source/ChangeLog 2023/10/25 | 23460 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/asmejour.r68629.tar.xz 2023/10/25 | 234237 | macros/latex/contrib/profmaquette.zip 2023/10/25 | 229352 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/tikz-osci.doc.r68636.tar.xz @@ -897,31 +927,3 @@ 2023/10/22 | 10740 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/longdivision.r68609.tar.xz 2023/10/22 | 105860 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/minim-mp.doc.r68612.tar.xz 2023/10/22 | 1030 | macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc4.html -2023/10/21 | 82773 | macros/latex/contrib/crefthe.zip -2023/10/21 | 80058 | macros/latex/contrib/jwjournal/jwjournal-demo-fr.pdf -2023/10/21 | 77414 | macros/latex/contrib/jwjournal/jwjournal-demo-en.pdf -2023/10/21 | 66531 | macros/latex/contrib/crefthe/crefthe-doc.pdf -2023/10/21 | 6532 | macros/latex/contrib/pdfpc/pdfpc-doc.tex -2023/10/21 | 6135 | macros/latex/contrib/pdfpc/pdfpc.sty -2023/10/21 | 4768 | macros/latex/contrib/crefthe/README.md -2023/10/21 | 449 | macros/latex/contrib/customenvs/README.md -2023/10/21 | 43855 | macros/latex/contrib/longdivision/longdivision.sty -2023/10/21 | 3680 | macros/latex/contrib/jwjournal/jwjournal-demo-fr.tex -2023/10/21 | 3258 | macros/latex/contrib/longdivision/README.md -2023/10/21 | 3180 | macros/latex/contrib/jwjournal/jwjournal-demo-en.tex -2023/10/21 | 3105 | macros/latex/contrib/jwjournal/jwjournal-demo-cn.tex -2023/10/21 | 288797 | macros/latex/contrib/jwjournal.zip -2023/10/21 | 2301 | macros/latex/contrib/pdfpc/README.md -2023/10/21 | 22502 | macros/latex/contrib/crefthe/crefthe.sty -2023/10/21 | 210457 | macros/latex/contrib/pdfpc/pdfpc-doc.pdf -2023/10/21 | 208745 | macros/latex/contrib/pdfpc.zip -2023/10/21 | 19147 | macros/latex/contrib/crefthe/crefthe-doc.tex -2023/10/21 | 19106 | macros/latex/contrib/jwjournal/LICENSE -2023/10/21 | 19106 | macros/latex/contrib/crefthe/LICENSE -2023/10/21 | 18384 | macros/latex/contrib/jwjournal/jwjournal.cls -2023/10/21 | 159288 | macros/latex/contrib/longdivision/longdivision_manual.pdf -2023/10/21 | 157839 | macros/latex/contrib/longdivision.zip -2023/10/21 | 13235 | macros/latex/contrib/jwjournal/README.md -2023/10/21 | 12 | macros/latex/contrib/jwjournal/DEPENDS.txt -2023/10/21 | 120740 | macros/latex/contrib/jwjournal/jwjournal-demo-cn.pdf -2023/10/21 | 10810 | macros/latex/contrib/longdivision/longdivision_manual.tex diff --git a/biblio/bibtex/contrib/francais-bst/README b/biblio/bibtex/contrib/francais-bst/README deleted file mode 100644 index 587b640f69..0000000000 --- a/biblio/bibtex/contrib/francais-bst/README +++ /dev/null @@ -1,109 +0,0 @@ -This package contains natbib compatible bibliography style files to -typeset bibliographies using French typographic standards. The styles -were created using makebst from package custom-bib. - -LICENCE - -LaTeX Project Public License, version 1.3c or (at your option) any -later version. - -*** The rest of this file is in French for the target audience *** - -DESCRIPTION - -francais.bst et francaissc.bst sont des styles bibliographiques -compatibles avec le paquetage natbib permettant de composer des -bibliographies en français conformes aux règles de présentation -proposées dans: - - Malo, M. "Guide de la communication écrite", Québec Amérique. 1996. - ISBN 978-2-8903-7875-9. - -Avec francais.bst, les noms d'auteur dans la bibliographie *et* dans -les citations apparaissent en police standard. C'est la pratique -usuelle au Québec. - -Avec francaissc.bst, les noms d'auteur dans la bibliographie *et* dans -les citations apparaissent plutôt en petites capitales. Cela semble -être la pratique usuelle en France et ailleurs dans la Francophonie. - -CONTENU DE L'ARCHIVE - -- francais.bst: style français avec noms en police standard; -- francaissc.bst: style français avec noms en petites capitales; -- francaisbst.tex: définitions françaises de mots clés; -- README: le présent fichier. - -INSTALLATION - -On peut simplement déposer les fichiers francais.bst, francaissc.bst -et francaisbst.tex dans son dossier de travail. - -Pour une installation plus complète et permanente, il est préférable -de placer les fichiers dans son arborescence TeX personnelle. Les -emplacements finaux des fichiers devraient être: - - $TEXMFHOME/bibtex/bst/francais.bst - $TEXMFHOME/bibtex/bst/francaissc.bst - $TEXMFHOME/tex/latex/francais-bst/francaisbst.tex - -UTILISATION - -Un document faisant appel à ces styles sera normalement en français, -donc le paquetage babel sera chargé. Les styles requièrent le -paquetage natbib et, pour bien fonctionner, celui-ci devrait être -chargé avant babel. On aura donc dans le préambule de son document: - - \usepackage{natbib} - \usepackage[francais]{babel} - -De plus, pour que la césure de mots fonctionne adéquatement avec les -mots comportant des lettres accentuées, il faut utiliser les polices -T1. Elles sont chargées avec: - - \usepackage[T1]{fontenc} - -Enfin, on spécifie le style de bibliographie avec - - \bibliographystyle{francais} - -ou - - \bibliographystyle{francaissc} - -GUILLEMETS FRANÇAIS - -La bibliographie a recours aux guillemets français « et » pour les -titres d'articles, entre autres. Les guillemets devraient apparaître -correctement dès lors que le document utilise les polices T1 (voir -ci-dessus). Si ce n'est pas le cas, essayer de charger les paquetages -ae et aeguill: - - \usepackage{ae,aeguill} - -PERSONNALISATION - -Si les traductions françaises de certains mots clés ne vous -conviennent pas, simplement modifier le fichier francaisbst.tex. - - - -RÉVISIONS - -* Version 1.1 - 2013-05-12 - - Modifications à francaissc.bst pour que la conjonction "et" et le - marqueur "et collab." soient en romain plutôt qu'en petites - capitales. Merci à François Legendre <f.legendre@gmail.com> pour le - tuyau. - - Introduction d'un numéro de version, puisqu'il semble que ce sera - utile. - -* Version 1.0a - 2013-05-03 - - Corrections à la doc du fichier README - -* Version 1.0 - Octobre 2012 - - Version initiale diff --git a/biblio/bibtex/contrib/francais-bst/README.md b/biblio/bibtex/contrib/francais-bst/README.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9efba0e990 --- /dev/null +++ b/biblio/bibtex/contrib/francais-bst/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,174 @@ +# Bibliographic styles `francais` and `francaissc` + +The package **francais-bst** provides the bibliography styles +`francais` and `francaissc` to typeset author-year bibliographies +using the French typographic standards outlined in "Guide de la +communication écrite au cégep, à l'université et en entreprise", by +Marie Malo (Québec Amérique, 1996). + +The styles were originally generated using the program `makebst` by +Patrick W. Daly. The master bibliographic style file is heavily based +on `merlin.mbs` from the package **custom-bib**. + +## Licence + +LaTeX Project Public License, version 1.3c or (at your option) any +later version. + +## Version + +2.0 (2023-10-28) + +## Author + +Vincent Goulet <vincent.goulet@act.ulaval.ca> + +## Source code repository + +https://gitlab.com/vigou3/francais-bst + +## Contents + +- `francais-bst.ins`: installation script; see below; +- `francais-bst.mbs`: master bibliographic style and documentation; +- `francais.dbj`, `francaissc.dbj`, `francaisbst.dbj`: driver files + for the bibliographic styles and the language definition file; +- `francais-bst.pdf`: documentation of the styles; +- `README.md`: this file. + +## Installation + +The package **francais-bst** is distributed through the +Comprehensive TeX Archive Network (CTAN) and it is part of the +standard TeX distributions. Therefore, we strongly recommend using +the package manager of your distribution to install or update the +package. + +TeX experts may generate the bibliographic styles and the language +definition file by running the file `francais-bst.ins` through +LaTeX: + + latex francais-bst.ins + +The compilation will create the bibliographic styles (`francais.bst`, +`francaissc.bst`) and the language definition file +(`francaisbst.tex`). These files should ideally be moved into a local +or personal TeX tree as follows: + +``` +$TEXMFHOME/bibtex/bst/francais.bst +$TEXMFHOME/bibtex/bst/francaissc.bst +$TEXMFHOME/tex/latex/francais-bst/francaisbst.tex +``` + +## Documentation + +The file `francais-bst.pdf` contains the documentation of the styles +and the master bibliographic style. You may recreate these documents +from the file `francais-bst.mbs` as follows: + + xelatex francais-bst.mbs + makeindex -s gglo.ist -o francais-bst.gls francais-bst.glo + xelatex francais-bst.mbs + xelatex francais-bst.mbs + +## Version history + +The version history of the class appears in `francais-bst.pdf`. + +## Comments or suggestions + +The Gitlab [project repository](https://gitlab.com/vigou3/francais-bst) +is the best place to report bugs or to propose improvements to the +project. + +====================================================================== + +# Styles bibliographiques `francais` et `francaissc` + +Le paquetage **francais-bst** contient les styles bibliographiques +`francais` et `francaissc` pour composer des bibliographies en +français conformes aux règles de présentation de la méthode +auteur-date proposées dans l'ouvrage de référence de Marie Malo, +«Guide de la communication écrite au cégep, à l'université et en +entreprise» (Québec Amérique, 1996). + +Les styles ont été développé à l'origine à l'aide du programme +`makebst` de Patrick W. Daly. Le fichier maitre de styles +bibliographiques dérive étroitement du fichier `merlin.mbs` du +paquetage **custom-bib**. + +## Licence + +LaTeX Project Public License, version 1.3c ou (à votre choix) toute +version ultérieure. + +## Version + +2.0 (2023-10-28) + +## Auteur + +Vincent Goulet <vincent.goulet@act.ulaval.ca> + +## Dépôt du code source + +https://gitlab.com/vigou3/francais-bst + +## Contenu du paquetage + +- `francais-bst.ins`: procédure d'installation; voir ci-dessous; +- `francais-bst.mbs`: fichier maitre de styles bibliographiques et + documentation; +- `francais.dbj`, `francaissc.dbj`, `francaisbst.dbj`: scripts de + génération des styles bibliographiques et du fichier de localisation + français; +- `francais-bst.pdf`: documentation des styles; +- `README.md`: le présent fichier. + +## Installation + +Le paquetage **francais-bst** est distribué via le réseau de sites +Comprehensive TeX Archive Network (CTAN) et il fait partie des +distributions TeX standards. Par conséquent, nous recommandons +fortement d'installer ou de mettre à jour le paquetage à l'aide du +gestionnaire de paquetages de votre distribution. + +Les experts TeX peuvent générer les styles bibliographiques et le +fichier de localisation français en compilant le fichier +`francais-bst.ins` avec LaTeX: + + latex francais-bst.ins + +La compilation créera les styles de bibliographie (`francais.bst`, +`francaissc.bst`) et le fichier de localisation français +(`francaisbst.tex`). Idéalement, ces fichiers seront ensuite placés +une arborescence TeX locale ou personnelle comme ceci: + +``` +$TEXMFHOME/bibtex/bst/francais.bst +$TEXMFHOME/bibtex/bst/francaissc.bst +$TEXMFHOME/tex/latex/francais-bst/francaisbst.tex +``` + +## Documentation + +Le fichier `francais-bst.pdf` contient la documentation des styles et +du fichier maitre de styles bibliographiques. Utilisez les commandes +suivantes pour recréer le document à partir du fichier +`francais-bst.mbs`: + + xelatex francais-bst.mbs + makeindex -s gglo.ist -o francais-bst.gls francais-bst.glo + xelatex francais-bst.mbs + xelatex francais-bst.mbs + +## Historique des versions + +L'historique des versions se trouve dans `francais-bst.pdf`. + +## Commentaires et suggestions + +Le [dépôt du projet](https://gitlab.com/vigou3/francais-bst) dans +GitLab demeure le meilleur endroit pour rapporter des bogues ou pour +proposer des améliorations au projet. diff --git a/biblio/bibtex/contrib/francais-bst/francais-bst.ins b/biblio/bibtex/contrib/francais-bst/francais-bst.ins new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1c790a9eea --- /dev/null +++ b/biblio/bibtex/contrib/francais-bst/francais-bst.ins @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +%% Master batch file to produce the bibliographic styles francais.bst +%% and francaissc.bst, and the language file francaisbst.tex from +%% francais-bst.mbs +%% +\input docstrip.tex + +\batchinput{francais.dbj} +\batchinput{francaissc.dbj} +\batchinput{francaisbst.dbj} + +\obeyspaces +\Msg{**************************************************************} +\Msg{* *} +\Msg{* The bibliographic styles francais and francaissc are now *} +\Msg{* ready to use! *} +\Msg{* *} +\Msg{* To produce the documentation of the styles, run the file *} +\Msg{* the file francais-bst.mbs through XeLaTeX. *} +\Msg{* *} +\Msg{* ========================================================== *} +\Msg{* *} +\Msg{* Les styles bibliographiques francais et francaissc sont *} +\Msg{* maintenant prêts à l'emploi! *} +\Msg{* *} +\Msg{* Pour produire la documentation des styles, compiler le *} +\Msg{* fichier francais-bst.mbs avec XeLaTeX. *} +\Msg{* *} +\Msg{**************************************************************} + +\endbatchfile diff --git a/biblio/bibtex/contrib/francais-bst/francais-bst.mbs b/biblio/bibtex/contrib/francais-bst/francais-bst.mbs new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..56a1607481 --- /dev/null +++ b/biblio/bibtex/contrib/francais-bst/francais-bst.mbs @@ -0,0 +1,8214 @@ +% \iffalse meta-comment -*- mode: doctex -*- +% +% Master bibliography style for francais.bst and francaissc.bst +% +% Copyright (C) 2012-2023 Vincent Goulet +% +% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c of this +% license or (at your option) any later version. The latest version +% of this license is in: +% +% https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +% +% This work has the LPPL maintenance status `maintained'. +% +% The Current Maintainer of this work is Vincent Goulet +% <vincent.goulet@act.ulaval.ca>. +% +% This work derives from merlin.mbs, part of the custom-bib +% collection, a contribution to the LaTeX2e system. +% Copyright 1994-2011 Patrick W Daly +% Max-Planck-Institut f\"ur Sonnensystemforschung +% Max-Planck-Str. 2 +% D-37191 Katlenburg-Lindau +% Germany +% E-mail: daly@mps.mpg.de +% +%<*!tail> +% (The following notice appears in bst files generated from this file) + % ------------------------------------------------------------------- + % Name and version information of the main mbs file: +%\fi + % \ProvidesFile{francais-bst.mbs}[2023/10/28 v2.0 (VG, PWD, AO, DPC)] +%\iffalse +%</!tail> +%<*a&!a> +% The following ensures that the driver part is not seen by makebst +% The driver part must not contain any \end other than \end{document} ! +\ifx\endoptions\undefined\let\tempx=\relax\else + \long\def\tempx#1\end#2{}\fi\tempx +%</a&!a> +%<*driver> +\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}% +\documentclass[article,oneside,11pt,x11names,french]{memoir} + \usepackage{babel} + \usepackage{metalogo} + \usepackage{enumitem} + + %% Le chargement de doc.sty cause des conflits avec memoir. Il faut: + %% + %% - annuler la définition de l'environnement 'glossary' de memoir; + %% - remettre en place les définitions standards des + %% commandes pour l'index et le glossaire sur lesquelles se base + %% doc.sty. + \let\theglossary\relax % avoid conflict with doc.sty + \let\endtheglossary\relax % avoid conflict with doc.sty + \makeatletter + \def\makeindex{% + \newwrite\@indexfile + \immediate\openout\@indexfile=\jobname.idx + \def\index{\@bsphack\begingroup + \@sanitize + \@wrindex}\typeout + {Writing index file \jobname.idx}% + \let\makeindex\@empty + } + \@onlypreamble\makeindex + \def\@wrindex#1{% + \protected@write\@indexfile{}% + {\string\indexentry{#1}{\thepage}}% + \endgroup + \@esphack} + \def\index{\@bsphack\begingroup \@sanitize\@index} + \def\@index#1{\endgroup\@esphack} + \def\makeglossary{% + \newwrite\@glossaryfile + \immediate\openout\@glossaryfile=\jobname.glo + \def\glossary{\@bsphack\begingroup + \@sanitize + \@wrglossary}\typeout + {Writing glossary file \jobname.glo }% + \let\makeglossary\@empty + } + \@onlypreamble\makeglossary + \def\@wrglossary#1{% + \protected@write\@glossaryfile{}% + {\string\glossaryentry{#1}{\thepage}}% + \endgroup + \@esphack} + \def\glossary{\@bsphack\begingroup\@sanitize\@index} + \@twosidefalse\@mparswitchfalse % turn off twoside option + \makeatother + \usepackage{doc} + \def\changes#1#2#3{\glossary{#1>#3}} % simplification + \DisableCrossrefs + \CodelineNumbered + \RecordChanges + \OnlyDescription + \DontCheckModules + + %% Polices de caractères + \iftutex + \usepackage[babel=true]{microtype} + \usepackage{fontspec} + \usepackage{unicode-math} + \setmainfont{STIXTwoText} + [ + Extension = .otf, + UprightFont = *-Regular, + BoldFont = *-SemiBold, + ItalicFont = *-Italic, + BoldItalicFont = *-SemiBoldItalic, + Numbers = {Proportional,OldStyle}, + Scale = 1, + Ligatures = TeX + ] + \setsecheadstyle{\normalfont\Large\sffamily\bfseries\raggedright} + \setsubsecheadstyle{\normalfont\large\sffamily\bfseries\raggedright} + \setsubsubsecheadstyle{\normalfont\sffamily\bfseries\raggedright} + \else + \usepackage[babel=true]{microtype} + \usepackage[utf8]{inputenc} + \usepackage[T1]{fontenc} + \usepackage[stix2]{newtxmath} + \fi + \usepackage[book,medium,proportional,oldstyle,scale=0.92]{FiraSans} + \usepackage[medium,lining,scale=0.90]{FiraMono} + + %% Couleurs + \usepackage{xcolor} + \definecolor{link}{rgb}{0,0.4,0.6} % liens internes + \definecolor{url}{rgb}{0.6,0,0} % liens externes + \definecolor{citation}{rgb}{0,0.5,0} % citations + + %% Hyperliens + \AtEndPreamble{% + \usepackage{bookmark} % charge hyperref + \hypersetup{% + colorlinks = true, + urlcolor = {url}, + linkcolor = {link}, + citecolor = {citation}} + \bookmarksetup{% + open = true, + depth = 3, + numbered = true} + } + + %% Désactiver le niveau des chapitres de memoir + \let\chapter\relax + \counterwithout{section}{chapter} + + %% Aligner à gauche l'environnement enumerate + \setlist[enumerate]{leftmargin=*,align=left} + + %% Configurer du glossaire + \GlossaryPrologue{\section*{Historique des versions}% + \addcontentsline{toc}{section}{Historique des versions}} + \setcounter{GlossaryColumns}{2} + \setlength{\GlossaryMin}{5cm} + + %% Commandes sémantiques additionnelles + \let\class\textsf + \let\pkg\textbf + \makeatletter + \renewcommand\code{\bgroup\@makeother\_\@makeother\~\@makeother\$\code@} + \def\code@#1{{\normalfont\ttfamily\hyphenchar\font=-1 #1}\egroup} + \makeatother + \newcommand*\frbstname{francais} + \newcommand*\frscbstname{francaissc} + \newcommand*\frbst{\code{\frbstname}} + \newcommand*\frscbst{\code{\frscbstname}} + \newcommand*\btx{\textsc{Bib}\TeX} + \newcommand*\dtx{\textsf{docstrip}} + + %% Redéfinir \year pour utiliser l'information de \filedate plutôt + %% que la date de compilation + \def\parsedate#1/#2/#3\relax{\def\year{#1}} + + %% Convertir la date en format ISO + \def\isodate#1/#2/#3\relax{#1-#2-#3} + + \MakeShortVerb{\|} + +\begin{document} + \DocInput{francais-bst.mbs} +\end{document} +%</driver> +% end of meta-comment \fi +% \GetFileInfo{francais-bst.mbs} +% \expandafter\parsedate\filedate\relax +% +% \changes{1.0}{2012-10-18}{Version initiale.} +% \changes{1.0a}{2013-05-03}{Corrections à la documentation dans le +% fichier \texttt{README}.} +% \changes{1.1}{2013-05-12}{Modifications à \texttt{francaissc.bst} +% pour que la conjonction «et» et le marqueur «et collab.» soient en +% romain plutôt qu'en petites capitales. Merci à François Legendre +% \url{f.legendre@gmail.com} pour le tuyau.} +% \changes{1.1}{2013-05-12}{Introduction d'un numéro de version.} +% \changes{2.0}{2023-10-28}{Documentation améliorée en format PDF.} +% \changes{2.0}{2023-10-28}{Le titre d'un rapport technique est +% maintenant composé comme celui d'un livre, plutôt que comme celui +% d'un article.} +% \changes{2.0}{2023-10-28}{Les URL ne sont plus précédées de +% l'étiquette «URL».} +% \changes{2.0}{2023-10-28}{La présentation des identificateurs +% d'objets numériques (DOI) a été complètement révisée.} +% \changes{2.0}{2023-10-28}{Le numéro ISSN n'est plus affiché dans les +% notices bibliographiques (il demeure permis dans les bases de +% données).} +% \changes{2.0}{2023-10-28}{La disposition de certains éléments dans +% la notice bibliographique a été révisée.} +% +% \title{Styles bibliographiques {\frbst} et {\frscbst}} +% \author{Vincent Goulet \\ École d'actuariat, Université Laval} +% \date{Version {\fileversion} du {\expandafter\isodate\filedate\relax}} +% +% \maketitle +% +% \section{Introduction} +% +% Les styles bibliographiques {\frbst} et {\frscbst} permettent de +% composer des bibliographies en français conformes aux règles de +% présentation de la méthode auteur-date proposées dans l'ouvrage de +% référence de Marie Malo, \emph{Guide de la communication écrite au +% cégep, à l'université et en entreprise} (Québec Amérique, 1996). +% +% Les styles ont été développé à l'origine à l'aide du programme +% \code{makebst} de Patrick W.~Daly. Le fichier maitre de styles +% bibliographiques \code{\filename} dérive étroitement du fichier +% \code{merlin.mbs} du paquetage % +% \href{https://ctan.org/pkg/custom-bib}{\pkg{custom-bib}}. +% +% \section{Installation} +% \label{sec:installation} +% +% Les styles bibliographiques sont distribués dans le paquetage % +% \href{https://ctan.org/pkg/francais-bst}{\pkg{francais-bst}} % +% via le réseau de sites \emph{Comprehensive {\TeX} Archive Network} +% (CTAN). Le paquetage fait partie des distributions {\TeX} standards +% telles que {TeX}~Live, Mac{\TeX} et MiK{\TeX}. +% +% Je recommande fortement d'installer ou de mettre à jour le paquetage +% à l'aide du gestionnaire de paquetages de votre distribution {\TeX}. +% Par exemple, avec {\TeX}~Live, vous pouvez effectuer ces opérations +% dans l'assistant graphique, ou encore avec l'une ou l'autre des +% commandes ci-dessous: +% \begin{quote} +% \code{tlmgr install francais-bst} +% \end{quote} +% ou +% \begin{quote} +% \code{tlmgr update francais-bst} +% \end{quote} +% +% S'il vous est impossible d'installer des paquetages ou de mettre à +% jour la distribution {\TeX} --- notamment si vous utilisez une +% plateforme de rédaction en ligne --- vous pouvez procéder à une +% installation simplifiée des styles, mais dont la portée sera +% limitée à votre projet. Pour ce faire, téléchargez l'archive % +% \begin{quote} +% \code{francais-bst-project-install.zip} +% \end{quote} +% depuis le % +% \href{https://gitlab.com/vigou3/francais-bst/-/releases}{% +% dépôt du projet \code{francais-bst}} % +% et décompressez celle-ci dans le répertoire de votre projet. Vous +% disposerez alors de tous les fichiers essentiels du paquetage à +% l'intérieur de ce projet. % +% +% Si votre expertise {\TeX} vous pousse à préférer une installation +% manuelle avec accès à l'intégralité du code source des styles +% bibliographiques, consultez les instructions qui se trouvent dans le +% fichier \code{README.md} du paquetage. % +% +% \section{Utilisation des styles bibliographiques} +% \label{sec:utilisation} +% +% Les styles {\frbst} et {\frscbst} sont conçus pour composer des +% bibliographies selon la méthode auteur-date dans des documents en +% français. Ils reposent sur les paquetages % +% \href{https://ctan.org/pkg/babel}{\pkg{babel}} % +% et % +% \href{https://ctan.org/pkg/natbib}{\pkg{natbib}}. % +% Ce dernier doit être chargé avant \pkg{babel}. Le préambule du +% document devrait donc contenir les commandes: +% \begin{quote} +% \cmdprint{\usepackage}\code{\{natbib\}} \\ +% \cmdprint{\usepackage}\code{[french]\{babel\}} +% \end{quote} +% +% Je recommande fortement d'enregistrer le code source d'un ouvrage en +% français dans le codage de caractères % +% \href{https://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/UTF-8}{UTF-8} % +% et de le compiler avec un moteur {\TeX} moderne qui prend d'emblée +% en charge ce type de codage, comme {\XeLaTeX}. Vous pourrez ainsi +% entrer les lettres accentuées directement au clavier («\code{é}») +% sans devoir passer par les commandes {\TeX} («\code{{\bs}'e}»). +% +% Si vous utilisez toujours {\LaTeX} ou {pdf\LaTeX}, vous devrez +% charger les polices T1 pour que la césure de mots fonctionne +% adéquatement avec les mots comportant des lettres accentuées: +% \begin{quote} +% \cmdprint{\usepackage}\code{[T1]\{fontenc\}} +% \end{quote} +% Les guillemets français «~» devraient normalement apparaitre +% correctement dans la bibliographie (notamment autour des titres +% d'articles). Si ce n'est pas le cas, essayez aussi de charger les +% paquetages +% \href{https://ctan.org/pkg/ae}{\pkg{ae}} % +% et +% \href{https://ctan.org/pkg/aeguill}{\pkg{aeguill}}: +% \begin{quote} +% \cmdprint{\usepackage}\code{\{ae,aeguill\}} +% \end{quote} +% +% Enfin, pour utiliser les styles de bibliographie, insérez dans le +% document l'une ou l'autre des commandes +% \begin{quote} +% \cmdprint{\bibliographystyle}\code{\{francais\}} \\ +% \cmdprint{\bibliographystyle}\code{\{francaissc\}} +% \end{quote} +% +% \section{Caractéristiques des styles bibliographiques} +% \label{sec:caracteristiques} +% +% Les styles {\frbst} et {\frscbst} sont conçus pour produire des +% bibliographies auteur-date conformes aux règles de typographie +% française. +% +% Avec le style {\frbst}, les noms d'auteurs apparaissent en police +% standard tant dans la bibliographie que dans dans les citations. +% C'est la pratique usuelle au Québec. Avec le style {\frscbst}, les +% noms d'auteurs apparaissent plutôt en petites capitales dans la +% bibliographie et dans les citations. Cela semble être la pratique +% usuelle en France et ailleurs dans la Francophonie. +% +% Les styles prennent en charge tous les types de documents standards +% de {\BibTeX} (\code{article}, \code{book}, \code{proceedings}, +% etc.), ainsi que tous les champs standards (\code{author}, +% \code{title}, \code{journal}, etc.). Ils ajoutent toutefois les +% champs suivants: +% \begin{description}[font=\mdseries\ttfamily,style=nextline,leftmargin=3em] +% \item[doi] L'identificateur d'objet numérique (DOI) d'une ressource. +% Entrez la valeur sous la forme \code{prefix/suffix} (par exemple: +% \code{10.1000/182}). Les styles créent automatiquement un +% hyperlien vers la ressource. +% \item[isbn] Le numéro international normalisé du livre (ISBN) d'un +% ouvrage. Lorsque disponible, le numéro est affiché dans la liste +% des références. +% \item[issn] Le numéro international normalisé des publications en +% série (ISSN) d'une publication en série, tel qu'un magazine. Bien +% que permis dans la base de données bibliographiques, ce numéro +% n'est pas affiché dans la liste des références. +% \item[language] La langue de la référence, exprimée selon la +% nomenclature de \pkg{babel}. Inclure cette information dans une +% entrée assure que la coupure des mots du titre sera effectuée +% selon les règles de la langue de celui-ci. +% \item[url] L'adresse URL de la référence. Si une adresse URL et un +% identificateur DOI sont tous deux présents dans la base de +% données, ce dernier aura priorité. +% \end{description} +% +% \section{Personnalisation des mots-clés} +% \label{sec:personnalisation} +% +% Les bibliographies comportent nombre de termes et de locutions --- +% \emph{editor}, \emph{edited by}, \emph{et~al.}, etc. --- qui doivent +% être adaptés pour le français. Les styles {\frbst} et {\frscbst} ont +% recours aux définitions qui se trouvent dans le fichier de +% localisation \code{francaisbst.tex}. +% +% Vous pouvez personnaliser le fichier \code{francaisbst.tex} pour +% l'adapter à vos besoins. Pour ce faire, créez une copie du fichier +% livré dans le paquetage \pkg{francais-bst} et modifiez cette copie. +% Placez ensuite votre version de \code{francaisbst.tex} dans le +% répertoire de votre projet ou, encore mieux, dans l'arborescence +% {\TeX} de votre répertoire personnel, normalement sous +% \begin{quote} +% \code{\$TEXMFHOME/tex/latex/francais-bst/francaisbst.tex} +% \end{quote} +% +% \section{Production des styles bibliographiques} +% \label{sec:production} +% +% Les fichiers de styles bibliographiques \code{\frbstname.bst} et +% \code{\frscbstname.bst}, et le fichier de localisation +% \code{francaisbst.tex} sont générés à partir du fichier maitre de +% styles bibliographiques \code{\filename} en compilant leurs scripts +% de génération respectifs avec {\LaTeX}: +% \begin{quote} +% \code{latex francais.dbj} \\ +% \code{latex francaissc.dbj} \\ +% \code{latex francaisbst.dbj} +% \end{quote} +% +% \section{Changements par rapport à \code{merlin.mbs}} +% \label{sec:changements} +% +% Cette section documente les changements apportés au fichier +% \code{merlin.mbs} du paquetage \pkg{custom-bib} pour produire le +% fichier maitre de styles bibliographiques \code{\filename}. +% +% \begin{enumerate} +% \item La fonction \code{format.url} a été retravaillée pour produire +% une URL simplifiée pour les identificateurs d'objet numérique +% (DOI). La définition de \code{merlin.mbs} produit une URL de la +% forme +% \begin{quote} +% URL \texttt{http://dx.doi.org/\meta{doi}} +% \end{quote} +% La nouvelle définition produit plutôt +% \begin{quote} +% doi: \meta{doi} +% \end{quote} +% Lorsque le paquetage \pkg{hyperref} est chargé, \meta{doi} est un +% hyperlien vers ce qui est aujourd'hui l'URL recommandée pour les +% DOI: \code{https://doi.org/\meta{doi}}. Le texte et l'hyperlien +% sont produits par la commande \cmd{\urldoi} qui est insérée dans +% le fichier \texttt{.bbl}. Vous pouvez redéfinir cette commande +% dans votre document pour l'adapter à vos besoins, si désiré. +% \item La commande \cmd{\urlprefix} est vide, de sorte que «URL» +% n'apparait pas devant les URL dans la bibliographie. De nouveau, +% vous pouvez redéfinir la commande dans votre document ni désiré. +% \item Les guillemets français «~» sont produits par la commande +% \cmd{\frquote} de \pkg{babel-french} (version $\geq$ 3.1) plutôt +% qu'avec les commandes \cmd{\guillemotleft} et +% \cmd{\guillemotright}. +% \item Les définitions françaises de mots-clés se trouvent dans +% \code{francaisbst.tex}, plutôt que dans \code{babelbst.tex}. +% \item L'option \code{bblbst} permet d'extraire le fichier +% \code{francaisbst.tex}. +% \item L'information sur le menu de \code{makebst} est reléguée à la +% documentation complète. Désactiver la commande +% \cmd{\OnlyDescription} dans \code{\filename}, puis compiler le +% fichier avec {pdf\LaTeX} ou {\XeLaTeX} pour obtenir la +% documentation complète. +% \end{enumerate} +% +% \StopEventually{\PrintChanges} +% +% \begin{quote} +% \itshape À partir de ce point, la documentation est celle, en +% anglais, du fichier \code{merlin.mbs}, dont l'auteur est Patrick +% W.~Daly. +% \end{quote} +% +% \section{The Menu Information}\label{sec:menu} +% +% Here I describe the options and menu information for this particular +% master file \texttt{\filename}. To construct a \dtx{} driver file +% to generate a desired \texttt{.bst} file, simply process \texttt{makebst.tex} +% with \TeX\ or \LaTeX, and give +% \begin{quote}\code{\filename}\end{quote} +% when prompted for the name of the master file. Then answer the questions +% in the menus that follow. The menu information is extracted from here. +% +% All the menu information is nested between \dtx{} guard options +% |%<*options>| \dots\ |%</options>|, and the last command is +% |\endoptions|. The rest of the file is nested between +% \begin{quote} +% |%<*!options&!driver&!bblbst>| \dots\ |</!options&!driver&!bblbst>| +% \end{quote} +% in order to exclude it if \dtx{} is used to +% extract the menu information, the documentation driver, or the +% \texttt{francaisbst.tex} file. +% +% The main coding is divided into two sections, the \emph{head} and +% \emph{tail}; in between come any external language or journal name +% support files. The head part is marked with the \dtx{} guard option +% |<!tail>| and the tail with |<!head>|. This roundabout means of +% doing things makes it possible to process \texttt{\filename} with +% \texttt{.dbj} files that were generated for the older +% \texttt{genbst.mbs} file by simply changing the name of the source +% file. If both \texttt{head} and \texttt{tail} (and \texttt{exlang}) +% options are omitted, as they are in the older \texttt{.dbj} files, +% \texttt{\filename} is processed completely in one pass. To include +% external files, two passes are needed, one for each part, with the +% external file(s) coming in between. +% +% Note too that if the internal language commands are taken (i.e., if +% \texttt{exlang} option is not given) then the default language is +% English, which is tested for as |<!babel>|. This too permits the simple +% update of older \texttt{.dbj}, at least for English. +% +% \subsection*{Selecting Language} +% Explicit words in the bibliography style, such as \textsl{and}, +% \textsl{editor}, etc., +% are represented by functions \texttt{bbl.and}, \texttt{bbl.editor}, and so on. +% By default these functions translate to the normal English text, but +% other languages are also possible. +% +% The definitions of these functions for other languages are contained in +% external files. At this point, we can make use of features in +% \texttt{makebst} (version~3.0 or later) to ask for the name of such a +% definition file, and store it in |\cfile|. If no external file is +% specified, then the internal definitions are taken, for which there are +% two possibilities: English or \LaTeX{} commands (Babel). +% +% The commands |\MBswitch|, |\mes|, |\MBaskfile|, |\wr|, |\pc|, |\spsp| are +% defined in \texttt{makebst.tex}. +% +% If |\MBswitch| does not exist, then the version of \texttt{makebst} +% cannot support external files. +% +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*options> +\expandafter\ifx\csname beginoptiongroup\endcsname\relax + \mes{^^J******************^^J% + !!!!!! VERSION CLASH !!!!!!!!!^^J% + This mbs file requires makebst version 4.0 or more^^J% + You must update makebst to run it with this mbs file^^J% + No docstrip batch file can be produced on this run^^J% + ******************} + \let\temp\endinput\else\let\temp\relax\fi\temp + +\newif\ifnumerical +\newif\ifmytemp +\mes{<<< For more information about the meanings of^^J% + <<< the various options, see the section on ^^J% + <<< Menu Information in the .mbs file documentation.} + +\umes{EXTERNAL FILES:} +\expandafter\ifx\csname MBswitch\endcsname\relax + \mes{^^J**************^^J% + Makebst version is less than 3.0^^J% + Cannot add external file for language definition^^J% + **************} + \umes{No included files.}% + \def\cfile{}\def\jfile{}% +\else + \MBaskfile{^^JName of language definition file}(\mroot.\mext)i\cfile + \edef\ctemp{\mroot.\mext} + \ifx\ctemp\cfile\def\cfile{}\fi + \umes{Name of language file: \string\cfile=\cfile.}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% A second type of external file that can be added is one containing names +% of journals that are to be prestored into the \texttt{.bst} file. +% Several file names are allowed here, with the root names separated by +% commas, and with the common extension added at the end. To assist later +% parsing of the names, an additional comma is added before the extension. +% +% Note that in this case |\MBaskfile| treats the file(s) as output, i.e., +% it does not check if the file(s) actually exist. +% +% The macro |\Mgetnext| allows the root names to be extracted from the +% list of file names. +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\jfile{} + \ask{\yn}{^^JInclude file(s) for extra journal names? (NO)} + \mytempfalse + \if!\yn!\else\if\yn n\else\if\yn N\else\mytemptrue\fi\fi\fi + \ifmytemp + \MBaskfile{^^JFile to include}(physjour,geojour,photjour.mbs)o\jfile + \edef\jfile{\froot,.\fext} + \umes{Name of included files: \string\jfile=\jfile.}% + \else + \umes{No included files.}% + \fi +\fi%MBswitch +\def\Mgetnext#1,#2.#3??{\def\froot{#1}\def\Mrest{#2}\def\fext{#3}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% If no external files are specified, then both |\cfile| and |\jfile| are +% empty. In this case, do \emph{not} set the options \texttt{head} and +% \texttt{tail}, which control the \dtx{} passes through +% \texttt{filename}. Now only one pass is made. +% +% If there is an external definition file, or an external list of +% journal names, then some extra text must be +% written to fit in with that already written by \texttt{makebst}. This is +% explained in that documentation. The |\MBswitch| command turns the curly +% braces |{..}| into normal characters, and the parentheses |(..)| take on +% their grouping functionality. This permits unbalanced braces to be +% written to the output file. +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\if!\cfile\jfile!\else + \begingroup\MBswitch + \wr(\spsp head,\string\MBopta}) + \if!\cfile!\else + \wr(\string\from{\cfile}{\string\MBopta}) + \fi + \if!\jfile!\else + \let\jxfile\jfile + \loop +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Parse the list of journal name files, adding a new |\from| for each one. +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \expandafter\Mgetnext\jxfile?? + \wr(\string\from{\froot.\fext}{\string\MBopta}) + \edef\jxfile(\Mrest.\fext) + \if!\Mrest!\def\Mtst(1)\else\def\Mtst()\fi + \if!\Mtst! + \repeat + \fi + \wr(\string\from{\mroot.\mext}{tail,\string\MBopta}}) + \wr(\string\def\string\MBopta{\pc) + \endgroup +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Ask whether there is a need for +% explicit English words or \LaTeX{} commands whose definitions are +% to be found in the file \texttt{francaisbst.tex}. +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\beginoptiongroup{INTERNAL LANGUAGE SUPPORT + (if no external language file)}% + {\if!\cfile!\relax*\fi}% +\optdef{*}{}{English}{words used explicitly} +\optdef{b}{babel}{Babel} + {(words replaced by commands defined in francaisbst.tex)} +\getans +\endoptiongroup +\if!\cfile!\relax\else +\wr{\spsp\spsp exlang,\pc: External language file} +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection*{Author--year or numerical} +% The first question is whether a numerical or author--year citation +% style is to be used. If the latter, the supporting system is my +% \code{natbib.sty}, which expects |\bibitem| to have an optional +% argument containing the short form of the authors, plus year in +% parentheses. E.g., +% \begin{quote} +% |\bibitem[Daly et al.(1990)]{key}...| +% \end{quote} +% There is now a newer version of \texttt{natbib.sty} (v5.3) that +% supports an optional full author list too, as +% \begin{quote} +% |\bibitem[Daly et al.(1990)Daly, Keppler, and Williams]{key}...| +% \end{quote} +% Other systems are also supported, such as the Harvard family of +% bibliography styles (with \texttt{harvard.sty}), which have entries in the +% form +% \begin{quote} +% |\harvarditem[Daly et al.]{Daly, Keppler,|\\ +% | and Williams}{1990}{key}...| +% \end{quote} +% or the astronomy family (with \texttt{astron.sty}) with entries like +% \begin{quote} +% |\bibitem[\protect\astroncite{Daly et al.}{1990}]{key}...| +% \end{quote} +% or the Chicago family (with \texttt{chicago.sty}) with entries like +% \begin{quote} +% |\bibitem[\protect\citeautheryear{Daly, Keppler, and|\\ +% | Williams}{Daly et al.}{1990}]{key}...| +% \end{quote} +% or the `named' variant of Chicago (with \texttt{named.sty}) with entries like +% \begin{quote} +% |\bibitem[\protect\citeauthoryear{Daly et al.}{1990}]{key}...| +% \end{quote} +% or the so-called ``author--date'' group (with \texttt{authordate1-4.sty}) +% with entries of the form +% \begin{quote} +% |\bibitem[\protect\citename{Daly et al.}1990]{key}...| +% \end{quote} +% Finally, there is the \texttt{apalike} format of Oren Patashnik, for use +% with \texttt{apalike.sty} that has entries of the form +% \begin{quote} +% |\bibitem[Daly et al., 1990]{key}...| +% \end{quote} +% +% In addition to numerical or author--year citation styles, there is also a +% \texttt{cite} style available in which the label is the same as the cite +% key. This is for listing entire contents of databases with the cite key +% visible. +% +% A flag |\ifnumerical| is established because some of the following menu +% features depend on which system is to be used. +% +% The \texttt{alph} option produces labels as in \texttt{alpha.bst}; options +% \texttt{alf-1} and \texttt{alf-f} modify these. Standard is: first three +% letters of the single author (Dal90 for Daly, 1990) and first letters of +% first three authors (DK90 for Daly and Kopka, 1990). Alternatives are first +% three letters of the first author, no matter how many authors there are, and +% full name of first author. +% \begin{macrocode} +\beginoptiongroup{STYLE OF CITATIONS:}{} +\optdef{*}{}{Numerical}{as in standard LaTeX} +\optdef{a}{ay}{Author-year}{with some non-standard interface} +\optdef{b}{alph}{Alpha style, Jon90 or JWB90}{for single or multiple authors} +\optdef{o}{alph,alf-1}{Alpha style, Jon90}{even for multiple authors} +\optdef{f}{alph,alf-f}{Alpha style, Jones90}{(full name of first author)} +\optdef{c}{cite}{Cite key}{(special for listing contents of bib file)} +\getans +\endoptiongroup +\if\ans a\numericalfalse\else\numericaltrue\fi +\if\ans b\mytempfalse \else\mytemptrue \fi +\beginoptiongroup{HTML OUTPUT + (if non author-year citations)} + {\ifnumerical*\fi} +\optdef{*}{}{Normal LaTeX}{output} +\optdef{h}{html}{Hypertext}{output, in HTML code, in paragraphs} +\optdef{n}{html,htlist}{Hypertext list}{with sequence numbers} +\optdef{k}{html,htdes}{Hypertext with keys}{for viewing databases} +\getans +\endoptiongroup +\beginoptiongroup{AUTHOR--YEAR SUPPORT SYSTEM + (if author-year citations)} + {\ifnumerical\else*\fi} +\optdef{*}{nat}{Natbib}{for use with natbib v5.3 or later} +\optdef{o}{}{Older Natbib}{without full authors citations} +\optdef{l}{alk}{Apalike}{for use with apalike.sty} +\optdef{h}{har}{Harvard}{system with harvard.sty} +\optdef{a}{ast}{Astronomy}{system with astron.sty} +\optdef{c}{cay}{Chicago}{system with chicago.sty} +\optdef{n}{nmd}{Named}{system with named.sty} +\optdef{d}{cn}{Author-date}{system with authordate1-4.sty} +\getans +% \end{macrocode} +% The \texttt{harvard} family has been extended for \LaTeXe, and the new +% \texttt{.bst} files allow the word \textsl{and} and the brackets around years +% to be variable with commands. These features may be added too. +% The URL field used to be exclusively part of Harvard, but now exists +% independently of it too. +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\beginoptiongroup{HARVARD EXTENSIONS INCLUDED + (if Harvard support selected)} + {\if\ans h*\fi}% +\optdef{*}{harnm}{With Harvard extensions}{for LaTeX2e version of harvard.sty} +\optdef{n}{}{Older Harvard}{style, for LaTeX 2.09} +\getans +\endoptiongroup +\endoptiongroup +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection*{Language switching} +% A \texttt{language} field can be present to specify the original language of +% the reference; with \verb!\setlanguage!, the hyphenation patterns are set for +% setting the title in that language. +% \begin{macrocode} +\beginoptiongroup{LANGUAGE FIELD}{} +\optdef{*}{}{No language field}{} +\optdef{l}{lang}{Add language field}{to switch hyphenation patterns temporarily} +\getans +\endoptiongroup +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection*{Annotations} +% Annotations to a reference are additional information not normally printed +% out in the list of references. They are used for listing databases. +% The coding here was offered by Soren Dayton. +% \begin{macrocode} +\beginoptiongroup{ANNOTATIONS:}{} +\optdef{*}{}{No annotations}{will be recognized} +\optdef{a}{annote}{Annotations}{in annote field or in .tex file of citekey name} +\getans +\endoptiongroup +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection*{Presentations} +% Presentations are talks at meetings, oral or poster, that are not otherwise +% published. The author making the presentation is indicated with the \texttt{key} +% entry, which is the speaker's number within the author list. The font used +% to highlight the speaker is either bold or italics, depending on the secondary +% option, otherwise not highlighted. +% \begin{macrocode} +\beginoptiongroup{PRESENTATIONS:}{} +\optdef{*}{}{Do not add presentation type}{for conference talks} +\optdef{p}{pres}{Add presentation, speaker not highlighted}{} +\optdef{b}{pres,pres-bf}{Presentation, speaker bold face}{} +\optdef{i}{pres,pres-it}{Presentaion, speaker italic}{} +\optdef{c}{pres,pres-sc}{Presentaion, speaker in small caps}{} +\getans +\endoptiongroup +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection*{Ordering of the listed references} +% Choices here depend on citation style. The default in both cases is +% alphabetical order of all authors. For numerical style, one may also +% choose an unsorted order, which means the order is the same as the original +% citations. This corresponds to \texttt{unsrt.bst}. Order of citation is +% also offered for author--year for \texttt{natbib}-type styles that can +% also be used for numerical listings. +% +% Another possibility is to order first by year, then authors. This too only +% makes sense for numerical citations. However, it is offered for author--year +% in the event that a \texttt{natbib}-type style is used for numerical +% listings. +% +% For the alpha style, the ordering is by label only, so no option is +% offered here (|\ifnumerical| is \meta{true} and |\ifmytemp| is \meta{false}). +% +% For author--year, the second choice is by label. (The label is the +% optional |\bibitem| argument, and is what is printed in place of the +% |\cite| command.) With this option, all the papers with the same first +% author are ordered so that the one-author papers come first, followed by +% the two-author papers, followed by the multiple-author papers. This is a +% more sensible system for author--year citations, and is demanded by some +% journals (like JGR). +% +% One problem that can arise here is when two or more references have the +% same set of authors and year; normally they are then ordered by the +% title, ignoring initial words like \textsl{the} and \textsl{a}, with the +% letters a, b, +% c, \dots, added to the year. This can mean that a set of references with +% a natural sequence will be put into a different order. An alternative is +% to order them by the citation keyword instead of by title. This of course +% assumes that the keywords in this case reflect that natural sequence. +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\ans\relax +\beginoptiongroup{ORDERING OF REFERENCES + (if non-author/year and non-alph)} + {\ifnumerical\ifmytemp*\fi\fi}% +\optdef{*}{}{Alphabetical}{by all authors} +\optdef{c}{seq-no}{Citation order}{(unsorted, like unsrt.bst)} +\optdef{d}{seq-yr}{Year ordered}{and then by authors} +\optdef{r}{seq-yrr}{Reverse year ordered}{and then by authors} +\getans +\endoptiongroup +% +\beginoptiongroup{ORDERING OF REFERENCES + (if author-year citations)} + {\ifnumerical\else*\fi}% +\optdef{*}{}{Alphabetical}{by all authors} +\optdef{l}{seq-lab}{By label}% + {(Jones before Jones and James before Jones et al)} +\optdef{m}{seq-labc}{By label and cite order}% + {(like above but all Jones et al ordered as cited)} +\optdef{k}{seq-key}{By label and cite key}{instead of label and title, as above} +\optdef{d}{seq-yr}{Year ordered}{and then by authors (for publication lists)} +\optdef{r}{seq-yrr}{Reverse year ordered}{and then by authors (most recent first)} +\optdef{c}{seq-no}{Citation order}{(unsorted, only meaningful for numericals)} +\getans +\endoptiongroup +% \end{macrocode} +% The standard \btx\ styles consider the \emph{von} part of the name to be a +% fixed part of the surname. European usage tends to alphabetize ignoring these +% honorifics. +% \begin{macrocode} +\beginoptiongroup{ORDER ON VON PART + (if not citation order)} + {\if\ans c\else*\fi}% +\optdef{*}{}{Sort on von part}{(de la Maire before Defoe)} +\optdef{x}{vonx}{Sort without von part}{(de la Maire after Mahone)} +\getans +\endoptiongroup +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Sorting normally treats authors with the same surname but different initials +% or first name separately; but a strict ordering by cite label would lump all +% Smiths together. +% \begin{macrocode} +\beginoptiongroup{IGNORE FIRST NAMES (if author-year citations)} + {\ifnumerical\else*\fi}% +\optdef{*}{}{Respect first names}{or initials, treat as different authors} +\optdef{x}{xintls}{Sort on surname only}{and treat all Smiths as one} +\getans +\endoptiongroup +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection*{Formatting author names} +% The default is that the full names of the authors are listed, given names +% first, unabbreviated. Of course, if only the initials have been given in +% the \texttt{.bib} file, then that is all that can appear in the list. Other +% possibilities are to use initials (even if full names in the \texttt{.bib} +% file) either before or after the surnames. A specialty of the journals of +% the American Geophysical Union is to have only the first name with +% reversed initials. +% +% If the reference is part of a larger work with editors, then the editor +% names appear later in the reference text, usually as ``edited by \dots'' +% or as ``\emph{names} (editors)''. In these cases, the editor names are +% not usually reversed (surname first) even if the authors' names are. +% An option is provided to format such editor names exactly as the authors'. +% \begin{macrocode} +\beginoptiongroup{AUTHOR NAMES:}{} +\optdef{*}{ed-au}{Full, surname last}{(John Frederick Smith)} +\optdef{f}{nm-revf}{Full, surname first}{(Smith, John Frederick)} +\optdef{i}{nm-init,ed-au}{Initials + surname}{(J. F. Smith)} +\optdef{r}{nm-rev}{Surname + initials}{(Smith, J. F.)} +\optdef{s}{nm-rv}{Surname + dotless initials}{(Smith J F)} +\optdef{w}{nm-rvvc}{Surname + comma + spaceless initials}{(Smith, J.F.)} +\optdef{x}{nm-rvx}{Surname + pure initials}{(Smith JF)} +\optdef{y}{nm-rvcx}{Surname + comma + pure initials}{(Smith, JF)} +\optdef{z}{nm-rvv}{Surname + spaceless initials}{(Smith J.F.)} +\optdef{a}{nm-rev1}{Only first name reversed, initials}% + {(AGU style: Smith, J. F., H. K. Jones)} +\optdef{b}{nm-revv1}{First name reversed, with full names}% + {(Smith, John Fred, Harry Kab Jones)} +\getans +\endoptiongroup +\mytempfalse +\if\ans f\mytemptrue\fi +\if\ans r\mytemptrue\fi +\if\ans s\mytemptrue\fi +\if\ans x\mytemptrue\fi +\if\ans y\mytemptrue\fi +\if\ans a\mytemptrue\fi +\if\ans b\mytemptrue\fi +\beginoptiongroup{EDITOR NAMES IN COLLECTIONS + (if author names reversed)} + {\ifmytemp*\fi} +\if\ans r +\optdef{*}{}{Editor names NOT reversed}{as edited by J. J. Smith} +\fi +\if\ans s +\optdef{*}{}{Editor names NOT reversed}{as edited by J J Smith} +\fi +\if\ans a +\optdef{*}{}{Editor names NOT reversed}{as edited by J. J. Smith} +\fi +\if\ans x +\optdef{*}{}{Editor names NOT reversed}{as edited by JJ Smith} +\fi +\if\ans f +\optdef{*}{}{Editor names NOT reversed}{as edited by John James Smith} +\fi +\if\ans y +\optdef{*}{}{Editor names NOT reversed}{as edited by J.J. Smith} +\fi +\if\ans b +\optdef{*}{}{Editor names NOT reversed}{as edited by John James Smith} +\fi +\optdef{r}{ed-rev}{Editor names reversed}{just like authors'} +\getans +\beginoptiongroup{POSITION OF JUNIOR + (if author names reversed)} + {} +\optdef{*}{jnrlst}{Junior comes last}{as Smith, John, Jr.} +\optdef{m}{}{Junior between}{as Smith, Jr., John} +\getans +\endoptiongroup +\endoptiongroup + +\beginoptiongroup{JUNIOR PART IN THE CITATION + (if author-year citations)} + {\ifnumerical\else*\fi}% +\optdef{*}{}{No `junior' part in the citations}{but in the ref listing} +\optdef{j}{jnrlab}{`Junior' in citations}{as well as in ref listing} +\getans +\endoptiongroup + +\beginoptiongroup{PUNCTUATION BETWEEN AUTHOR NAMES:}{} +\optdef{*}{}{Author names separated by commas}{} +\optdef{s}{aunm-semi}{Names separated by semi-colon}{} +\optdef{h}{aunm-sl}{Names separated by slash}{/} +\getans +\endoptiongroup + +\beginoptiongroup{ADJACENT REFERENCES WITH REPEATED NAMES:}{} +\optdef{*}{}{Author/editor names always present}{} +\optdef{d}{nmdash}{Repeated author/editor names replaced by dash}{} +\optdef{2}{nmdash,nmd-2}{Repeated author/editor names replaced by 2 dashes}{} +\optdef{3}{nmdash,nmd-3}{Repeated author/editor names replaced by 3 dashes}{} +\getans +\endoptiongroup +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection*{Number of authors} +% Normally the complete list of authors as given in the \texttt{.bib} file is +% presented in the reference list. However, some journals prefer to limit +% them to a maximum. If there are more than this maximum number of author +% names, then a minimum number plus \textsl{et al.} are listed. +% +% Because no test for consistency of the numbers is carried out in the +% \texttt{.bst} file itself (it might be possible, but I found it too complex), +% this is done here. +% \begin{macrocode} +\beginoptiongroup{NUMBER OF AUTHORS IN BIBLIOGRAPHY:}{} +\optdef{*}{}{All authors}{included in listing} +\optdef{l}{nmlm}{Limited authors}{(et al replaces missing names)} +\getans +\endoptiongroup +\if\ans l +\loop + \ask{\num}{Maximum number of authors (1-99)} + \ifnum\num>99\relax + \mes{*** Must be between 1 and 99} +\repeat +\def\parsenum#1#2{\if#2\relax\wr{\spsp\spsp x#1,\pc: Maximum of #1\space authors} + \else\wr{\spsp\spsp x#10,x#2,\pc: Maximum of #1#2\space authors}\fi} +\expandafter\parsenum\num\relax +\mes{\spsp You have selected maximum \num\space authors} +\edef\numx{\num} +\loop + \ask{\num}{Minimum number (before et al given) (1-\numx)} + \ifnum\num>\numx + \mes{*** Must be between 1 and \numx} +\repeat +\def\parsenum#1#2{\if#2\relax\wr{\spsp\spsp m#1,\pc: Minimum of #1\space authors} + \else\wr{\spsp\spsp m#10,m#2,\pc: Minimum of #1#2\space authors}\fi} +\expandafter\parsenum\num\relax +\mes{\spsp You have selected minimum \num\space authors} +\fi + +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Something that I finally added after being asked many times, is to allow for +% more than one name in the citation before inserting \textsl{et~al.} +% to allow more than 2 authors before truncating +% \begin{macrocode} +\beginoptiongroup{AUTHORS IN CITATIONS:}{} +\optdef{*}{}{One author et al}{for three or more authors} +\optdef{m}{mcite}{Some other truncation scheme}{} +\getans +\endoptiongroup +\mytempfalse +\if\ans m\mytemptrue\fi +\beginoptiongroup{MAX AUTHORS BEFORE ET AL: + (if regular cite not selected)} + {\ifmytemp*\fi}% +\optdef{*}{mct-1}{One et al}{} +\optdef{2}{mct-2}{One, Two et al}{} +\optdef{3}{mct-3}{One, Two, Three et al}{} +\optdef{4}{mct-4}{One, Two, Three, Four et al}{} +\optdef{5}{mct-5}{One, Two, Three, Four, Five et al}{} +\optdef{6}{mct-6}{One, Two, Three, Four, Five, Six et al}{} +\getans +\endoptiongroup +\beginoptiongroup{MAX AUTHORS WITHOUT ET AL: + (if regular cite not selected)} + {\ifmytemp*\fi}% +\optdef{*}{mct-x2}{Two authors without truncating}{} +\optdef{3}{mct-x3}{Three authors}{without truncating} +\optdef{4}{mct-x4}{Four authors}{without truncating} +\optdef{5}{mct-x5}{Five authors}{without truncating} +\optdef{6}{mct-x6}{Six authors}{without truncating} +\getans +\endoptiongroup +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection*{Typeface of names} +% The author names in the list of references normally appear in the current +% typeface. This may be changed to small caps, bold, or italics. +% +% Alternatively, the surnames only can be formatted, with the first names in the +% regular font. One can also specify that the words `and' and `et~al.'\ should be +% in the regular font, or that `et~al.'\ be italic. +% +% Another possibility is that the names be put into a command |\bibnamefont{..}|, +% which must be defined in the \LaTeX\ document. By default, this command does +% not format its argument. There is also a |\bibfnamefont| command for the first +% names, to be user-defined. +% +% Editor names in a collection or in a book will not normally have these +% fonts applied to them; this may be additionally selected. +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\beginoptiongroup{TYPEFACE FOR AUTHORS IN LIST OF REFERENCES:}{} +\optdef{*}{}{Normal font for author names}{} +\optdef{s}{nmft,nmft-sc}{Small caps authors}{(\string\sc)} +\optdef{i}{nmft,nmft-it}{Italic authors}{(\string\it\space or \string\em)} +\optdef{b}{nmft,nmft-bf}{Bold authors}{(\string\bf)} +\optdef{u}{nmft,nmft-def}{User defined author font}{(\string\bibnamefont)} +\getans +\endoptiongroup +\mytempfalse +\if\ans i\mytemptrue\fi +\if\ans s\mytemptrue\fi +\if\ans b\mytemptrue\fi +\if\ans u\mytemptrue\fi +\beginoptiongroup{FONT FOR FIRST NAMES + (if non-default font for authors)} + {\ifmytemp*\fi}% +\optdef{*}{}{First names same font as surnames}{} +\optdef{r}{fnm-rm}{First names in normal font}{} +\optdef{u}{fnm-def}{First names in user defined font}{(\string\bibfnamefont)} +\getans +\beginoptiongroup{EDITOR NAMES IN INCOLLECTION ETC:}{} +\optdef{*}{}{Editors incollection normal font}{} +\optdef{a}{nmfted}{Editors incollection like authors}{font} +\getans +\endoptiongroup + +\beginoptiongroup{FONT FOR `AND' IN LIST:}{} +\optdef{*}{}{`And' in author font}{(JONES AND JAMES)} +\optdef{r}{nmand-rm}{`And' in normal font}{(JONES and JAMES)} +\getans +\endoptiongroup +\endoptiongroup +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection*{Names in Citation label} +% This applies to author--year style only. The label is the text written +% by the |\cite| command, and for author--year style, this is something like +% `Daly et al.\ (1990b)'. One may select italics for the authors and for the +% extra label attached to the year. The year always remains plain. +% +% This parallels the font selection for the names in the list of references +% except that there no choice for the first names, since only surnames +% are used in the labels. A user-defined |\citefontname| may also +% be selected, but this \emph{must} be defined by the user since there +% will be no default definition for it. +% +% If a font is selected for the cited authors, then the word `and' may be +% optionally put in the normal font. +% +% It is not possible to select the type of brackets for the year, since +% this is determined by the \LaTeX{} style option that manages the +% author--year citations. This is not standard \LaTeX, so that there are a +% number of private style files for achieving this. +% \begin{macrocode} +\beginoptiongroup{FONT OF CITATION LABELS IN TEXT + (if author-year citations)} + {\ifnumerical\else*\fi}% +\optdef{*}{}{Cited authors plain}{as result of \string\cite\space command} +\optdef{i}{lab,lab-it}{Cited authors italic}{} +\optdef{s}{lab,lab-sc}{Cited authors small caps}{} +\optdef{b}{lab,lab-bf}{Cited authors bold}{} +\optdef{u}{lab,lab-def}{User defined citation font}{(\string\citenamefont)} +\getans + +\mytempfalse +\if\ans i\mytemptrue\fi +\if\ans s\mytemptrue\fi +\if\ans b\mytemptrue\fi +\if\ans u\mytemptrue\fi +\beginoptiongroup{FONT FOR `AND' IN CITATIONS + (if non-default font for citation lables)} + {\ifmytemp*\fi}% +\optdef{*}{}{Cited `and' in author font}{} +\optdef{r}{and-rm}{Cited `and' in normal font}{} +\getans +\endoptiongroup +\beginoptiongroup{FONT OF EXTRA LABEL + (The extra letter on the year)}{} +\optdef{*}{}{Extra label plain}{} +\optdef{i}{xlab-it}{Extra label italic}{} +\getans +\endoptiongroup +\endoptiongroup +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection*{Label for missing author names} +% +% If the author and/or editor is missing, the standard \texttt{.bst} files +% use the \texttt{key} field in place of the names for purposes of ordering the +% entries. +% +% For author--year styles, the \texttt{key} field is even inserted in the +% reference list and in the label in place of the authors. Optionally, one can +% suppress the year in this case, which causes \texttt{natbib} (version~7) +% to print only that key text as a code designation for the work. Thus if +% \texttt{KEY = "CS1-345"} and there are no authors, then |\citep| produces +% (CS1-345) and |\citet| simply CS1-345. That is, they behave like +% |\citeauthor|. If \texttt{natbib} did not recognize the blank year, one would +% get (CS1-345, ) and CS1-345 (). (Earlier versions of \texttt{natbib} crash on +% a blank year.) +% \begin{macrocode} +\beginoptiongroup{LABEL WHEN AUTHORS MISSING + (if author-year citations)} + {\ifnumerical\else*\fi}% +\optdef{*}{keyxyr}{Year blank when KEY replaces missing author}{(for natbib 7.0)} +\optdef{y}{}{Year included when KEY replaces missing author}{} +\getans +\endoptiongroup +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection*{Missing date} +% A missing date can be set to ???? or simply left blank. In the latter case, +% \texttt{natbib} version~7 will print only the authors without any year +% punctuation or brackets. +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\beginoptiongroup{MISSING DATE + (if author-year citations)} + {\ifnumerical\else*\fi}% +\optdef{*}{}{Missing date set to ????}{in label and text} +\optdef{b}{blkyear}{Missing date left blank}{} +\getans +\endoptiongroup +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection*{Position of date} +% This applies to author--year style only. It makes sense to put the date +% immediately after the author list, since the two items (author and year) +% are the identifiers of the reference. Default position is at the +% end of the references, before any notes. It is also possible to place +% it even after the notes. +% +% Medical journals have a system where the date is part of the journal +% specification, as Lancet 1994;45(2):34--40. Otherwise the date appears at +% the end. +% \begin{macrocode} +\beginoptiongroup{DATE POSITION:}{} +\optdef{*}{}{Date at end}{} +\optdef{b}{dt-beg}{Date after authors}{} +\optdef{j}{dt-jnl}{Date part of journal spec.}{(as 1994;45:34-40) else at end} +\optdef{e}{dt-end}{Date at very end}{after any notes} +\getans +\endoptiongroup +\if\ans b\mytemptrue\else\if\ans j\mytemptrue\else\mytempfalse\fi\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection*{Format of date} +% The year may be enclosed in parentheses, brackets, or preceded by a +% colon. If none of these are selected, the date (month plus year) appears. +% For author--year, the date normally consists only of the year, no month, +% but this may be overridden. +% +% If the date comes just after the authors, then one might want special +% punctuation following it, like a colon, or space only. The latter is +% probably desirable if the date is brackets or parentheses. +% +% The date can even be put into bold face. +% \begin{macrocode} +\beginoptiongroup{DATE FORMAT + (if non author-year citations)} + {\ifnumerical*\fi}% +\optdef{*}{}{Plain month and year}{without any brackets} +\optdef{p}{yr-par}{Date in parentheses}{as (May 1993)} +\optdef{b}{yr-brk}{Date in brackets}{as [May 1993]} +\optdef{c}{yr-col}{Date preceded by colon}{as `: May 1993'} +\optdef{d}{yr-per}{Date preceded by period}{as `. May 1993'} +\optdef{m}{yr-com}{Date preceded by comma}{as `, May 1993'} +\optdef{s}{yr-blk}{Date preceded by space}{only, as ` May 1993'} +\getans +\beginoptiongroup{SUPPRESS MONTH:}{} +\optdef{*}{}{Date is month and year}{} +\optdef{x}{xmth}{Date is year only}{} +\getans +\endoptiongroup +\beginoptiongroup{REVERSED DATE + (if including month)} + {\if\ans x\else*\fi}% +\optdef{*}{}{Date as month year}{} +\optdef{r}{dtrev}{Date as year month}{} +\getans +\endoptiongroup +\endoptiongroup + +\beginoptiongroup{DATE FORMAT + (if author-year citations)} + {\ifnumerical\else*\fi}% +\optdef{*}{}{Year plain}{without any brackets} +\optdef{p}{yr-par}{Year in parentheses}{as (1993)} +\optdef{b}{yr-brk}{Year in brackets}{as [1993]} +\optdef{c}{yr-col}{Year preceded by colon}{as `: 1993'} +\optdef{d}{yr-per}{Year preceded by period}{as `. 1993'} +\optdef{m}{yr-com}{Date preceded by comma}{as `, 1993'} +\optdef{s}{yr-blk}{Year preceded by space}{only, as ` 1993'} +\getans +\beginoptiongroup{INCLUDE MONTHS:}{} +\optdef{*}{}{Date is year only}{without the month} +\optdef{m}{aymth}{Include month in date}{} +\getans +\endoptiongroup +\beginoptiongroup{REVERSED DATE + (if including month)} + {\if\ans m*\fi}% +\optdef{*}{}{Date as month year}{} +\optdef{r}{dtrev}{Date as year month}{} +\getans +\endoptiongroup +\endoptiongroup + +\beginoptiongroup{DATE PUNCTUATION + (if date not at end)} + {\ifmytemp*\fi}% +\optdef{*}{}{Date with standard block punctuation}{(comma or period)} +\optdef{c}{yrp-col}{Colon after date}{as 1994:} +\optdef{s}{yrp-semi}{Semi-colon after date}{as 1994;} +\optdef{p}{yrp-per}{Period after date}{even when blocks use commas} +\optdef{x}{yrp-x}{No punct. after date}{} +\getans +\beginoptiongroup{BLANK AFTER DATE:}{} +\optdef{*}{}{Space after date}{and punctuation} +\optdef{x}{yrpp-xsp}{No space after date}{as 1994:45} +\getans +\endoptiongroup +\endoptiongroup +\beginoptiongroup{DATE FONT:}{} +\optdef{*}{}{Date in normal font}{} +\optdef{b}{dtbf}{Date in bold face}{} +\getans +\endoptiongroup +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Normally in author--year citations, the \texttt{year} entry is truncated +% to the last 4 characters, which should be the 4 digits of the year. Some +% users have requested the possibility of suppressing this truncation so +% that they may put text in the \texttt{year} field, such as ``in press.'' +% Another use for it is when years are given as ``1968--72''. Actually, +% I have no idea why the year should be truncated at all. +% \begin{macrocode} +\beginoptiongroup{TRUNCATE YEAR + (if author-year citations)} + {\ifnumerical\else*\fi}% +\optdef{*}{note-yr}{Year text full}{as 1990--1993 or `in press'} +\optdef{t}{}{Year truncated}{to last 4 digits} +\getans +\endoptiongroup +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection*{Article title in journal} +% The title of an article in a journal or in a collection (a book, or +% conference proceedings) may appear plain, in italics, within single +% or double quotes or even in guillemets. The last is best with T1 coding; a +% poor man's version for OT1 is provided; \LaTeXe\ is required in both cases. +% +% Furthermore, it may have sentence capitalization (first +% word and word following colon) or be capitalized as in the \texttt{.bib} file +% entry. That is why it is recommended to capitalize the entry text as it +% should appear when fully capitalized, putting words that are always +% capitalized in braces. Example: +% \begin{quote} +% |TITLE="The Results of the {Giotto} Mission"| +% \end{quote} +% which produces either ``The results of the Giotto mission'' or ``The +% Results of the Giotto Mission'', depending on option. +% +% Additionally, the article titles may be fully suppressed. +% \begin{macrocode} +\beginoptiongroup{TITLE OF ARTICLE:}{} +\optdef{*}{}{Title plain}{with no special font} +\optdef{i}{tit-it}{Title italic}{(\string\em)} +\optdef{q}{tit-qq,qt-s}{Title and punctuation in single quotes}{(`Title,' ..)} +\optdef{d}{tit-qq}{Title and punctuation in double quotes}{(``Title,'' ..)} +\optdef{g}{tit-qq,qt-g}{Title and punctuation in guillemets}{(<<Title,>> ..)} +\optdef{x}{tit-qq,qt-s,qx}{Title in single quotes}{(`Title', ..)} +\optdef{y}{tit-qq,qx}{Title in double quotes}{(``Title'', ..)} +\optdef{z}{tit-qq,qt-g,qx}{Title in guillemets}{(<<Title>>, ..)} +\getans +\endoptiongroup +\mytempfalse +\if\ans q\mytemptrue\fi +\if\ans d\mytemptrue\fi +\if\ans g\mytemptrue\fi +\if\ans x\mytemptrue\fi +\if\ans y\mytemptrue\fi +\if\ans z\mytemptrue\fi +\beginoptiongroup{COLLECTION/PROCEEDINGS TITLES + (if quoted title)} + {\ifmytemp*\fi}% +\optdef{*}{bt-qq}{Quote collection and proceedings titles}{too} +\optdef{x}{}{Collection and proceedings titles not in quotes}{} +\getans +\endoptiongroup +\beginoptiongroup{CAPITALIZATION OF ARTICLE TITLE:}{} +\optdef{*}{}{Sentence style}{(capitalize first word and those in braces)} +\optdef{t}{atit-u}{Title style}{(just as in bib entry)} +\getans +\endoptiongroup + +\beginoptiongroup{ARTICLE TITLE PRESENT:}{} +\optdef{*}{}{Article title present}{in journals and proceedings} +\optdef{x}{jtit-x}{No article title}{} +\getans +\endoptiongroup +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection*{Journal names} +% Abbreviated journal names normally contain periods; the periods may be +% removed with this option. In fact, only letters, numbers, and spacing are +% retained. +% \begin{macrocode} +\beginoptiongroup{JOURNAL NAMES:}{} +\optdef{*}{}{Periods in journal names}{are retained, as `Phys. Rev.'} +\optdef{x}{jxper}{Dotless journal names}{as `Phys Rev'} +\getans +\endoptiongroup +% \end{macrocode} +% Journal name is normally printed in italics; can be left in normal font. +% \begin{macrocode} +\beginoptiongroup{JOURNAL NAME FONT:}{} +\optdef{*}{}{Journal name italics}{} +\optdef{r}{jttl-rm}{Journal name normal}{font} +\getans +\endoptiongroup +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection*{Title of Theses and Technical Reports} +% The title of a these (PhD or Master's) is normally treated the same +% as that of a book. Optionally, it may be formatted like that of +% an article. +% +% The title of a technical report is normally treated the same as that +% of an article. Optionally, it may be formatted like that of a book. +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\beginoptiongroup{THESIS TITLE:}{} +\optdef{*}{}{Thesis titles like books}{} +\optdef{a}{thtit-a}{Thesis title like article}{} +\optdef{x}{thtit-x}{No thesis title}{} +\getans +\endoptiongroup + +\beginoptiongroup{TECHNICAL REPORT TITLE:}{} +\optdef{*}{}{Tech. report title like articles}{} +\optdef{b}{trtit-b}{Tech. report title like books}{} +\getans +\endoptiongroup + +\beginoptiongroup{TECHNICAL REPORT NUMBER:}{} +\optdef{*}{}{Tech. report and number plain}{as `Tech. Rep. 123'} +\optdef{i}{trnum-it}{Tech. report and number italic}% + {as `{\string\it\space Tech. Rep. 123'}} +\getans +\endoptiongroup +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection*{Journal reference} +% Great diversity of opinion exists as to how a journal reference is to be +% formatted. It consists of a volume, possibly a number, and page limits. +% The number is really only necessary if the page numbers within one volume +% start at 1 for each physical `number'. Since journals are often bound +% together in one volume later, it makes more sense to number the pages +% continuously through the whole volume. +% +% I am only aware of one journal that used to reset the pagination for each +% `number', in which case the number was part of the page designation. +% I had erroneously provided an option \texttt{vnum-pg} to achieve this, but I +% now realize that instead, for this one journal, the database entries must +% contain \texttt{pages="(2)33--2(55)"}. This option has been removed at +% version 3.84. +% +% A number of styles for journal specifications are +% \begin{quote} +% \begin{tabular}{l@{\qquad}l} +% 21(2):33--55 & 21, no.\ 2: 33--55\\ +% \textbf{21}(2):33--55 & \textbf{21}, \#2, 33--55\\ +% \textit{21}(2), 33--55 & \textit{21} (2); 33--55 \\ +% 21(2) (1995) 33--55 & 21(1995), 33-55\\ +% 21(2) 33--55 & vol.~21 (2), pp.~33--55 +% \end{tabular} +% \end{quote} +% +% Here both start and stop page numbers have been given; often only the +% start page is wanted. +% +% It is also possible to include the year as part of the journal specification, +% in which case the year is always in parentheses, attached snugly or with space +% to the volume, or preceding the pages. +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\beginoptiongroup{JOURNAL VOLUME:}{} +\optdef{*}{}{Volume plain}{as vol(num)} +\optdef{i}{vol-it}{Volume italic}{as {\string\em\space vol}(num)} +\optdef{b}{vol-bf}{Volume bold}{as {\string\bf\space vol}(num)} +\optdef{d}{vol-2bf}{Volume and number bold}{as {\string\bf\space vol(num)}} +\getans +\endoptiongroup +% \end{macrocode} +% +% The form of the `number' is also given: in parentheses, with `no.', +% with \#, or omitted. The \texttt{vnum-b} option is meant to be used +% with \texttt{jdt-v} and \texttt{jdt-vs} but could be used alone. +% \begin{macrocode} +\beginoptiongroup{JOURNAL VOL AND NUMBER:}{} +\optdef{*}{}{Journal vol(num)}{as 34(2)} +\optdef{s}{vnum-sp}{Journal vol (num)}{as 34 (2)} +\optdef{c}{vnum-cm}{Journal vol, num}{as 34, 2} +\optdef{n}{vnum-nr}{Journal vol, no. num}{as 34, no. 2} +\optdef{h}{vnum-h}{Journal vol, \string\# number}{as 34, \string\#2} +\optdef{b}{vnum-b}{Journal vol number}{as 34 2} +\optdef{x}{vnum-x}{Journal vol, without number}{as 34} +\getans +\endoptiongroup + +\beginoptiongroup{VOLUME PUNCTUATION:}{} +\optdef{*}{}{Volume with colon}{as vol(num):ppp} +\optdef{s}{volp-sp}{Volume with colon and space}{as vol(num): ppp} +\optdef{h}{volp-semi}{Volume with semi-colon}{as vol(num); ppp} +\optdef{c}{volp-com}{Volume with comma}{as vol(num), ppp} +\optdef{b}{volp-blk}{Volume with blank}{as vol(num) ppp} +\getans +\endoptiongroup + +\beginoptiongroup{YEAR IN JOURNAL SPECIFICATION:}{} +\optdef{*}{}{Journal year like others}{as given by date position} +\optdef{v}{jdt-v}{Journal vol(year)}{as 34(1995)} +\optdef{s}{jdt-vs}{Journal vol (year)}{as 34 (1995)} +\optdef{p}{jdt-p}{Year with pages}{as 34(2), (1995) 1345--1387} +\optdef{c}{jdt-pc}{Year, comma, pages}{as 34(2), (1995), 1345--1387} +\getans +\endoptiongroup + +\beginoptiongroup{PAGE NUMBERS:}{} +\optdef{*}{}{Start and stop page numbers}{given} +\optdef{f}{jpg-1}{Only start page number}{} +\getans +\endoptiongroup + +\beginoptiongroup{LARGE PAGE NUMBERS:}{} +\optdef{*}{}{No separators for large page numbers}{} +\optdef{c}{pgsep-c}{Comma inserted over 9999}{as 11,234} +\optdef{s}{pgsep-s}{Thin space inserted over 9999}{as 11 234} +\optdef{p}{pgsep-p}{Period inserted over 9999}{as 11.234} +\getans +\endoptiongroup + +\beginoptiongroup{WORD `PAGE' IN ARTICLES:}{} +\optdef{*}{}{Article pages numbers only}{as 234-256} +\optdef{p}{jwdpg}{Include `page' in articles}{as pp. 234--256} +\getans +\endoptiongroup +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Some journals want page numbers at the end, even for books, proceedings, as +% well as for journals. +% \begin{macrocode} +\beginoptiongroup{POSITION OF PAGES:}{} +\optdef{*}{}{Pages given mid text}{as is normal} +\optdef{e}{pp-last}{Pages at end}{but before any notes} +\getans +\endoptiongroup + +\beginoptiongroup{WORD `VOLUME' IN ARTICLES:}{} +\optdef{*}{}{Article volume as number only}{as 21} +\optdef{p}{jwdvol}{Include `volume' in articles}{as vol. 21} +\getans +\endoptiongroup +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Fiddle with the format and location of the number/series for collections and +% inproceedings. +% \begin{macrocode} +\beginoptiongroup{NUMBER AND SERIES FOR COLLECTIONS:}{} +\optdef{*}{num-xser}{Allows number without series}{and suppresses word "number"} +\optdef{s}{}{Standard BibTeX}{as: "number 123 in Total Works"; error if number and no series} +\getans +\endoptiongroup + +\beginoptiongroup{POSITION OF NUMBER AND SERIES:}{} +\optdef{*}{}{After chapter and pages}{as in standard BibTeX} +\optdef{t}{numser}{Just before publisher}{or organization} +\getans +\endoptiongroup +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Fiddle with the format and location of series and volume with books and collections. +% \begin{macrocode} +\beginoptiongroup{VOLUME AND SERIES FOR BOOKS/COLLECTIONS:}{} +\optdef{*}{}{Vol. 23 of Series}{as in standard BibTeX} +\optdef{s}{ser-vol}{Series, vol. 23}{} +\getans +\endoptiongroup + +\beginoptiongroup{POSITION OF VOLUME AND SERIES FOR INCOLLECTIONS:}{} +\optdef{*}{}{Series and volume after the editors}{} +\optdef{e}{ser-ed}{Series and volume after booktitle}{and before editors} +\getans +\endoptiongroup +% \end{macrocode} +% +% It is possible to decide whether the journal name should be +% separated from the following specifications with a blank or comma. +% \begin{macrocode} +\beginoptiongroup{JOURNAL NAME PUNCTUATION:}{} +\optdef{*}{}{Comma after journal}{name} +\optdef{x}{jnm-x}{Space after journal}{name} +\getans +\endoptiongroup +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection*{Books} +% The title of a book (as opposed to an article in a book or journal) is +% normally italicized. This may be set to the regular font. +% +% The page numbers in books may be set in parentheses, as (pp.\ 345--350). +% \begin{macrocode} +\beginoptiongroup{BOOK TITLE:}{} +\optdef{*}{}{Book title italic}{(\string\em)} +\optdef{p}{btit-rm,bt-rm}{Book title plain}{(no font command)} +\getans +\endoptiongroup + +\beginoptiongroup{PAGES IN BOOKS:}{} +\optdef{*}{}{Pages in book plain}{as pp. 50-55} +\optdef{p}{bkpg-par}{Pages in book in parentheses}{as (pp. 50-55)} +\optdef{x}{bkpg-x}{Pages in book bare}{as 50-55} +\getans +\endoptiongroup +\beginoptiongroup{TOTAL PAGES OF A BOOK:}{} +\optdef{*}{}{Total book pages not printed}{} +\optdef{p}{pg-bk}{For book: 345 pages}{or pp.} +\optdef{a}{pg-bk,pg-pre}{Total book pages before publisher}{} +\getans +\endoptiongroup +% \end{macrocode} +% Some psychology journals wish to have the publisher's address preceding +% the name, separated by colon, as +% \begin{quote}New York: Wiley and Sons\end{quote} +% +% Some journals (e.g.\ Nature) put publisher in parentheses with date, +% as (Wiley and Sons, New York, 1983). These normally put the date in +% parentheses at the end anyway, so this is a merging of the two sets of +% parentheses. +% \begin{macrocode} +\beginoptiongroup{PUBLISHER ADDRESS:}{} +\optdef{*}{}{Publisher, address}{as Harcourt, New York} +\optdef{a}{add-pub}{Address: Publisher}{as New York: Harcourt} +\getans +\endoptiongroup + +\beginoptiongroup{PUBLISHER IN PARENTHESES:}{} +\optdef{*}{}{Publisher as normal block}{without parentheses} +\optdef{p}{pub-par}{Publisher in parentheses}{} +\optdef{d}{pub-date}{Publisher and date in parentheses}{(Oxford, 1994)} +\optdef{c}{pub-date,pub-xc}{Publisher and date in parentheses, no comma}{(Oxford 1994)} +\optdef{f}{pub-date,pub-xpar}{Publisher and date without parentheses}{Oxford, 1994} +\optdef{k}{pub-date,pub-xpar,pub-xc}{Publisher and date, no parentheses, no comma}{Oxford 1994} +\getans +\endoptiongroup + +\beginoptiongroup{PUBLISHER POSITION:}{} +\optdef{*}{}{Publisher after chapter, pages}{} +\optdef{p}{pre-pub}{Publisher before chapter, pages}{} +\optdef{e}{pre-edn}{Publisher after edition}{} +\getans +\endoptiongroup +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection*{ISBN, ISSN, DOI numbers} +% Books normally possess an ISBN number. This may be included as an +% optional entry for \texttt{book}, \texttt{inbook}, \texttt{booklet}, +% \texttt{incollection}, \texttt{proceedings}, \texttt{inproceedings}. +% However, it should be suppressed for \texttt{inbook} etc.\ when +% there is a crossref to another book with the ISBN number. +% +% Periodicals contain an ISSN number. Add this to \texttt{article}, or +% course, but also to \texttt{inproceedings} and \texttt{proceedings}, since +% they are sometimes printed in a periodical. +% +% Journal articles that appear online are given a DOI number, something more +% robust than a URL that can change as machines are upgraded. +% The American Geophysical Union (AGU) uses the DOI as part of the +% page number substitution for electronic journals, placing the number +% where the pages would normally appear. +% \begin{macrocode} +\beginoptiongroup{ISBN NUMBER:}{} +\optdef{*}{isbn}{Include ISBN}{for books, booklets, etc.} +\optdef{x}{}{No ISBN}{} +\getans +\endoptiongroup + +\beginoptiongroup{ISSN NUMBER:}{} +\optdef{*}{issn}{Include ISSN}{for periodicals} +\optdef{x}{}{No ISSN}{} +\getans +\endoptiongroup + +\beginoptiongroup{DOI NUMBER:}{} +\optdef{*}{doi}{Include DOI}{as "doi: number"} +\optdef{u}{url-doi}{Format DOI as URL //doi.org/doi}{(must give url options!)} +\optdef{a}{agu-doi,doi}{Insert DOI AGU style}{as part of page number} +\optdef{x}{}{No DOI}{} +\getans +\endoptiongroup +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection*{Editor of book without author} +% +% This is normally +% \begin{quote} +% J. K. James, editor +% \end{quote} +% but may also be +% \begin{quote} +% J. K. James, (editor)\\ +% J. K. James (editor), +% \end{quote} +% Alternatively, the word \textsl{editor} may be capitalized and/or +% abbreviated. +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\beginoptiongroup{`EDITOR' AFTER NAMES (EDITED BOOKS WITHOUT AUTHORS):}{} +\optdef{*}{}{Word `editor' after name}{} +\optdef{a}{edpar}{`Name (editor),'}{in parentheses, after name, comma after} +\optdef{b}{edpar,bkedcap}{`Name (Editor),'}{as above, editor upper case} +\optdef{c}{edparc}{`Name, (editor)'}{in parentheses, after name, comma between} +\optdef{d}{edparc,bkedcap}{`Name, (Editor)'}{as above, editor upper case} +\optdef{e}{edparxc}{`Name (editor)'}{in parentheses, after name, no commas} +\optdef{f}{edparxc,bkedcap}{`Name (Editor)'}{as above, editor upper case} +\getans +\endoptiongroup +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection*{Edited by} +% For an article within an edited collection, the normal form is +% \begin{quote} +% In J. K. James, editor, \emph{Title of Collection} \dots +% \end{quote} +% Alternative forms are +% \begin{quote} +% In J. K. James (editor), \emph{Title} \dots\\ +% In \emph{Title}, edited by J. K. James \dots\\ +% In \emph{Title} (Edited by J. K. James) \dots +% \end{quote} +% If none of the \texttt{edby} variations is used, then the same system is +% used as for edited books, i.e. \texttt{edpar} applies. +% \begin{macrocode} +\beginoptiongroup{EDITOR IN COLLECTIONS:}{} +\optdef{*}{}{Same as for edited book}{(names before booktitle)} +\optdef{b}{edby}{In booktitle, edited by .. }{(where .. is names)} +\optdef{p}{edby-par}{In booktitle (edited by ..)}{} +\optdef{c}{edby-parc}{In booktitle, (edited by ..)}{} +\optdef{e}{edby,edbyx}{In booktitle, editor ..}{} +\optdef{f}{edby,edbyw}{In booktitle, (editor) ..}{} +\optdef{k}{edby-par,edbyx}{In booktitle (editor..)}{} +\optdef{g}{edby-parc,edbyx}{In booktitle, (editor..)}{} +\optdef{j}{edby,edbyy}{In booktitle, .., editor}{} +\optdef{m}{edby-par,edbyy}{In booktitle (.., editor)}{} +\getans +\endoptiongroup +\mytempfalse +\if\ans p\mytemptrue\fi +\if\ans k\mytemptrue\fi +\if\ans c\mytemptrue\fi +\if\ans f\mytemptrue\fi +\beginoptiongroup{CAPITALIZE `EDITOR' OR `EDITED BY' + (if editor capitalizable)} + {\ifmytemp*\fi}% +\optdef{*}{}{`(editor,..)' or `(edited by..)'}{in lower case} +\optdef{c}{edcap}{`(Editor,..)' or `(Edited by..)'}{in upper case} +\getans +\endoptiongroup +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection*{Block punctuation} +% Blocks are logical sections of the reference specification, such as the +% author block, the journal block, editor block, etc. These are normally +% separated by periods, but alternatively a comma may be used. Another +% choice is to use commas except after titles where a period is given. +% +% \LaTeX\ offers an \texttt{openbib} option, which means that the blocks +% are not only new sentences, but new lines as well. This can only +% function when the default option here is taken, for then the command +% |\newblock| is placed between the blocks. This command is normally +% defined to do nothing, but \LaTeX\ redefines it to issue a new line +% when open bibliographies are wanted. +% \begin{macrocode} +\beginoptiongroup{PUNCTUATION BETWEEN SECTIONS (BLOCKS):}{} +\optdef{*}{}{\string\newblock\space after blocks} + {(periods or new lines with openbib option)} +\optdef{c}{blk-com}{Comma between blocks}{} +\optdef{s}{blk-com,com-semi}{Semi-colon between blocks}{} +\optdef{b}{blk-com,com-blank}{Blanks between blocks}{} +\optdef{t}{blk-tit}{Period after titles of articles, books, etc}{else commas} +\optdef{u}{blk-tit,tit-col}{Colon after titles of articles, books, etc}{else commas} +\optdef{a}{blk-tita}{Period after titles of articles}{else commas} +\optdef{d}{blk-tita,tit-col}{Colon after titles of articles}{else commas} +\getans +\endoptiongroup +\mytempfalse +\if\ans c\mytemptrue\fi +\if\ans s\mytemptrue\fi +\if\ans b\mytemptrue\fi +\if\ans t\mytemptrue\fi +\if\ans a\mytemptrue\fi +\beginoptiongroup{PUNCTUATION BEFORE NOTES + (if not using \string\newblock)} + {\ifmytemp*\fi}% +\optdef{*}{}{Notes have regular punctuation}{like all other blocks} +\optdef{p}{blknt}{Notes preceded by period}{} +\getans +\endoptiongroup +\beginoptiongroup{PUNCTUATION AFTER AUTHORS:}{} +\optdef{*}{}{Author block normal}{with regular block punctuation} +\optdef{c}{au-col}{Author block with colon}{} +\getans +\endoptiongroup +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection*{\textsl{In} with colon} +% When referring to works in a collection, one begins the block describing +% that collection with \textsl{In}. Optionally, one may add a colon. +% \begin{macrocode} +\beginoptiongroup{PUNCTUATION AFTER `IN':}{} +\optdef{*}{}{Space after `in'}{for incollection or inproceedings} +\optdef{c}{in-col}{Colon after `in'}{(as `In: ...')} +\optdef{i}{in-it}{Italic `in'}{and space} +\optdef{d}{in-col,in-it}{Italic `in' and colon}{} +\optdef{x}{in-x}{No word `in'}{for edited works} +\getans +\endoptiongroup +\beginoptiongroup{`IN' WITH JOURNAL NAMES + (if using 'in' with collections)} + {\if\ans x\else*\fi} +\optdef{*}{}{No `in' before journal name}{} +\optdef{i}{injnl}{Add `in' before journal name}{in style for incollection} +\getans +\endoptiongroup +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection*{Final punctuation} +% The punctuation at the end of the reference is normally a period. This +% may be suppressed. +% \begin{macrocode} +\beginoptiongroup{FINAL PUNCTUATION:}{} +\optdef{*}{}{Period at very end}{of the listed reference} +\optdef{x}{fin-bare}{No period at end}{} +\getans +\endoptiongroup +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection*{Abbreviations} +% A number of words may be abbreviated: pages, editors, volume, chapter, +% and so on. The first two may be independently set to abbreviation, the +% rest with a single option. +% +% Additionally, the edition numbers may be +% output as words (first, second, etc.) or as numbers (1st, 2nd, etc.). +% (Recall that the input in the \texttt{.bib} file is always as English +% words.) +% \begin{macrocode} +\beginoptiongroup{ABBREVIATE WORD `PAGES' + (if not using external language file)} + {\if!\cfile!\relax*\fi}% +\optdef{*}{}{`Page(s)'}{(no abbreviation)} +\optdef{a}{pp}{`Page' abbreviated}{as p. or pp.} +\optdef{x}{ppx}{`Page' omitted}{} +\getans +\beginoptiongroup{ABBREVIATE WORD `EDITORS':}{} +\optdef{*}{}{`Editor(s)'}{(no abbreviation)} +\optdef{a}{ed}{`Editor' abbreviated}{as ed. or eds.} +\getans +\endoptiongroup + +\beginoptiongroup{OTHER ABBREVIATIONS:}{} +\optdef{*}{}{No abbreviations}{of volume, edition, chapter, etc} +\optdef{a}{abr}{Abbreviations}{of such words} +\getans +\endoptiongroup +\beginoptiongroup{ABBREVIATION FOR `EDITION' + (if abbreviating words)} + {\if\ans a*\fi}% +\optdef{*}{}{`Edition' abbreviated as `edn'}{} +\optdef{a}{ednx}{`Edition' abbreviated as `ed'}{} +\getans +\beginoptiongroup{MONTHS WITH DOTS:}{} +\optdef{*}{}{Months with dots}{as Jan.} +\optdef{x}{mth-bare}{Months without dots}{as Feb Mar} +\getans +\endoptiongroup +\endoptiongroup +\beginoptiongroup{EDITION NUMBERS:}{} +\optdef{*}{xedn}{Editions as in database}{saving much processing memory} +\optdef{w}{}{Write out editions}{as first, second, third, etc} +\optdef{n}{ord}{Numerical editions}{as 1st, 2nd, 3rd, etc} +\getans +\endoptiongroup +\endoptiongroup +% \end{macrocode} +% +% The above choices about abbreviations are made only if the internal +% languages are taken (English or \texttt{babel}). For an external language +% definition file, these choices, along with possible other ones, are made +% in the external file, which is read in at this point. +% \begin{macrocode} +\umes{Reading external language file \string\cfile=\cfile}% +\if!\cfile!\relax\else + \input\cfile +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% +% This file contains the standard set of stored journal names present in +% the basic bibliography style files. If other files containing journal +% names are to be included, they may only contain the options \texttt{jabr} +% or \texttt{jaa} since these options are selected here. No option +% menus from the journal-name files will be read in. +% \begin{macrocode} +\beginoptiongroup{STORED JOURNAL NAMES:}{} +\optdef{*}{}{Full journal names}{for prestored journals} +\optdef{a}{jabr}{Abbreviated journal names}{} +\optdef{s}{jabr,jaa}{Abbreviated with astronomy shorthands}{like ApJ and AJ} +\getans +\endoptiongroup +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection*{Variations on \textsl{and}} +% It is possible to replace the word \textsl{and} with an ampersand \&, and to +% specify whether a comma is to precede \textsl{and} in a list of more than two +% names. +% +% A variable \textsl{and} may be provided for with the command |\BIBand| +% in place of the word. In this case, the command must be defined in the +% document file or some other package called. (This is intended for situations +% where an ampersand is wanted in parenthetical citations, but the word in +% textual ones.) +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\beginoptiongroup{AMPERSAND:}{} +\optdef{*}{}{Use word `and'}{in author lists} +\optdef{a}{amper}{Use ampersand}{in place of `and'} +\optdef{v}{varand}{Use \string\BIBand}{in place of `and'} +\getans +\endoptiongroup + +\beginoptiongroup{COMMA BEFORE `AND':}{} +\optdef{*}{}{Comma before `and'}{as `Tom, Dick, and Harry'} +\optdef{n}{and-xcom}{No comma before `and'}{as `Tom, Dick and Harry'} +\optdef{c}{and-com}{Comma even with 2 authors}{as `Tom, and Harry'} +\getans +\endoptiongroup +\beginoptiongroup{COMMA BEFORE `AND' EVEN FOR COLLECTION EDITORS + (if using comma before `and' with authors)} + {\if\ans c*\fi}% +\optdef{*}{and-com-ed}{Comma with 2 editors}{in collections} +\optdef{x}{}{Two editors without comma}{as `Tom and Harry'} +\getans +\endoptiongroup +\beginoptiongroup{NO `AND' IN REFERENCE LIST:}{} +\optdef{*}{}{With `and'}{before last author in reference list} +\optdef{x}{xand}{No `and'}{as `Tom, Dick, Harry'} +\getans +\endoptiongroup + +\beginoptiongroup{COMMA BEFORE `ET AL':}{} +\optdef{*}{}{Comma before `et al'}{in reference list} +\optdef{x}{etal-xc}{No comma before `et al'}{} +\getans +\endoptiongroup +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection*{Font of \textsl{et al}} +% One can chose that \textsl{et~al.}\ be put into italics. +% Or, if the authors are in a different font from the regular one, the +% \textsl{et~al.}\ can still be Roman. +% \begin{macrocode} +\beginoptiongroup{FONT OF `ET AL':}{} +\optdef{*}{}{Plain et al}{} +\optdef{i}{etal-it}{Italic et al}{} +\optdef{r}{etal-rm}{Roman et al}{even when authors something else} +\getans +\endoptiongroup +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection*{Additional Data Fields}\label{sec:revtex} +% The American Physical Society's REV\TeX\ package contains \btx\ support +% with a \texttt{bst} file generated from a variant of +% \texttt{\filename}. The extra fields are also available here. +% \begin{itemize} +% \item \textbf{collaboration}: A collaboration name associated with a +% reference. +% \item \textbf{eprint}: The e-print citation for the reference (Los Alamos +% or otherwise). E-print numbers can be turned into hyperlinks to the +% online article. The output is\\ +% \hspace*{2em}|\eprint{|\textit{eprint-spec}|}| +% \item \textbf{archive}: is an optional argument for |\eprint|, as\\ +% \hspace*{2em}|\eprint[|\textit{archive-des}|]{|\textit{eprint-spec}|}|\\ +% The \textit{archive-des} is some code such as \texttt{arXiv} that is +% translated to a base URL by a class or package file. The default definition +% of |\eprint| ignores \textit{archive-des} and prints \textit{eprint-spec} +% as a URL. +% \item \textbf{url}: A URL associated with the reference. Can be turned +% into a hyperlink. +% \end{itemize} +% +% A collaboration appears as part of the author list and the other two +% appear at the end of the citaton. The URL field can be selected +% independently of this option. +% +% In addition there are new fields for journals like Phys.\ Rev.~D that +% no longer use page numbers. +% \begin{itemize} +% \item \textbf{eid}: Electronic article identifier. +% \item \textbf{numpages}: Number of pages in an article. For use in +% conjunction with the \textbf{eid} field when page counts are +% desired. Deprecated when submitting to Phys.\ Rev. +% +% The \texttt{eprint} (with \texttt{archive}) and \texttt{url} fields may be +% included independently of the other REV\TeX\ fields. +% +% The \texttt{eid} field is now always included, although it is optional for +% the bibliography entries. This electronic identifier is a replacement for the +% page number in electronic journals: it is the sequence number in the printed +% volume. If present, it will be used in place of the page number. +% +% \end{itemize} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\beginoptiongroup{ADDITIONAL REVTeX DATA FIELDS:}{} +\optdef{*}{}{No additional fields}{for REVTeX} +\optdef{r}{revdata,eprint,url,url-blk}{Include REVTeX data fields} + {collaboration, eid, eprint, archive, numpages, url} +\getans +\mytemptrue +\if\ans r\mytempfalse\fi +\beginoptiongroup{E-PRINT DATA FIELD: +(without REVTeX fields)} +{\ifmytemp*\fi} +\optdef{*}{}{Do not include eprint field}{} +\optdef{e}{eprint}{Include eprint and archive fields}{for electronic publications} +\getans +\endoptiongroup +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection*{URL address} +% For electronic documents with an Internet address, add a URL entry. +% Harvard already has this, but here it is done for all styles. +% The URL text will be set with the \verb!\url! command in the \texttt{url} +% package by Donald Arseneau. This package must be loaded for the command +% to work right. It allows line breaks at punctuations. Otherwise, +% \verb!\texttt! is used instead, with no line breaks. The URL text is preceded +% by \verb!\urlprefix! which defaults to ``URL '' but may be redefined by the +% user to be whatever s/he wants. The final space must be included. +% +% Note: selecting the REV\TeX\ fields automatically includes this, so the +% offer only is made if REV\TeX\ has been rejected. +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\beginoptiongroup{URL ADDRESS: +(without REVTeX fields)}{\ifmytemp*\fi} +\optdef{*}{}{No URL}{for electronic (Internet) documents} +\optdef{u}{url,url-blk}{Include URL}{as regular item block} +\optdef{n}{url,url-nt}{URL as note}{} +\optdef{l}{url,url-nl}{URL on new line}{after rest of reference} +\getans +\endoptiongroup +\endoptiongroup +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection*{Reference Component Tagging} +% If reference component tagging is enabled, we +% apply tags like |\bibinfo| and |\eprint| to the fields of data +% in the content of the |\bibitem| statement. We also ensure that +% these commands have a default meaning within the scope of the |thebibliography| +% environment. The default definitions simply print the field and ignore the +% tag. However, other programs or packages might make use of the tag +% information to separate authors from title, for example. +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\beginoptiongroup{REFERENCE COMPONENT TAGS:}{} +\optdef{*}{}{No reference component tags} + {in the \string\bibitem\space entries} +\optdef{b}{bibinfo}{Reference component tags} + {like \string\bibinfo\space in the content of \string\bibitem} +\getans +\endoptiongroup +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection*{Define emphasis} +% In everything that been mentioned so far, italicization should be +% understood to mean `emphasize' in the \LaTeX{} sense. This means that the +% command |\em| is used. This is not the same as |\it|, which is always +% italics. Rather, with |\em|, the font style switches between |\rm| and +% |\it| depending on the context. Here one may choose to true italics, or +% to switch off italics altogether. +% \begin{macrocode} +\beginoptiongroup{EMPHASIS: + (affects all so-called italics)}{} +\optdef{*}{}{Use emphasis}{ie, \string\em, allows font switching} +\optdef{i}{em-it}{Use true italics}{ie, \string\it, absolute italics} +\optdef{x}{em-x}{No italics}{at all} +\optdef{u}{em-ul}{Underlining}{in place of italics, best with ulem package} +\getans +\endoptiongroup +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection*{Plain \TeX\ compatibility} +% Bold face, italics, and emphasis are made with the \LaTeXe\ commands, +% which makes them incompatible with the obsolete \LaTeX2.09, and with +% Plain \TeX. There are also some extra testing for existing commands +% that best work with \LaTeXe\ syntax. +% +% If the bibliography style file is to be fully compatible with Plain \TeX, +% do not select the option \texttt{nfss} but do take \texttt{plntx}. +% \begin{macrocode} +\beginoptiongroup{COMPATIBILITY WITH PLAIN TEX:}{} +\optdef{*}{nfss}{Use LaTeX commands}{which may not work with Plain TeX} +\optdef{t}{plntx}{Use only Plain TeX}{commands for fonts and testing} +\getans +\endoptiongroup +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Terminate the options list. If a language definition file has been called, +% then we have a closing brace too many, so add another dummy opening brace. +% \begin{macrocode} +\if!\cfile\jfile!\else +\begingroup\MBswitch +\wr(,{\pc) +\endgroup +\fi + +\endoptions +%</options> +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \section{The Bibliographic Coding} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*!options&!driver&!bblbst> +%<*!tail> + % For use with BibTeX version 0.99a or later + % ------------------------------------------------------------------- +%<*(!nmft&(nmft-it|nmft-sc|nmft-bf|nmft-def))|(!lab&(lab-it|lab-bf|lab-sc|lab-def))> + % WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING + % The input dbj file contains one of the options +%<nmft-it|nmft-sc|nmft-bf|nmft-def> % nmft-it, nmft-bf, nmft-sc, or nmft-def +%<lab-it|lab-sc|lab-bf|lab-def> % lab-it, lab-bf, lab-sc, or lab-def + % without the corresponding general option(s): +%<nmft-it|nmft-sc|nmft-bf|nmft-def> % nmft +%<lab-it|lab-sc|lab-bf|lab-def> % lab + % (You may be using an older dbj with a newer version of merlin.mbs) + % Please edit your dbj file to add the general option(s) and reprocess. + % +%</(!nmft&(nmft-it|nmft-sc|nmft-bf|nmft-def))|(!lab&(lab-it|lab-bf|lab-sc|lab-def))> +%<*!exlang> +%<!babel> % This bibliography style file is intended for texts in ENGLISH +%<*babel> + % This bibliography style file requires a file named francaisbst.tex + % containing the definitions of word commands like \bbleditor, etc. +%</babel> +%</!exlang> +%<*exlang> + % This bibliography style file is intended for texts in +%<bahasa> % BAHASA +%<brazilian> % BRAZILIAN +%<catalan> % CATALAN +%<croatian> % CROATIAN +%<czech> % CZECH +%<danish> % DANISH +%<dansk> % DANSK +%<dutch> % DUTCH +%<english> % ENGLISH +%<esperanto> % ESPERANTO +%<finnish> % FINNISH +%<french> % FRENCH +%<galacian> % GALACIAN +%<german> % GERMAN +%<hungarian> % HUNGARIAN +%<italian> % ITALIAN +%<norwegian> % NORWEGIAN +%<norsk> % NORWEGIAN +%<polski> % POLISH +%<polish> % POLISH +%<portuguese> % PORTUGUESE +%<romanian> % ROMANIAN +%<russian> % RUSSIAN +%<slovak> % SLOVAK +%<slovenian> % SLOVENIAN +%<slovene> % SLOVENIAN +%<spanish> % SPANISH +%<swedish> % SWEDISH +%<turkish> % TURKISH +%</exlang> +%<*!html> +%<*ay> + % This is an author-year citation style bibliography. As such, it is + % non-standard LaTeX, and requires a special package file to function properly. + % Such a package is natbib.sty by Patrick W. Daly +%<*alk> + % or: apalike.sty by Oren Patashnik + % The form of the \bibitem entries is + % \bibitem[Jones et al., 1990]{key}... +%</alk> +%<*!(har|ast|alk|cay|nmd|cn)> + % The form of the \bibitem entries is + % \bibitem[Jones et al.(1990)]{key}... +%<nat> % \bibitem[Jones et al.(1990)Jones, Baker, and Smith]{key}... + % The essential feature is that the label (the part in brackets) consists + % of the author names, as they should appear in the citation, with the year + % in parentheses following. There must be no space before the opening + % parenthesis! +%<nat> % With natbib v5.3, a full list of authors may also follow the year. + % In natbib.sty, it is possible to define the type of enclosures that is + % really wanted (brackets or parentheses), but in either case, there must + % be parentheses in the label. + % The \cite command functions as follows: + % \citet{key} ==>> Jones et al. (1990) +%<nat> % \citet*{key} ==>> Jones, Baker, and Smith (1990) + % \citep{key} ==>> (Jones et al., 1990) +%<nat> % \citep*{key} ==>> (Jones, Baker, and Smith, 1990) + % \citep[chap. 2]{key} ==>> (Jones et al., 1990, chap. 2) + % \citep[e.g.][]{key} ==>> (e.g. Jones et al., 1990) + % \citep[e.g.][p. 32]{key} ==>> (e.g. Jones et al., 1990, p. 32) + % \citeauthor{key} ==>> Jones et al. +%<nat> % \citeauthor*{key} ==>> Jones, Baker, and Smith + % \citeyear{key} ==>> 1990 +%</!(har|ast|alk|cay|nmd|cn)> +%<*har> + % or: harvard.sty by Peter Williams and Thorsten Schnier +%<harnm> % (needs natbib v5.3 or harvard v2.0.3) + % The form of the bibitem entries is + % \harvarditem[Jones et al.]{Jones, Baker, and Smith}{1990}{key}... +%</har> +%<*cay> + % or: chicago.sty + % The form of the bibitem entries is + % \bibitem[\protect\citeauthoryear{Jones, Baker, and Smith} + % {Jones et al.}{1990}{key}... +%</cay> +%<*nmd> + % or: named.sty + % The form of the bibitem entries is + % \bibitem[\protect\citeauthoryear{Jones et al.}{1990}]{key}... +%</nmd> +%<*ast> + % or: astron.sty + % The form of the bibitem entries is + % \bibitem[\protect\astroncite{Jones et al.}{1990}]{key}... +%</ast> +%<*cn> + % or: authordate1-4.sty + % The form of the bibitem entries is + % \bibitem[\protect\citename{Jones et al.}1990]{key}... +%</cn> +%</ay> +%<*!ay> +%<*!alph&!cite> + % This is a numerical citation style, and as such is standard LaTeX. +%</!alph&!cite> +%<*alph> + % This is a labelled citation style similar to the standard alpha.bst, + % where labels are of the form Dal90 or DBK89. +%</alph> +%<*cite&!alph> + % This is a special pseudo-numerical bibliography style, intended to be + % used to list all the entries in a bib database +%</cite&!alph> + % It requires no extra package to interface to the main text. + % The form of the \bibitem entries is +%<!alph&!cite> % \bibitem{key}... +%<alph> % \bibitem[label]{key}... +%<!alph&cite> % \bibitem[key]{key}... +%<*!cite|alph> + % Usage of \cite is as follows: +%<*!alph&!cite> + % \cite{key} ==>> [#] + % \cite[chap. 2]{key} ==>> [#, chap. 2] + % where # is a number determined by the ordering in the reference list. +%</!alph&!cite> +%<*alph> + % \cite{key} ==>> [label] + % \cite[chap. 2]{key} ==>> [label, chap. 2] + % The order in the reference list is by label. +%</alph> +%<*seq-no&!alph> + % The order in the reference list is that by which the works were originally + % cited in the text, or that in the database. +%</seq-no&!alph> +%<*!seq-no&!alph> + % The order in the reference list is alphabetical by authors. +%</!seq-no&!alph> +%</!cite|alph> +%</!ay> +%</!html> +%<*html> + % This bibliographic style file produces HTML output instead of LaTeX. + % The LaTeX special characters are not translated, so that the output + % (which has the .bbl ending still) will have to be further massaged, + % and renamed with .html or .htm. The title and heading may also need + % to be revised. + % +%<htlist&!htdes> % The output is a numbered list. +%<htdes> % The output is an unnumbered list with the keys printed +%<htdes> % before each entry. +%<!htlist&!htdes> % The output is lists each entry as one paragraph. +%</html> + % ------------------------------------------------------------------- + +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{`ENTRY'} +% The new \texttt{harvard.sty} of \LaTeXe{} includes an entry URL, or +% rather it is included in the new \texttt{.bst} files for it. Add it +% here too, but only for option \texttt{harnm}. +% +% Books normally have an ISBN number. +% This entry is (optionally) included, modelled after that in +% \texttt{xbtxbst.doc}. +% \begin{macrocode} +ENTRY + { address +%<annote> annote +%<eprint> archive + author + booktitle + chapter +%<revdata> collaboration +%<doi|url-doi> doi + edition + editor + eid +%<eprint> eprint + howpublished + institution +%<isbn> isbn +%<issn> issn + journal + key +%<lang> language + month + note + number +%<revdata> numpages + organization + pages + publisher + school + series + title + type +%<url|harnm|revdata> url + volume + year + } + {} +%<!ay&!alph> { label } +%<!ay&alph> { label extra.label sort.label } +%<ay> { label extra.label sort.label short.list } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block } +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{`init.state.consts'} +% \begin{macrocode} +FUNCTION {init.state.consts} +{ #0 'before.all := + #1 'mid.sentence := + #2 'after.sentence := + #3 'after.block := +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% |s| and |t| are general-purpose scratch registers whose value does not persist +% past the end of a function. They also do not appear to be used to communicate +% between functions or to be clobbered within a sub-function call. Hopefully. +% \begin{macrocode} +STRINGS { s t} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{`output.nonnull'} +% \begin{macrocode} +FUNCTION {output.nonnull} +{ 's := + output.state mid.sentence = +%<!blk-com|(!com-semi&!com-blank)> { ", " * write$ } +%<blk-com&com-semi> { "; " * write$ } +%<blk-com&!com-semi&com-blank> { " " * write$ } + { output.state after.block = + { add.period$ write$ + newline$ +%<!html> "\newblock " write$ + } + { output.state before.all = + 'write$ + { add.period$ " " * write$ } + if$ + } + if$ + mid.sentence 'output.state := + } + if$ + s +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{`output'} +% \begin{macrocode} +FUNCTION {output} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + 'pop$ + 'output.nonnull + if$ +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{`output.check'} +% \begin{macrocode} +FUNCTION {output.check} +{ 't := + duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ } + 'output.nonnull + if$ +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{`fin.entry'} +% I have often been asked to add an annotation function. This suggestion is +% from Soren Dayton; it inputs a file with the same name as the cite key, or +% uses the text in the \texttt{annote} field. It will only work with \LaTeXe. +% \begin{macrocode} +FUNCTION {fin.entry} +%<*!fin-bare> +{ add.period$ + write$ +%</!fin-bare> +%<*fin-bare> +{ duplicate$ empty$ + 'pop$ + 'write$ + if$ +%</fin-bare> +%<html&htdes> "</dd>" write$ +%<html&!htdes&htlist> "</li>" write$ +%<html&!htdes&!htlist> "</p>" write$ + newline$ +%<*annote> +%<*!html> + annote missing$ + { "\bibAnnoteFile{" cite$ * "}" * write$ newline$ } + { "\bibAnnote{" cite$ * "}{" * annote * "}" * write$ newline$ + } + if$ +%</!html> +%<*html> + "<blockquote><strong>Key:</strong> " + cite$ * write$ + annote missing$ + { newline$ } + { "<br><strong>Annotation:</strong>" write$ newline$ + annote write$ newline$ + } + if$ + "</blockquote>" write$ newline$ +%</html> +%</annote> +} + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{`new.block'} +% \begin{macrocode} +FUNCTION {new.block} +{ output.state before.all = + 'skip$ + { after.block 'output.state := } + if$ +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{`new.sentence'} +% \begin{macrocode} +FUNCTION {new.sentence} +{ output.state after.block = + 'skip$ + { output.state before.all = + 'skip$ + { after.sentence 'output.state := } + if$ + } + if$ +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{`add.blank'} +% When text is printed with \texttt{output} or +% \texttt{output.check}, the \texttt{output.state} is set such that +% a comma will precede the next output text. For special effects, we want to +% suppress this comma, inserting a blank instead. Hence the +% \texttt{output.state} is changed to \texttt{before.all}, meaning no +% punctuation is to be inserted. +% \begin{macrocode} +FUNCTION {add.blank} +{ " " * before.all 'output.state := +} + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{`add.colon'} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*au-col|tit-col> +FUNCTION {add.colon} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + 'skip$ + { ":" * add.blank } + if$ +} + +%</au-col|tit-col> +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{`no.blank.or.punct'} +% Another frill is to suppresss both blanks and punctuation. The |\hspace| +% permits a line break at this point. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*yrpp-xsp> +FUNCTION {no.blank.or.punct} +%<*!html> +{ "\hspace{0pt}" * before.all 'output.state := +} +%</!html> +%<html>{ before.all 'output.state := } + +%</yrpp-xsp> +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{`date.block'} +% The \texttt{date.block} function is used for special punctuating effects +% after the date. +% \begin{macrocode} +FUNCTION {date.block} +{ +%<*!yrp-x> +%<yrp-col> ":" * +%<*!yrp-col> +%<yrp-semi> ";" * +%<*!yrp-semi> +%<!blk-com&!blk-tit&!blk-tita> new.block +%<(blk-com|blk-tit|blk-tita)&!yrp-per> skip$ +%<(blk-com|blk-tit|blk-tita)&yrp-per> new.sentence +%</!yrp-semi> +%</!yrp-col> +%</!yrp-x> +%<*yrp-x|yrp-col|yrp-semi> +%<!yrpp-xsp> add.blank +%<yrpp-xsp> no.blank.or.punct +%</yrp-x|yrp-col|yrp-semi> +} + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{`not'} +% \begin{macrocode} +FUNCTION {not} +{ { #0 } + { #1 } + if$ +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{`and'} +% \begin{macrocode} +FUNCTION {and} +{ 'skip$ + { pop$ #0 } + if$ +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{`or'} +% \begin{macrocode} +FUNCTION {or} +{ { pop$ #1 } + 'skip$ + if$ +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{`non.stop'} +% This function (my invention) tests if the last character in the string +% on the stack is \texttt{. ! ?} by using \texttt{add.period\$}. It is to +% be used for conditional italic correction or adding commas. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*!tit-it&tit-qq> +FUNCTION {non.stop} +{ duplicate$ + "}" * add.period$ + #-1 #1 substring$ "." = +} + +%</!tit-it&tit-qq> +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{`remove.dots'} +% This macro removes any periods from the string on the stack. To be used +% for undotting journal names, months, and juniors. Previously +% \texttt{purify\$} was used for this, but that removes more than just +% dots. +% +% May 2007, Joseph A. Wright (Morning Star, UK) contributed a revision to allow +% the dot accent |\.| to be retained. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*nm-rv|nm-rvx|nm-rvcx|mth-bare|jxper> +STRINGS {z} + +FUNCTION {remove.dots} +{ 'z := + "" + { z empty$ not } + { z #1 #2 substring$ + duplicate$ "\." = + { z #3 global.max$ substring$ 'z := * } + { pop$ + z #1 #1 substring$ + z #2 global.max$ substring$ 'z := + duplicate$ "." = 'pop$ + { * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + while$ +} +%</nm-rv|nm-rvx|nm-rvcx|mth-bare|jxper> +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{`new.block.checka'} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*!ay> +FUNCTION {new.block.checka} +{ empty$ + 'skip$ + 'new.block + if$ +} +%</!ay> +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{`new.block.checkb'} +% \begin{macrocode} +FUNCTION {new.block.checkb} +{ empty$ + swap$ empty$ + and + 'skip$ + 'new.block + if$ +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{`new.sentence.checka'} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*!ay> +FUNCTION {new.sentence.checka} +{ empty$ + 'skip$ + 'new.sentence + if$ +} +%</!ay> +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{`new.sentence.checkb'} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*!ay> +FUNCTION {new.sentence.checkb} +{ empty$ + swap$ empty$ + and + 'skip$ + 'new.sentence + if$ +} +%</!ay> +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{`field.or.null'} +% \begin{macrocode} +FUNCTION {field.or.null} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + 'skip$ + if$ +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{`emphasize'} +% Emphasis can be either italic or the alternating font. The font command +% may be NFSS or regular \LaTeX~2.09 declarations. +% \begin{macrocode} +FUNCTION {emphasize} +%<*!em-x> +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } +%<html> { "<i>" swap$ * "</i>" * } +%<*!html> +%<em-ul> { "\uline{" swap$ * "}" * } +%<*!em-ul> +%<*!nfss> +%<!em-it> { "{\em " swap$ * "\/}" * } +%<em-it> { "{\it " swap$ * "\/}" * } +%</!nfss> +%<*nfss> +%<!em-it> { "\emph{" swap$ * "}" * } +%<em-it> { "\textit{" swap$ * "}" * } +%</nfss> +%</!em-ul> +%</!html> + if$ +} +%</!em-x> +%<em-x>{ skip$ } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{`bolden'} +% The bold font command may be NFSS or the regular \LaTeX~2.09 declaration. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*nmft-bf|vol-bf|vol-2bf|lab-bf|dtbf|pres-bf> +FUNCTION {bolden} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } +%<html> { "<b>" swap$ * "</b>" * } +%<*!html> +%<!nfss> { "{\bf " swap$ * "}" * } +%<nfss> { "\textbf{" swap$ * "}" * } +%</!html> + if$ +} +%</nmft-bf|vol-bf|vol-2bf|lab-bf|dtbf|pres-bf> +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{`scaps'} +% To put text into small caps. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*lab-sc|nmft-sc|pres-sc> +FUNCTION {scaps} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } +%<html> { skip$ } +%<*!html> +%<!nfss> { "{\sc " swap$ * "}" * } +%<nfss> { "\textsc{" swap$ * "}" * } +%</!html> + if$ +} +%</lab-sc|nmft-sc|pres-sc> +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{`bib.name.font'} +% \begin{macro}{`bib.fname.font'} +% \begin{macro}{`cite.name.font'} +% Define functions for formatting the author/editor names, one for the +% surnames (\texttt{bib.name.font}) and one for the first names +% (\texttt{bib.fname.font}). These could be identical, or the latter is +% deactivated if first names are not to be formatted, only the last names. +% +% For citations, we have \texttt{cite.name.font}. Here only surnames appear. +% +% It is also possible to have a user-defined font command for each, which the +% user must define in his work. These are |\bibnamefont{}| and |\bibfnamefont{}|, +% and some defaults are provided that simply repeat the arguments. Two commands +% are needed if \texttt{nmft-def} and \texttt{fnm-def} are both given. +% +% If neither \texttt{fnm-def} nor \texttt{fnm-rm} are given, then the first names +% are formatted the same as the surnames. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*nmft> +FUNCTION {bib.name.font} +%<nmft-it>{ emphasize } +%<!nmft-it&nmft-bf>{ bolden } +%<!nmft-it&!nmft-bf&nmft-sc>{ scaps } +%<*!nmft-it&!nmft-bf&!nmft-sc&nmft-def> +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } +%<!html> { "\bibnamefont{" swap$ * "}" * } +%<html> { skip$ } + if$ +} +%</!nmft-it&!nmft-bf&!nmft-sc&nmft-def> +FUNCTION {bib.fname.font} +%<!fnm-rm&!fnm-def>{ bib.name.font } +%<fnm-rm>{ skip$ } +%<*!fnm-rm&fnm-def> +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } +%<!html> { "\bibfnamefont{" swap$ * "}" * } +%<html> { skip$ } + if$ +} +%</!fnm-rm&fnm-def> +%</nmft> +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*lab> +FUNCTION {cite.name.font} +%<lab-it>{ emphasize } +%<!lab-it&lab-bf>{ bolden } +%<!lab-it&!lab-bf&lab-sc>{ scaps } +%<*!lab-it&!lab-bf&!lab-sc&lab-def> +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } +%<!html> { "\citenamefont{" swap$ * "}" * } +%<html> { skip$ } + if$ +} +%</!lab-it&!lab-bf&!lab-sc&lab-def> +%</lab> +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{`tie.or.space.prefix'} +% The function \texttt{tie.or.space.prefix} determines whether +% the top item on the stack requires a tie character and +% slips that (or a space character if not) ahead of it. +% At this point a font switch or other function can be applied to +% the top item on the stack, and the appropriate space found +% just ahead of it on the stack. +% +% The sequence \texttt{tie.or.space.prefix} \texttt{*} \texttt{*} is a common idiom +% for joining the top two stack objects with a tie or space +% depending on the length of the top object. +% +% Another idiom is to apply \texttt{tie.or.space.prefix}, apply a font switch, +% and then swap and join. In this case the tie or space follows the object. +% \begin{macrocode} +FUNCTION {tie.or.space.prefix} +{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 < + { "~" } + { " " } + if$ + swap$ +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{`capitalize'} +% Capitalizing is easy for regular languages, but for \texttt{babel}, +% some trickery stuff is needed; definitions of |\capitalize| and +% |\Capitalize| are written to the \texttt{.bbl} file. +% \begin{macrocode} + +FUNCTION {capitalize} +%<!babel>{ "u" change.case$ "t" change.case$ } +%<babel>{ "\capitalize" swap$ * } + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{`space.word'} +% The function \texttt{space.word} adds a space before and after the word or +% words currently on the stack. This was added for the \texttt{bbl.}$nnn$ +% functions, that contain only a word without spacing, but replace explicit +% text in the originals that were spaced out. Its seems more flexible to +% define the word functions to be without spacing. +% \begin{macrocode} +FUNCTION {space.word} +{ " " swap$ * " " * } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + % Here are the language-specific definitions for explicit words. + % Each function has a name bbl.xxx where xxx is the English word. +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*!exlang> +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{`bbl.xxx'} +% These are the default English words. There is no default language +% option: one of \texttt{english} or \texttt{babel} must be given. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*!babel> + % The language selected here is ENGLISH +FUNCTION {bbl.and} +%<!varand|html>{ "and"} +%<varand&!html>{ "\protect\BIBand{}"} + +FUNCTION {bbl.etal} +{ "et~al." } + +FUNCTION {bbl.editors} +%<!ed>{ "editors" } +%<ed>{ "eds." } + +FUNCTION {bbl.editor} +%<!ed>{ "editor" } +%<ed>{ "ed." } + +FUNCTION {bbl.edby} +{ "edited by" } + +FUNCTION {bbl.edition} +%<!abr>{ "edition" } +%<abr&!ednx>{ "edn." } +%<abr&ednx>{ "ed." } + +FUNCTION {bbl.volume} +%<!abr>{ "volume" } +%<abr>{ "vol." } + +FUNCTION {bbl.of} +{ "of" } + +FUNCTION {bbl.number} +%<!abr>{ "number" } +%<abr>{ "no." } + +FUNCTION {bbl.nr} +{ "no." } + +FUNCTION {bbl.in} +{ "in" } + +FUNCTION {bbl.pages} +%<!pp&!ppx>{ "pages" } +%<pp>{ "pp." } +%<!pp&ppx>{ "" } + +FUNCTION {bbl.page} +%<!pp&!ppx>{ "page" } +%<pp>{ "p." } +%<!pp&ppx>{ "" } + +%<*revdata> +FUNCTION {bbl.eidpp} +{ "pages" } + +%</revdata> +FUNCTION {bbl.chapter} +%<!abr>{ "chapter" } +%<abr>{ "chap." } + +FUNCTION {bbl.techrep} +%<!abr>{ "Technical Report" } +%<abr>{ "Tech. Rep." } + +FUNCTION {bbl.mthesis} +{ "Master's thesis" } + +FUNCTION {bbl.phdthesis} +{ "Ph.D. thesis" } + +%<*!xedn> +FUNCTION {bbl.first} +%<!ord>{ "First" } +%<ord>{ "1st" } + +FUNCTION {bbl.second} +%<!ord>{ "Second" } +%<ord>{ "2nd" } + +FUNCTION {bbl.third} +%<!ord>{ "Third" } +%<ord>{ "3rd" } + +FUNCTION {bbl.fourth} +%<!ord>{ "Fourth" } +%<ord>{ "4th" } + +FUNCTION {bbl.fifth} +%<!ord>{ "Fifth" } +%<ord>{ "5th" } + +FUNCTION {bbl.st} +{ "st" } + +FUNCTION {bbl.nd} +{ "nd" } + +FUNCTION {bbl.rd} +{ "rd" } + +FUNCTION {bbl.th} +{ "th" } + +%</!xedn> +%<*!abr> +MACRO {jan} {"January"} + +MACRO {feb} {"February"} + +MACRO {mar} {"March"} + +MACRO {apr} {"April"} + +MACRO {may} {"May"} + +MACRO {jun} {"June"} + +MACRO {jul} {"July"} + +MACRO {aug} {"August"} + +MACRO {sep} {"September"} + +MACRO {oct} {"October"} + +MACRO {nov} {"November"} + +MACRO {dec} {"December"} + +%</!abr> +%<*abr> +MACRO {jan} {"Jan."} + +MACRO {feb} {"Feb."} + +MACRO {mar} {"Mar."} + +MACRO {apr} {"Apr."} + +MACRO {may} {"May"} + +MACRO {jun} {"Jun."} + +MACRO {jul} {"Jul."} + +MACRO {aug} {"Aug."} + +MACRO {sep} {"Sep."} + +MACRO {oct} {"Oct."} + +MACRO {nov} {"Nov."} + +MACRO {dec} {"Dec."} + +%</abr> +%</!babel> +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Here are the definitions for \texttt{babel} option, i.e., explicit +% translations are not used, but rather only \LaTeX{} macros that must be +% defined in the file \texttt{francaisbst.tex}. This could allow automatic +% language selection. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*babel> + % The BABEL language selection is made here; definitions in francaisbst.tex. +FUNCTION {bbl.and} +{ "\bbland{}"} + +FUNCTION {bbl.etal} +{ "\bbletal{}"} + +FUNCTION {bbl.editors} +%<!ed>{ "\bbleditors{}" } +%<ed>{ "\bbleds{}" } + +FUNCTION {bbl.editor} +%<!ed>{ "\bbleditor{}" } +%<ed>{ "\bbled{}" } + +FUNCTION {bbl.edby} +{ "\bbledby{}" } + +FUNCTION {bbl.edition} +%<!abr>{ "\bbledition{}" } +%<abr>{ "\bbledn{}" } + +FUNCTION {bbl.volume} +%<!abr>{ "\bblvolume{}" } +%<abr>{ "\bblvol{}" } + +FUNCTION {bbl.of} +{ "\bblof{}" } + +FUNCTION {bbl.number} +%<!abr>{ "\bblnumber{}" } +%<abr>{ "\bblno{}" } + +FUNCTION {bbl.nr} +{ "\bblno{}" } + +FUNCTION {bbl.in} +{ "\bblin{}" } + +FUNCTION {bbl.pages} +%<!pp&!ppx>{ "\bblpages{}" } +%<pp>{ "\bblpp{}" } +%<!pp&ppx>{ "" } + +FUNCTION {bbl.page} +%<!pp&!ppx>{ "\bblpage{}" } +%<pp>{ "\bblp{}" } +%<!pp&ppx>{ "" } + +FUNCTION {bbl.chapter} +%<!abr>{ "\bblchapter{}" } +%<abr>{ "\bblchap{}" } + +FUNCTION {bbl.techrep} +%<!abr>{ "\bbltechreport{}" } +%<abr>{ "\bbltechrep{}" } + +FUNCTION {bbl.mthesis} +{ "\bblmthesis{}" } + +FUNCTION {bbl.phdthesis} +{ "\bblphdthesis{}" } + +%<*revdata> +FUNCTION {bbl.eidpp} +{ "\bbleidpp{}" } + +%</revdata> +%<*!xedn> +FUNCTION {bbl.first} +%<!ord>{ "\bblfirst{}" } +%<ord>{ "\bblfirsto{}" } + +FUNCTION {bbl.second} +%<!ord>{ "\bblsecond{}" } +%<ord>{ "\bblsecondo{}" } + +FUNCTION {bbl.third} +%<!ord>{ "\bblthird{}" } +%<ord>{ "\bblthirdo{}" } + +FUNCTION {bbl.fourth} +%<!ord>{ "\bblfourth{}" } +%<ord>{ "\bblfourtho{}" } + +FUNCTION {bbl.fifth} +%<!ord>{ "\bblfifth{}" } +%<ord>{ "\bblfiftho{}" } + +FUNCTION {bbl.st} +{ "\bblst{}" } + +FUNCTION {bbl.nd} +{ "\bblnd{}" } + +FUNCTION {bbl.rd} +{ "\bblrd{}" } + +FUNCTION {bbl.th} +{ "\bblth{}" } + +%</!xedn> +MACRO {jan} {"\bbljan{}"} + +MACRO {feb} {"\bblfeb{}"} + +MACRO {mar} {"\bblmar{}"} + +MACRO {apr} {"\bblapr{}"} + +MACRO {may} {"\bblmay{}"} + +MACRO {jun} {"\bbljun{}"} + +MACRO {jul} {"\bbljul{}"} + +MACRO {aug} {"\bblaug{}"} + +MACRO {sep} {"\bblsep{}"} + +MACRO {oct} {"\bbloct{}"} + +MACRO {nov} {"\bblnov{}"} + +MACRO {dec} {"\bbldec{}"} + +%</babel> +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{`eng.ord'} +% This function adds English endings for ordinals 1, 2, 3. However, if +% the second last digit is 1, then the ending is `th' for all last digits. +% So far, all other languages included do not have this problem, and it is +% sufficient to add the \textsl{th} equivalent. This might change with further +% languages. +% +% This function must be included with \texttt{babel} too, since that includes +% English. This means that the language definition files must also provide +% for |\bblst|, |\bblnd|, and |\bblrd|, setting them all equal to |\bblth|. +% +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*(english|!exlang)&!xedn> +FUNCTION {eng.ord} +{ duplicate$ "1" swap$ * + #-2 #1 substring$ "1" = + { bbl.th * } + { duplicate$ #-1 #1 substring$ + duplicate$ "1" = + { pop$ bbl.st * } + { duplicate$ "2" = + { pop$ bbl.nd * } + { "3" = + { bbl.rd * } + { bbl.th * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +%</(english|!exlang)&!xedn> +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +%</!exlang> +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +%</!tail> +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*!head> +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*!jabr> +MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Computing Surveys"} + +MACRO {acta} {"Acta Informatica"} + +MACRO {cacm} {"Communications of the ACM"} + +MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM Journal of Research and Development"} + +MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Systems Journal"} + +MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering"} + +MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Transactions on Computers"} + +MACRO {ieeetcad} + {"IEEE Transactions on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits"} + +MACRO {ipl} {"Information Processing Letters"} + +MACRO {jacm} {"Journal of the ACM"} + +MACRO {jcss} {"Journal of Computer and System Sciences"} + +MACRO {scp} {"Science of Computer Programming"} + +MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM Journal on Computing"} + +MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Transactions on Computer Systems"} + +MACRO {tods} {"ACM Transactions on Database Systems"} + +MACRO {tog} {"ACM Transactions on Graphics"} + +MACRO {toms} {"ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software"} + +MACRO {toois} {"ACM Transactions on Office Information Systems"} + +MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems"} + +MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Computer Science"} +%</!jabr> +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Journal abbreviations have been revised from the original Patashnik +% ones with help of Conrado Badenas and the IUA recommendations. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*jabr> +MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Comput. Surv."} + +MACRO {acta} {"Acta Inf."} + +MACRO {cacm} {"Commun. ACM"} + +MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM J. Res. Dev."} + +MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Syst.~J."} + +MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Trans. Software Eng."} + +MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Trans. Comput."} + +MACRO {ieeetcad} + {"IEEE Trans. Comput. Aid. Des."} + +MACRO {ipl} {"Inf. Process. Lett."} + +MACRO {jacm} {"J.~ACM"} + +MACRO {jcss} {"J.~Comput. Syst. Sci."} + +MACRO {scp} {"Sci. Comput. Program."} + +MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM J. Comput."} + +MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Trans. Comput. Syst."} + +MACRO {tods} {"ACM Trans. Database Syst."} + +MACRO {tog} {"ACM Trans. Graphic."} + +MACRO {toms} {"ACM Trans. Math. Software"} + +MACRO {toois} {"ACM Trans. Office Inf. Syst."} + +MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Trans. Progr. Lang. Syst."} + +MACRO {tcs} {"Theor. Comput. Sci."} + +%</jabr> +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{`bibinfo.check'} +% Define functions that encapsulate the argument +% in a \TeX\ macro that allows for further processing when the +% bibliography is processed, or allows for a separate computer +% program to parse the |\bibitem| contents. +% +% The following table summarizes how each of the \btx{} entries +% is accessed for output; these are the points where +% the \texttt{format.bibinfo} or \texttt{bibinfo.check} functions +% are called. +% \subsubsection*{Trapped via \texttt{format.bibinfo}} +% \begin{description} +% \item[ \texttt{author} ]\texttt{format.names} +% \item[ \texttt{collaboration} ]\texttt{format.authors} +% \item[ \texttt{editor} ]\texttt{format.editors} (\texttt{book}, \texttt{inbook}, \texttt{proceedings}), \texttt{format.names.ed} (\texttt{format.in.ed.booktitle}) +% \item[ \texttt{eid} ]\texttt{format.journal.eid} (\texttt{format.vol.num.pages}, article) checks the output from \texttt{format.journal.pages} +% \item[ \texttt{isbn} ]\texttt{format.isbn} +% \item[ \texttt{issn} ]\texttt{format.issn} +% \item[ \texttt{journal} ]\texttt{format.article.crossref}, article +% \item[ \texttt{numpages} ]\texttt{format.journal.eid} +% \item[ \texttt{organization} ]\texttt{format.organization.address} (\texttt{inproceedings}, \texttt{proceedings}), \texttt{manual} +% \item[ \texttt{pages} ]\texttt{format.book}.pages (\texttt{book}, \texttt{booklet}), \texttt{format.pages} (\texttt{format.journal.pages}, \texttt{format.chapter.pages}, \texttt{article}, \texttt{inbook}, \texttt{incollection}, \texttt{inproceedings}) +% \item[ \texttt{publisher} ]\texttt{format.publisher.address} (like \texttt{output.check}, \texttt{inproceedings}, \texttt{proceedings}) +% \item[ \texttt{title} ]\texttt{format.title}, \texttt{format.btitle}, \texttt{misc}, \texttt{presort}, \texttt{bib.sort.order} +% \item[ \texttt{volume} ]\texttt{format.bvolume}, \texttt{format.vol.num.pages}, \texttt{format.book.crossref} +% \item[ \texttt{year} ]in optional argument of \texttt{\char`\\bibitem}, \texttt{format.date} (as part of date), \texttt{format.year}, \texttt{format.org.or.pub} +% \item[ \texttt{booktitle} ]\texttt{format.in.ed.booktitle} (\texttt{incollection}, \texttt{inproceedings}), \texttt{format.incoll.inproc.crossref} +% \item[ \texttt{howpublished} ]\texttt{booklet}, \texttt{misc} +% \item[ \texttt{edition} ]\texttt{convert.edition.format.edition} +% \item[ \texttt{institution} ]\texttt{techreport} +% \item[ \texttt{school} ]\texttt{mastersthesis}, \texttt{phdthesis} +% \item[ \texttt{address} ]\texttt{format.org.or.pub}, \texttt{booklet}, \texttt{manual}, \texttt{mastersthesis}, \texttt{phdthesis}, \texttt{techreport} +% \item[ \texttt{chapter} ]\texttt{format.chapter.pages} +% \item[ \texttt{number} ]\texttt{format.number.series}, \texttt{format.vol.num.pages}, \texttt{format.tr.number} +% \item[ \texttt{series} ]\texttt{format.bvolume}, \texttt{format.number.series}, \texttt{format.book.crossref} +% \item[ \texttt{type} ]\texttt{format.chapter.pages}, \texttt{format.thesis.type}, \texttt{format.tr.number} +% \item[ \texttt{month} ]\texttt{format.date} +% \item[ \texttt{note} ]\texttt{format.note} +% \item[ \texttt{annote} ]\texttt{fin.entry} +% \end{description} +% +% \subsubsection*{Encapsulated via \texttt{\char`\\url}} +% \begin{description} +% \item[ \texttt{url} ]\texttt{format.url} (\texttt{\char`\\harvardurl}, \texttt{\char`\\url}), \texttt{format.url} (\texttt{\char`\\url}), \texttt{format.note} (\texttt{\char`\\url}) +% \end{description} +% +% \subsubsection*{Encapsulated via \texttt{\char`\\doi}} +% \begin{description} +% \item[ \texttt{doi} ]\texttt{format.doi} (\texttt{\char`\\doi}) +% \end{description} +% +% \subsubsection*{Encapsulated via \texttt{\char`\\eprint}} +% \begin{description} +% \item[ \texttt{eprint} ]\texttt{format.eprint} +% \item[ \texttt{archive} ]\texttt{format.eprint} +% \end{description} +% +% \subsubsection*{Not encapsulated:} +% \begin{description} +% \item[ \texttt{key} ]cite key +% \item[ \texttt{language} ]operand of \texttt{\char`\\selectlanguage} +% \end{description} +% +% \subsubsection*{\texttt{bibinfo} tag, but not a \btx{} field} +% \begin{description} +% \item[ \texttt{date} ]\texttt{format.date} +% \end{description} +% +% Provides robust access to fields, checking against \texttt{missing\$} +% and \texttt{empty\$}. A \dtx{} option allows giving +% a warning if either is the case. +% +% If not, it encapsulates the argument in a \TeX\ macro |\bibinfo|. +% The encapsulation is enabled by the \texttt{bibinfo} \dtx{} option: +% if turned off, it simply pops the unneeded object. +% +% \texttt{field} \texttt{string} \texttt{->} \texttt{encapsulated-field} +% +% \texttt{empty} \texttt{string} \texttt{->} \texttt{empty} +% Side effect: warning. +% \begin{macrocode} +FUNCTION {bibinfo.check} +{ swap$ + duplicate$ missing$ + { +%<bibinfo.warning> swap$ "missing " swap$ * " in " * cite$ * warning$ pop$ +%<!bibinfo.warning> pop$ pop$ + "" + } + { duplicate$ empty$ + { +%<bibinfo.warning> swap$ "empty " swap$ * " in " * cite$ * warning$ +%<!bibinfo.warning> swap$ pop$ + } + { swap$ +%<bibinfo> "\bibinfo{" swap$ * "}{" * swap$ * "}" * +%<!bibinfo> pop$ + } + if$ + } + if$ +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{`bibinfo.warn'} +% Replaces \texttt{output.check} +% with \texttt{bibinfo.warn} followed by \texttt{output}. +% +% \texttt{field} \texttt{string} \texttt{->} \texttt{encapsulated-field} +% +% \texttt{empty} \texttt{string} \texttt{->} \texttt{empty} +% +% Side effect: warning if the field is empty. +% Note: if the \dtx{} option \texttt{bibinfo} is not in effect, +% then no encapsulation is done. +% \begin{macrocode} +FUNCTION {bibinfo.warn} +{ swap$ + duplicate$ missing$ + { + swap$ "missing " swap$ * " in " * cite$ * warning$ pop$ + "" + } + { duplicate$ empty$ + { + swap$ "empty " swap$ * " in " * cite$ * warning$ + } + { swap$ +%<bibinfo> "\bibinfo{" swap$ * "}{" * swap$ * "}" * +%<!bibinfo> pop$ + } + if$ + } + if$ +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{`format.eprint'} +% The access function for the \texttt{eprint} field. +% +% If the \texttt{bibinfo} \dtx{} option is selected, then this function +% encapsulates the argument in a \TeX\ macro |\eprint|. +% +% \texttt{->} \texttt{encapsulated-URL} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*eprint> +FUNCTION {format.eprint} +{ eprint duplicate$ empty$ + 'skip$ + { "\eprint" + archive empty$ + 'skip$ + { "[" * archive * "]" * } + if$ + "{" * swap$ * "}" * + } + if$ +} +%</eprint> +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{`write.url'} +% This function taken over from \texttt{agsm.sty}, the main \texttt{harvard} +% bib style. For non-Harvard styles that want to add the URL on a new line +% after the reference, use this function too, but defined slightly +% differently. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*(harnm|url-nl)&!revdata> +FUNCTION {write.url} +%<*!html> +{ +%<*url-doi&url> + doi empty$ + { url } + { "http://dx.doi.org/" doi * } + if$ +%</url-doi&url> +%<!url-doi|!url> url + duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ } +%<harnm> { "\newline\harvardurl{" swap$ * "}" * write$ newline$ } +%<!harnm&url-nl> { "\newline\urlprefix\url{" swap$ * "}" * write$ newline$ } + if$ +} +%</!html> +%<*html> +{ +%<*url-doi&url> + doi empty$ + { url } + { "http://dx.doi.org/" doi * } + if$ +%</url-doi&url> +%<!url-doi|!url> url + duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ } + { duplicate$ "<br><a href=" quote$ * swap$ * quote$ + * ">" * swap$ * "</a>" * write$ newline$ } + if$ +} +%</html> + +%</(harnm|url-nl)&!revdata> +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{`format.url'} +% This function is reworked for \texttt{\filename} to provide a +% cleaner URL for DOIs. The definition of \cmd{\urldoi} is written in +% the \texttt{.bbl} file by the function \texttt{begin.bib}. When the +% package \pkg{hyperref} is loaded, the \meta{doi} is a hyperlink to +% \texttt{https://doi.org/\meta{doi}}. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*(url-blk&!harnm)|revdata> +FUNCTION {format.url} +{ +%<url-doi&url> doi empty$ +%<url-doi&url> { + url + duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } +%<!html> { "\urlprefix\url{" swap$ * "}" * } +%<html> { +%<html> duplicate$ "<a href=" quote$ * swap$ * quote$ * +%<html> ">" * swap$ * "</a>" * +%<html> } + if$ +%<*url-doi&url> + } + { + doi +%<!html> "\doiprefix\urldoi{" swap$ * "}" * +%<html> duplicate$ "doi:<a href=" quote$ * "https://doi.org/" * +%<html> swap$ * quote$ * ">" * swap$ * "</a>" * + } + if$ +%</url-doi&url> +} + +%</(url-blk&!harnm)|revdata> +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{`check.speaker'} +% The \texttt{presentation} type uses the \texttt{key} entry to indicate which +% author is the speaker, as the sequence number in the author list. The speaker's +% name is put into a different font, depending on the extra option. If no font +% is specified, all names are the same. +% \begin{macrocode} +INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames } + +%<*pres-bf|pres-it|pres-sc> +FUNCTION {check.speaker} +{ key empty$ 'skip$ + { key nameptr int.to.str$ = + { +%<pres-bf> bolden +%<pres-it&!pres-bf> emphasize +%<pres-sc&!pres-it&!pres-bf> scaps + } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ +} + +%</pres-bf|pres-it|pres-sc> +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} + +% \begin{macro}{`format.names'} +% The \texttt{harvard} package now (version 2.0.3, for \LaTeXe) uses +% |\harvardand| in place of the word \textsl{and} so that it can be changed +% at run time. This is allowed for with the option \texttt{harnm}, which +% need not be used only with the \texttt{har} option. +% This seems like a useless feature for \texttt{.bst} files made from +% this multilanguage source. However, it is included anyway, which means +% if \texttt{harnm} option selected, one must redefine |\harvardand| +% in the document for the language being used. +% +% The location of the junior part for reversed name is not obvious. Prior +% to version 4.0, I always had it attached to the last name, as +% Smith, Jr, John, put it probably is better as Smith, John, Jr. For the +% AGU \texttt{nm-rev1} I always did it this way, probably because I had a +% good AGU example to follow. Dilemma: do I just change them all or add an +% option to do it? The option will maintain consistency with older +% versions, but this could also be considered a bug fix rather than a new +% feature. Solution: use the option, since I have found other \texttt{.bst} +% files from Beebe and Harvard that put junior between surname and first +% name. +% +% |bibinfo| is a variable used to store a string telling it whether the +% names being formatted are authors or editors, since this function is called +% for both purposes. Every call to this function must push the string onto the stack +% just before the call. +% \begin{macrocode} +STRINGS { bibinfo} + +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Stack note: if the names argument is a non-nil list, this function returns +% one object on the stack, the formatted list of names. +% +% \texttt{names`string} \texttt{bibinfo`string} \texttt{->} \texttt{author-list`string} +% \begin{macrocode} +FUNCTION {format.names} +{ 'bibinfo := + duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ { + 's := + "" 't := + #1 'nameptr := + s num.names$ 'numnames := + numnames 'namesleft := + { namesleft #0 > } + { s nameptr +% \end{macrocode} +% Here is the author formatting when the names are not set in any special +% font, or when the entire name set in a single special font. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*!(nmft&(fnm-rm|fnm-def))> +%<*!nm-rev1&!nm-revv1> +%<nm-init> "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" +%<*!nm-init> +%<nm-rev&!jnrlst> "{vv~}{ll}{, jj}{, f.}" +%<nm-rev&jnrlst> "{vv~}{ll}{, f.}{, jj}" +%<*!nm-rev> +%<nm-rv&!jnrlst> "{vv~}{ll}{ jj}{ f{~}}" +%<nm-rv&jnrlst> "{vv~}{ll}{ f{~}}{ jj}" +%<*!nm-rv> +%<nm-rvx&!jnrlst> "{vv~}{ll}{ jj}{ f{}}" +%<nm-rvx&jnrlst> "{vv~}{ll}{ f{}}{ jj}" +%<*!nm-rvx> +%<nm-rvcx&!jnrlst> "{vv~}{ll}{, jj}{, f{}}" +%<nm-rvcx&jnrlst> "{vv~}{ll}{, f{}}{, jj}" +%<*!nm-rvcx> +%<nm-rvv&!jnrlst> "{vv~}{ll}{ jj}{ f{.}.}" +%<nm-rvv&jnrlst> "{vv~}{ll}{ f{.}.}{ jj}" +%<*!nm-rvv> +%<nm-rvvc&!jnrlst> "{vv~}{ll}{, jj}{, f{.}.}" +%<nm-rvvc&jnrlst> "{vv~}{ll}{, f{.}.}{, jj}" +%<*!nm-rvvc> +%<nm-revf&!jnrlst> "{vv~}{ll}{, jj}{, ff}" +%<nm-revf&jnrlst> "{vv~}{ll}{, ff}{, jj}" +%<*!nm-revf> + "{ff~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" +%</!nm-revf> +%</!nm-rvvc> +%</!nm-rvv> +%</!nm-rvcx> +%</!nm-rvx> +%</!nm-rv> +%</!nm-rev> +%</!nm-init> +%</!nm-rev1&!nm-revv1> +%<*nm-rev1> + duplicate$ #1 > + { "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" } +%<!jnrlst> { "{vv~}{ll}{, jj}{, f.}" } +%<jnrlst> { "{vv~}{ll}{, f.}{, jj}" } + if$ +%</nm-rev1> +%<*!nm-rev1&nm-revv1> + duplicate$ #1 > + { "{ff~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" } +%<!jnrlst> { "{vv~}{ll}{, jj}{, ff}" } +%<jnrlst> { "{vv~}{ll}{, ff}{, jj}" } + if$ +%</!nm-rev1&nm-revv1> + format.name$ +%<nm-rv|nm-rvx> remove.dots +%<nmft&nmand-rm> bib.name.font +%</!(nmft&(fnm-rm|fnm-def))> +% \end{macrocode} +% Here is the author formatting when the first and last names are +% set in (possibly different) special fonts. +% +% The junior part is optionally between the reversed names, or after them. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*nmft&(fnm-rm|fnm-def)> +%<*!nm-rev1&!nm-revv1> +%<*nm-init> + "{f.}" format.name$ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ + { tie.or.space.prefix bib.fname.font swap$ * } + if$ + s nameptr + "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ bib.name.font * + s nameptr + "{jj}" format.name$ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ + { bib.fname.font ", " swap$ * } + if$ +%</nm-init> +%<*!nm-init> +%<*nm-rev> + "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ bib.name.font + s nameptr +%<!jnrlst> "{jj, }{f.}" +%<jnrlst> "{f.}{, jj}" + format.name$ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ + { bib.fname.font ", " swap$ * } + if$ +%</nm-rev> +%<*!nm-rev> +%<*nm-rv> + "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ bib.name.font + s nameptr +%<!jnrlst> "{jj }{f{~}}" +%<jnrlst> "{f{~}}{ jj}" + format.name$ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ + { remove.dots bib.fname.font " " swap$ * } + if$ +%</nm-rv> +%<*!nm-rv> +%<*nm-rvx> + "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ bib.name.font + s nameptr +%<!jnrlst> "{jj }{f{}}" +%<jnrlst> "{f{}}{ jj}" + format.name$ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ + { remove.dots bib.fname.font " " swap$ * } + if$ +%</nm-rvx> +%<*!nm-rvx> +%<*nm-rvcx> + "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ bib.name.font + s nameptr +%<!jnrlst> "{jj, }{f{}}" +%<jnrlst> "{f{}}{, jj}" + format.name$ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ + { remove.dots bib.fname.font ", " swap$ * } + if$ +%</nm-rvcx> +%<*!nm-rvcx> +%<*nm-rvv> + "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ bib.name.font + s nameptr +%<!jnrlst> "{jj }{f{.}.}" +%<jnrlst> "{f{.}.}{ jj}" + format.name$ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ + { bib.fname.font " " swap$ * } + if$ +%</nm-rvv> +%<*!nm-rvv> +%<*nm-rvvc> + "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ bib.name.font + s nameptr +%<!jnrlst> "{jj, }{f{.}.}" +%<jnrlst> "{f{.}.}{, jj}" + format.name$ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ + { bib.fname.font ", " swap$ * } + if$ +%</nm-rvvc> +%<*!nm-rvvc> +%<*nm-revf> + "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ bib.name.font + s nameptr +%<!jnrlst> "{jj, }{ff}" +%<jnrlst> "{ff}{, jj}" + format.name$ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ + { bib.fname.font ", " swap$ * } + if$ +%</nm-revf> +%<*!nm-revf> + "{ff}" format.name$ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ + { tie.or.space.prefix bib.fname.font swap$ * } + if$ + s nameptr + "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ bib.name.font * + s nameptr + "{jj}" format.name$ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ + { bib.fname.font ", " swap$ * } + if$ +%</!nm-revf> +%</!nm-rvvc> +%</!nm-rvv> +%</!nm-rvcx> +%</!nm-rvx> +%</!nm-rv> +%</!nm-rev> +%</!nm-init> +%</!nm-rev1&!nm-revv1> +%<*nm-rev1> + nameptr #1 > + { "{f.}" format.name$ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ + { tie.or.space.prefix bib.fname.font swap$ * } + if$ + s nameptr + "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ bib.name.font * + s nameptr + "{jj}" format.name$ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ + { bib.fname.font ", " swap$ * } + if$ + } + { "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ bib.name.font + s nameptr +%<!jnrlst> "{jj, }{f.}" +%<jnrlst> "{f.}{, jj}" + format.name$ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ + { bib.fname.font ", " swap$ * } + if$ + } + if$ +%</nm-rev1> +%<*!nm-rev1&nm-revv1> + nameptr #1 > + { "{ff}" format.name$ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ + { tie.or.space.prefix bib.fname.font swap$ * } + if$ + s nameptr + "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ bib.name.font * + s nameptr + "{jj}" format.name$ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ + { bib.fname.font ", " swap$ * } + if$ + } + { "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ bib.name.font + s nameptr +%<!jnrlst> "{jj, }{ff}" +%<jnrlst> "{ff}{, jj}" + format.name$ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ + { bib.fname.font ", " swap$ * } + if$ + } + if$ +%</!nm-rev1&nm-revv1> + * +%</nmft&(fnm-rm|fnm-def)> + bibinfo bibinfo.check +%<*pres-bf|pres-it|pres-sc> + type$ "presentation" = + { check.speaker } + 'skip$ + if$ +%</pres-bf|pres-it|pres-sc> + 't := + nameptr #1 > + { +%<*nmlm> +%<m1> nameptr #1 +%<m2> nameptr #2 +%<m3> nameptr #3 +%<m4> nameptr #4 +%<m5> nameptr #5 +%<m6> nameptr #6 +%<m7> nameptr #7 +%<m8> nameptr #8 +%<m9> nameptr #9 +%<m0> nameptr #0 +%<m10> #10 + +%<m20> #20 + +%<m30> #30 + +%<m40> #40 + +%<m50> #50 + +%<m60> #60 + +%<m70> #70 + +%<m80> #80 + +%<m90> #90 + + #1 + = +%<x1> numnames #1 +%<x2> numnames #2 +%<x3> numnames #3 +%<x4> numnames #4 +%<x5> numnames #5 +%<x6> numnames #6 +%<x7> numnames #7 +%<x8> numnames #8 +%<x9> numnames #9 +%<x0> numnames #0 +%<x10> #10 + +%<x20> #20 + +%<x30> #30 + +%<x40> #40 + +%<x50> #50 + +%<x60> #60 + +%<x70> #70 + +%<x80> #80 + +%<x90> #90 + + > and + { "others" 't := + #1 'namesleft := } + 'skip$ + if$ +%</nmlm> + namesleft #1 > +%<!aunm-semi&!aunm-sl> { ", " * t * } +%<aunm-semi> { "; " * t * } +%<aunm-sl&!aunm-semi> { "/ " * t * } + { + s nameptr "{ll}" format.name$ duplicate$ "others" = + { 't := } + { pop$ } + if$ +%<(and-com|xand)&!aunm-semi&!aunm-sl> "," * +%<(and-com|xand)&aunm-semi> ";" * +%<(and-com|xand)&aunm-sl&!aunm-semi> "/" * +%<*!and-xcom&!and-com&!xand> + numnames #2 > +%<etal-xc> t "others" = not and +%<!aunm-semi&!aunm-sl> { "," * } +%<aunm-semi> { ";" * } +%<aunm-sl&!aunm-semi> { "/" * } + 'skip$ + if$ +%</!and-xcom&!and-com&!xand> + t "others" = + { +%<nmft&!nmand-rm&!(fnm-rm|fnm-def)&(etal-it|etal-rm)> bib.name.font +%<*!etal-it> +%<nmft&(nmand-rm|(fnm-rm|fnm-def))&!etal-rm> " " * bbl.etal bib.name.font * +%<!(nmft&(nmand-rm|(fnm-rm|fnm-def)))|etal-rm> " " * bbl.etal * +%</!etal-it> +%<etal-it> " " * bbl.etal emphasize * +%<nmft&!nmand-rm&!(fnm-rm|fnm-def)&!(etal-it|etal-rm)> bib.name.font + } +%<*!xand> + { +%<*!harnm> +%<!amper> bbl.and +%<amper> "\&" +%</!harnm> +%<harnm> "\harvardand{}" +%<nmft&!nmand-rm&(fnm-rm|fnm-def)> bib.name.font + space.word * t * + } +%</!xand> +%<xand> { " " * t * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + 't + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := + } + while$ +%<*nmft&!nmand-rm&!(fnm-rm|fnm-def)> + t "others" = + 'skip$ + { bib.name.font } + if$ +%</nmft&!nmand-rm&!(fnm-rm|fnm-def)> + } if$ +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{`format.names.ed'} +% When editors are used in place of authors to identify the work, the +% names are always formatted just like authors'. However, in collections, +% where ``edited by'' or ``\emph{names} (editors)'' are given, it is +% normal not to reverse the names, even if the authors' are. The option +% \texttt{ed-rev} sees to it that editor names are always formatted exactly +% like those of authors, being reversed if necessary. +% +% The option \texttt{ed-au} is identical to \texttt{ed-rev}, but is more +% logical. It means editors (in incollections) are formatted exactly like +% authors, with all the font, reversing, and number limitations. This is +% selected automatically with \texttt{nm-init} and \texttt{nm-} default to save +% programming memory. +% +% The option \texttt{nm-revf} in this case acts the same as the default +% when no \texttt{nm-} option given: full names with surname last. Therefore +% it is not necessary to test for it at all, since it, like the default, +% has the lowest priority: any other \texttt{nm-} option clobbers it. +% +% The options \texttt{aunm-semi} and \texttt{aunm-sl} will put a semi-colon or +% slash between editor names, just as for authors, when \texttt{ed-rev} not +% selected, in keeping with the idea that in this case both authors and editors +% are to be formatted the same. +% +% This function either dispatches to \texttt{format.names} or executes code +% which is similar. In the latter case, names are always presented first +% followed by surname (``last name''); name limit processing (\texttt{nmlm}) is not executed; +% and endgame processing differs in being qualified by \texttt{nmfted}. +% +% Stack note: if the names (second) argument is a non-nil list, this function returns +% with one object on the stack, the formatted list of names. +% +% \texttt{names`string} \texttt{bibinfo`string} \texttt{->} \texttt{author-list`string} +% \begin{macrocode} +FUNCTION {format.names.ed} +{ +%<ed-rev|ed-au> format.names +%<*!ed-rev&!ed-au> + 'bibinfo := + duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ { + 's := + "" 't := + #1 'nameptr := + s num.names$ 'numnames := + numnames 'namesleft := + { namesleft #0 > } + { s nameptr +% \end{macrocode} +% Editor name is handled as a single object, with no separation of first and last name. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*!(nmft&nmfted&(fnm-rm|fnm-def))> +%<nm-init|nm-rev|nm-rev1> "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" +%<*!nm-init&!nm-rev&!nm-rev1> +%<nm-revv1> "{ff~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" +%<*!nm-revv1> +%<nm-rv> "{f{~}~}{vv~}{ll}{ jj}" +%<*!nm-rv> +%<nm-rvx> "{f{}~}{vv~}{ll}{ jj}" +%<*!nm-rvx> +%<nm-rvcx> "{f{}~}{vv~}{ll}{ jj}" +%<*!nm-rvcx> +%<nm-rvv|nm-rvvc> "{f{.}.~}{vv~}{ll}{ jj}" +%<*!nm-rvv&!nm-rvvc> + "{ff~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" +%</!nm-rvv&!nm-rvvc> +%</!nm-rvcx> +%</!nm-rvx> +%</!nm-rv> +%</!nm-revv1> +%</!nm-init&!nm-rev&!nm-rev1> + format.name$ +%<nm-rv|nm-rvx|nm-rvcx> remove.dots +%<nmft&nmfted&nmand-rm> bib.name.font +%</!(nmft&nmfted&(fnm-rm|fnm-def))> +% \end{macrocode} +% Editor first and last name handled separately. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*(nmft&nmfted&(fnm-rm|fnm-def))> +%<*nm-init|nm-rev|nm-rev1> + "{f.}" format.name$ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ + { tie.or.space.prefix bib.fname.font swap$ * } + if$ + s nameptr + "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ bib.name.font * + s nameptr + "{jj}" format.name$ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ + { bib.fname.font ", " swap$ * } + if$ +%</nm-init|nm-rev|nm-rev1> +%<*!nm-init&!nm-rev&!nm-rev1> +%<*nm-revv1> + "{ff}" format.name$ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ + { tie.or.space.prefix bib.fname.font swap$ * } + if$ + s nameptr + "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ bib.name.font * + s nameptr + "{jj}" format.name$ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ + { bib.fname.font ", " swap$ * } + if$ +%</nm-revv1> +%<*!nm-revv1> +%<*nm-rv> + "{f{~}}" format.name$ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ + { tie.or.space.prefix bib.fname.font swap$ * } + if$ + s nameptr + "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ bib.name.font * + s nameptr + "{jj}" format.name$ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ + { remove.dots bib.fname.font " " swap$ * } + if$ +%</nm-rv> +%<*!nm-rv> +%<*nm-rvx|nm-rvcx> + "{f{}}" format.name$ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ + { tie.or.space.prefix bib.fname.font swap$ * } + if$ + s nameptr + "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ bib.name.font * + s nameptr + "{jj}" format.name$ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ + { remove.dots bib.fname.font " " swap$ * } + if$ +%</nm-rvx|nm-rvcx> +%<*!nm-rvx&!nm-rvcx> +%<*nm-rvv|nm-rvvc> + "{f{.}.}" format.name$ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ + { tie.or.space.prefix bib.fname.font swap$ * } + if$ + s nameptr + "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ bib.name.font * + s nameptr + "{jj}" format.name$ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ + { bib.fname.font " " swap$ * } + if$ +%</nm-rvv|nm-rvvc> +%<*!nm-rvv&!nm-rvvc> + "{ff}" format.name$ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ + { tie.or.space.prefix bib.fname.font swap$ * } + if$ + s nameptr + "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ bib.name.font * + s nameptr + "{jj}" format.name$ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ + { bib.fname.font ", " swap$ * } + if$ +%</!nm-rvv&!nm-rvvc> +%</!nm-rvx&!nm-rvcx> +%</!nm-rv> +%</!nm-revv1> +%</!nm-init&!nm-rev&!nm-rev1> + * +%</(nmft&nmfted&(fnm-rm|fnm-def))> + bibinfo bibinfo.check + 't := + nameptr #1 > + { + namesleft #1 > +%<!aunm-semi&!aunm-sl> { ", " * t * } +%<aunm-semi> { "; " * t * } +%<aunm-sl&!aunm-semi> { "/ " * t * } + { + s nameptr "{ll}" format.name$ duplicate$ "others" = + { 't := } + { pop$ } + if$ +%<(and-com-ed|xand)&!aunm-semi&!aunm-sl> "," * +%<(and-com-ed|xand)&aunm-semi> ";" * +%<(and-com-ed|xand)&aunm-sl&!aunm-semi> "/" * +%<*!and-xcom&!and-com-ed&!xand> + numnames #2 > +%<etal-xc> t "others" = not and +%<!aunm-semi&!aunm-sl> { "," * } +%<aunm-semi> { ";" * } +%<aunm-sl&!aunm-semi> { "/" * } + 'skip$ + if$ +%</!and-xcom&!and-com-ed&!xand> + t "others" = + { + +%<nmft&nmfted&!nmand-rm&!(fnm-rm|fnm-def)&(etal-it|etal-rm)> bib.name.font +%<*!etal-it> +%<nmft&nmfted&(nmand-rm|(fnm-rm|fnm-def))&!etal-rm> " " * bbl.etal bib.name.font * +%<!(nmft&nmfted&(nmand-rm|(fnm-rm|fnm-def)))|etal-rm> " " * bbl.etal * +%</!etal-it> +%<etal-it> " " * bbl.etal emphasize * +%<nmft&nmfted&!nmand-rm&!(fnm-rm|fnm-def)&!(etal-it|etal-rm)> bib.name.font + } +%<*!xand> + { +%<*!harnm> +%<!amper> bbl.and +%<amper> "\&" +%</!harnm> +%<harnm> "\harvardand{}" +%<nmft&nmfted&!nmand-rm&(fnm-rm|fnm-def)> bib.name.font + space.word * t * + } +%</!xand> +%<xand> { " " * t * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + 't + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := + } + while$ +%<*nmft&nmfted&!nmand-rm&!(fnm-rm|fnm-def)> + t "others" = + 'skip$ + { bib.name.font } + if$ +%</nmft&nmfted&!nmand-rm&!(fnm-rm|fnm-def)> + } if$ +%</!ed-rev&!ed-au> +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{`format.key'} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*ay> +FUNCTION {format.key} +{ empty$ + { key field.or.null } + { "" } + if$ +} + +%</ay> +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{`format.authors'} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +FUNCTION {format.authors} +{ author "author" format.names +%<*revdata> + duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ + { collaboration "collaboration" bibinfo.check + duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ + { " (" swap$ * ")" * } + if$ + * + } + if$ +%</revdata> +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{`get.bbl.editor'} +% Use this function universally when accessing the ``editor'' text entity. +% \begin{macrocode} +FUNCTION {get.bbl.editor} +{ editor num.names$ #1 > 'bbl.editors 'bbl.editor if$ } + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{`format.editors'} +% The option \texttt{edpar} puts the word `editor' in parentheses. +% In \texttt{genbst.mbs}, this occurred automatically with the option +% \texttt{ed}, to abbreviate `editor' to `ed'. In \texttt{babel.mbs}, +% this was not the case, because of complications with the word functions. +% Now this possibility is added as a special option, which means there is +% some inconsistency with older \texttt{.dbj} files that called \texttt{ed}: +% the abbreviated `ed' is not put in parentheses unless \texttt{edpar} is +% also called. +% +% Note that the code here is very similar to code in \texttt{format.in.ed.booktitle}; +% the two should be kept coordinated. +% \begin{macrocode} +FUNCTION {format.editors} +{ editor "editor" format.names duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ + { +%<!edpar&!edparxc> "," * + " " * + get.bbl.editor +%<bkedcap> capitalize +%<edpar|edparc|edparxc> "(" swap$ * ")" * + * + } + if$ +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{`format.in.editors'} +% See the note about the option \texttt{edpar} above. +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{`format.book.pages'} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*pg-bk> +FUNCTION {format.book.pages} +{ pages "pages" bibinfo.check + duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ + { " " * bbl.pages * } + if$ +} +%</pg-bk> +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{`format.isbn'} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*isbn> +FUNCTION {format.isbn} +{ isbn "isbn" bibinfo.check + duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ + { +%<!blk-com&!blk-tit&!blk-tita> new.block + "ISBN " swap$ * + } + if$ +} + +%</isbn> +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{`format.issn'} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*issn> +FUNCTION {format.issn} +{ issn "issn" bibinfo.check + duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ + { +%<!blk-com&!blk-tit&!blk-tita> new.block + "ISSN " swap$ * + } + if$ +} + +%</issn> +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{`format.doi'} +% DOIs like URLs are encapsulated by their own commands, so need no \texttt{bibinfo.check}. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*doi|(url-doi&!url)> +FUNCTION {format.doi} +{ doi empty$ + { "" } + { +%<!blk-com&!blk-tit&!blk-tita> new.block +%<!html> "\doi{" doi * "}" * +%<html> "doi:" doi * + } + if$ +} +%</doi|(url-doi&!url)> +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{`select.language'} +% The \texttt{language} field code has been provided by Bernd Feige, of the +% University of Freiburg. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*lang> +FUNCTION {select.language} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + 'pop$ + { language empty$ + 'skip$ + { "{\selectlanguage{" language * "}" * swap$ * "}" * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +%</lang> +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{`format.note'} +% Notes should be entered as though they were a sentence on their own. +% However, if they appear mid-sentence rather than after a block or sentence, +% the first letter must be lowercase. Thus if a note begins with a proper +% noun, it must be in braces. To avoid a warning about unmatched braces +% with the \texttt{change.case\$} function, check first if the leading +% character is an opening brace. +% +% With options \texttt{url,url-nt}, the URL text is treated as a note, and +% added here. It is output directly, not prepended to the note text. This +% means, if the note is to be a new sentence, the URL text starts that +% sentence, and the regular note is added to that sentence, comma between. +% +% \begin{macrocode} +FUNCTION {format.note} +{ +%<*url-nt&!revdata> + url empty$ + 'skip$ +%<!html> { "\urlprefix\url{" url * "}" * output } +%<html> { "<a href=" quote$ * url * quote$ +%<html> * ">" * url * "</a>" * output } + if$ +%</url-nt&!revdata> + note empty$ + { "" } + { note #1 #1 substring$ + duplicate$ "{" = + 'skip$ + { output.state mid.sentence = + { "l" } + { "u" } + if$ + change.case$ + } + if$ + note #2 global.max$ substring$ * "note" bibinfo.check + } + if$ +} + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{`format.title'} +% For a quoted title, any punctuation in the title goes inside the quote. +% Otherwise, the comma or period following the title also goes inside. +% Exception is with \texttt{qx} option, in which case the comma goes +% outside, even when punctuation present; for period (\texttt{!blk-com}) +% is added outside only when punctuation is absent. +% \begin{macrocode} +FUNCTION {format.title} +{ title +%<*!atit-u> + duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ + { "t" change.case$ } + if$ +%</!atit-u> + "title" bibinfo.check +%<*tit-it|tit-qq|lang> + duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ + { +%<tit-it> emphasize +%<*!tit-it&tit-qq> + "\enquote{" swap$ * +%<*!qx> +%<*blk-com> + non.stop +%<!com-semi&!com-blank> { ",} " * } +%<com-semi> { ";} " * } +%<!com-semi&com-blank> { "} " * } + { "} " * } + if$ +%</blk-com> +%<!blk-com> add.period$ "}" * +%</!qx> +%<*qx> +%<*blk-com> +%<!com-semi&!com-blank> "}, " * +%<com-semi> "}; " * +%<!com-semi&com-blank> "} " * +%</blk-com> +%<!blk-com> "}" * +%</qx> +%</!tit-it&tit-qq> +%<lang> select.language + } + if$ +%</tit-it|tit-qq|lang> +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{`end.quote.title'} +% For a quoted title, the punctuation appears in the quotes. For commas +% between block, this means the inter-block punctuation is already present, +% so it must be suppressed after every \texttt{format.title output}. This +% is done by setting the \texttt{output.state} to \texttt{before.all}, but +% only if there really was a title. Call this macro every time after +% titles are output. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*blk-com&tit-qq> +FUNCTION {end.quote.title} +{ title empty$ + 'skip$ + { before.all 'output.state := } + if$ +} +%</blk-com&tit-qq> +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{`end.quote.btitle'} +% Similar to |end.quote.title| except that it is only applied if titles of +% proceedings and collections are quoted, and if +% neither \texttt{edby}, \texttt{edby-par}, nor \texttt{edby-par} are selected +% (this is the default case in the relevant menu of the \texttt{makebst.tex} run). +% These options add text after the booktitle, +% so additional punctuation need not be suppressed. Unless there is no editor! +% +% Note: this function is called after the result of \texttt{format.in.ed.booktitle} +% has been output, and attempts to predict what that output had been. +% Would it not be better to call this function while that result is still +% on the stack? +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*bt-qq> +FUNCTION {end.quote.btitle} +{ booktitle empty$ + 'skip$ +%<!edby&!edby-par&!edby-parc> { before.all 'output.state := } +%<*edby|edby-par|edby-parc> + { editor empty$ + { before.all 'output.state := } + 'skip$ + if$ + } +%</edby|edby-par|edby-parc> + if$ +} +%</bt-qq> +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{`make.full.names'} +% In versions before 2.2, there were two functions \texttt{calc.long.label} +% and \texttt{format.long.lab.names} that made up the string +% \texttt{long.label} for each entry. This contains the full author list. +% However, there was a bug in the one routine, entered by mistake when an +% earlier bug was removed, and more seriously, the string +% \texttt{long.label} was limited to \texttt{entry.max\$} characters, 100 on +% my system. Author lists were truncated. Thus, \texttt{make.full.names} +% is used instead to enter the full list of names directly in the +% \texttt{output.bibitem} function, without an intermediate string. This +% involves changing the order of some function definitions, especially +% \texttt{output.bibitem} must come later. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*har|cay|nat> +FUNCTION {format.full.names} +{'s := + "" 't := + #1 'nameptr := + s num.names$ 'numnames := + numnames 'namesleft := + { namesleft #0 > } + { s nameptr +%<!jnrlab> "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ +%<*jnrlab> +%<!nm-rv&!nm-rvv&!nm-rvx&!nm-rvcx> "{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ +%<nm-rv|nm-rvv|nm-rvx|nm-rvcx> "{vv~}{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ +%</jnrlab> +%<lab&and-rm> cite.name.font + 't := + nameptr #1 > + { +%<*nmlm> +%<m1> nameptr #1 +%<m2> nameptr #2 +%<m3> nameptr #3 +%<m4> nameptr #4 +%<m5> nameptr #5 +%<m6> nameptr #6 +%<m7> nameptr #7 +%<m8> nameptr #8 +%<m9> nameptr #9 +%<m0> nameptr #0 +%<m10> #10 + +%<m20> #20 + +%<m30> #30 + +%<m40> #40 + +%<m50> #50 + +%<m60> #60 + +%<m70> #70 + +%<m80> #80 + +%<m90> #90 + + #1 + = +%<x1> numnames #1 +%<x2> numnames #2 +%<x3> numnames #3 +%<x4> numnames #4 +%<x5> numnames #5 +%<x6> numnames #6 +%<x7> numnames #7 +%<x8> numnames #8 +%<x9> numnames #9 +%<x0> numnames #0 +%<x10> #10 + +%<x20> #20 + +%<x30> #30 + +%<x40> #40 + +%<x50> #50 + +%<x60> #60 + +%<x70> #70 + +%<x80> #80 + +%<x90> #90 + + > and + { "others" 't := + #1 'namesleft := } + 'skip$ + if$ +%</nmlm> + namesleft #1 > + { ", " * t * } + { + s nameptr "{ll}" format.name$ duplicate$ "others" = + { 't := } + { pop$ } + if$ + t "others" = + { +%<lab&!and-rm&(etal-it|etal-rm)> cite.name.font +%<*!etal-it> +%<lab&and-rm&!etal-rm> " " * bbl.etal cite.name.font * +%<!lab|!and-rm|etal-rm> " " * bbl.etal * +%</!etal-it> +%<etal-it> " " * bbl.etal emphasize * +%<lab&!and-rm&!(etal-it|etal-rm)> cite.name.font + } + { +%<*!harnm> +%<*!and-xcom> + numnames #2 > + { "," * } + 'skip$ + if$ +%</!and-xcom> +%<!amper> bbl.and +%<amper> "\&" +%</!harnm> +%<harnm> "\harvardand{}" + space.word * t * + } + if$ + } + if$ + } + 't + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := + } + while$ +%<*lab&!and-rm> + t "others" = + 'skip$ + { cite.name.font } + if$ +%</lab&!and-rm> +} + +FUNCTION {author.editor.key.full} +{ author empty$ + { editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } + 'key + if$ + } + { editor format.full.names } + if$ + } + { author format.full.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.key.full} +{ author empty$ + { key empty$ + { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } + 'key + if$ + } + { author format.full.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {editor.key.full} +{ editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } + 'key + if$ + } + { editor format.full.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {make.full.names} +{ type$ "book" = + type$ "inbook" = + or + 'author.editor.key.full + { type$ "proceedings" = + 'editor.key.full + 'author.key.full + if$ + } + if$ +} + +%</har|cay|nat> +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{`output.bibitem'} +% A user has pointed out to me that if the label argument in square brackets +% are put into braces (within the squares) it is then resistent to any +% problems if square braces should appear within the label. Do this, but +% only for the \texttt{nat} option. +% \begin{macrocode} +FUNCTION {output.bibitem} +{ newline$ +%<*!html> +%<*ay> +%<!har&!nat> "\bibitem[" write$ +%<!har&nat> "\bibitem[{" write$ +%<har> "\harvarditem" write$ +%<nmd> "\protect\citeauthoryear{" write$ +%<ast> "\protect\astroncite{" write$ +%<cay> "\protect\citeauthoryear{" make.full.names * "}{" * write$ +%<cn> "\protect\citename{" write$ +%<!har> label write$ +%<har> make.full.names duplicate$ label = +%<har> 'skip$ +%<har> { "[" label * "]" * write$ } +%<har> if$ +%<har> "{" swap$ * "}{" * write$ +%<har> year duplicate$ empty$ +%<cn> ", }" year duplicate$ empty$ +%<cay|nmd|ast> "}{" year duplicate$ empty$ +%<(har|cn|cay|nmd|ast)&blkyear> { pop$ "" } +%<(har|cn|cay|nmd|ast)&!blkyear> { pop$ "????" } +%<har|cn|cay|nmd|ast> 'skip$ +%<har|cn|cay|nmd|ast> if$ +%<har> extra.label * "}{" * write$ +%<cn> * extra.label * "]{" * write$ +%<cay|nmd|ast> * extra.label * "}]{" * write$ +%<alk> "]{" write$ +%<!(har|cay|nmd|ast|alk|cn|nat)> ")]{" write$ +%<nat> ")" make.full.names duplicate$ short.list = +%<nat> { pop$ } +%<nat> { * } +%<nat> if$ +%<nat> "}]{" * write$ +%</ay> +%<!ay&!(cite|alph)> "\bibitem{" write$ +%<!ay&(cite|alph)> "\bibitem[" label * "]{" * write$ + cite$ write$ + "}" write$ + newline$ + "" +%</!html> +%<*html> +%<*htdes> + "<dt><strong><tt>" write$ + cite$ write$ + "</tt></strong></dt>" write$ newline$ + "<dd>" +%</htdes> +%<htlist&!htdes> "<li>" +%<!htlist&!htdes> "<p>" +%</html> + before.all 'output.state := +} + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{`if.digit'} +% Add \texttt{if.digit} and \texttt{n.separate} to convert large page numbers +% to a separated number. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*pgsep-c|pgsep-s|pgsep-p> +FUNCTION {if.digit} +{ duplicate$ "0" = + swap$ duplicate$ "1" = + swap$ duplicate$ "2" = + swap$ duplicate$ "3" = + swap$ duplicate$ "4" = + swap$ duplicate$ "5" = + swap$ duplicate$ "6" = + swap$ duplicate$ "7" = + swap$ duplicate$ "8" = + swap$ "9" = or or or or or or or or or +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{`n.separate'} +% \texttt{pgsep-s}, \texttt{pgsep-p} +% Large page numbers are to be separated in threes, with thin space, comma +% or period. The number must be 5 digits before the separation occurs. +% No provision is made for numbers of 7 or more digits. +% \begin{macrocode} +FUNCTION {n.separate} +{ 't := + "" + #0 'numnames := + { t empty$ not } + { t #-1 #1 substring$ if.digit + { numnames #1 + 'numnames := } + { #0 'numnames := } + if$ + t #-1 #1 substring$ swap$ * + t #-2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + numnames #5 = + { duplicate$ #1 #2 substring$ swap$ + #3 global.max$ substring$ +%<pgsep-c> "," swap$ * * +%<pgsep-p> "." swap$ * * +%<pgsep-s&!html> "\," swap$ * * +%<pgsep-s&html> " " swap$ * * + } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + while$ +} +%</pgsep-c|pgsep-s|pgsep-p> +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{`n.dashify'} +% \begin{macrocode} +FUNCTION {n.dashify} +{ +%<pgsep-c|pgsep-s|pgsep-p> n.separate + 't := + "" + { t empty$ not } + { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = + { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not + { "--" * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + { { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = } + { "-" * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + while$ + } + if$ + } + { t #1 #1 substring$ * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + if$ + } + while$ +} + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{`word.in'} +% The function \texttt{word.in} prints the word \textsl{in} for references +% that are +% contained in a larger work, or in conference proceedings. One may have a +% colon after the word with the option \texttt{in-col}. If blocks of text are +% to be separated with commas (option \texttt{blk-com}) then the word remains +% in lower case, as it is defined in \texttt{bbl.in}; but if blocks act as +% sentences, then it must be capitalized. +% \begin{macrocode} +FUNCTION {word.in} +%<in-x>{ "" } +%<*!in-x> +%<blk-com|blk-tita>{ bbl.in +%<!blk-com&!blk-tita>{ bbl.in capitalize +%<in-col> ":" * +%<in-it> emphasize + " " * } +%</!in-x> + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{`format.date'} +% The new \texttt{harvard.sty} allows variable brackets around the date +% in the reference list. It uses |\harvardyearleft| and |\harvardyearright| +% in the \texttt{.bst} files. Allow this with the option \texttt{harnm}, +% which could actually be used without the \texttt{har} option. Note that +% this overrides the other year formatting options, except for the preceding punctuation. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*ay> +FUNCTION {format.date} +{ year "year" bibinfo.check duplicate$ empty$ + { +%<*!blkyear> + "empty year in " cite$ * "; set to ????" * warning$ + pop$ "????" +%</!blkyear> + } + 'skip$ + if$ +%<*aymth> + month "month" bibinfo.check duplicate$ empty$ + 'skip$ + { +%<dtrev> swap$ + " " * swap$ + } + if$ + * +%<mth-bare> remove.dots +%</aymth> +%<dtbf> bolden + extra.label * +%<*!harnm> +%<*yr-par|yr-brk|yr-col|yr-blk|yr-com|yr-per> + before.all 'output.state := +%<yr-par> " (" swap$ * ")" * +%<!yr-par&yr-brk> " [" swap$ * "]" * +%<!yr-par&!yr-brk&yr-col> ": " swap$ * +%<!yr-par&!yr-brk&!yr-col&yr-com> ", " swap$ * +%<!yr-par&!yr-brk&!yr-col&!yr-com&yr-per> after.sentence 'output.state := +%<!yr-par&!yr-brk&!yr-col&!yr-com&!yr-per&yr-blk> " " swap$ * +%</yr-par|yr-brk|yr-col|yr-blk|yr-com|yr-per> +%</!harnm> +%<*harnm> + before.all 'output.state := + " \harvardyearleft " swap$ * "\harvardyearright{}" * +%<yr-col> ":" swap$ * +%<!yr-col&yr-com> "," swap$ * +%<!yr-col&!yr-com&yr-per> after.sentence 'output.state := +%<!yr-col&!yr-com&!yr-per&yr-blk> " " swap$ * +%</harnm> +} +%</ay> +%<*!ay> +FUNCTION {format.date} +{ +%<!xmth> month "month" bibinfo.check +%<xmth> "" + duplicate$ empty$ + year "year" bibinfo.check duplicate$ empty$ + { swap$ 'skip$ + { "there's a month but no year in " cite$ * warning$ } + if$ + * + } + { swap$ 'skip$ + { +%<showstack> month year +%<!dtrev> swap$ + " " * swap$ + } + if$ + * +%<mth-bare> remove.dots + } + if$ +%<dtbf> bolden +%<*yr-par|yr-brk|yr-col|yr-com|yr-per|yr-blk> + duplicate$ empty$ + 'skip$ + { + before.all 'output.state := +%<yr-par> " (" swap$ * ")" * +%<!yr-par&yr-brk> " [" swap$ * "]" * +%<!yr-par&!yr-brk&yr-col> ": " swap$ * +%<!yr-par&!yr-brk&!yr-col&yr-com> ", " swap$ * +%<!yr-par&!yr-brk&!yr-col&!yr-com&yr-per> after.sentence 'output.state := +%<!yr-par&!yr-brk&!yr-col&!yr-com&!yr-per&yr-blk> " " swap$ * + } + if$ +%</yr-par|yr-brk|yr-col|yr-com|yr-per|yr-blk> +} +%</!ay> +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{`format.year'} +% For the options that put the year into the journal specifications, use a +% special formatter separate from the regular date formatter. +% The year is always in parentheses (except for appended to journal name). +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*jdt-p|jdt-pc|jdt-v|jdt-vs> +FUNCTION{format.year} +{ year "year" bibinfo.check duplicate$ empty$ + { "empty year in " cite$ * +%<ay&!blkyear> "; set to ????" * + warning$ +%<ay&!blkyear> pop$ "????" + } + { +%<!ay&jdt-vs> " (" swap$ * ")" * +%<!ay&!jdt-vs> "(" swap$ * ")" * + } + if$ +%<*ay> + extra.label * +%<jdt-vs> " (" swap$ * ")" * +%<!jdt-vs> "(" swap$ * ")" * +%</ay> +} +%</jdt-p|jdt-pc|jdt-v|jdt-vs> +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{`format.btitle'} +% \begin{macrocode} +FUNCTION {format.btitle} +{ title "title" bibinfo.check + duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ + { +%<!btit-rm> emphasize +%<lang> select.language + } + if$ +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{`either.or.check'} +% \begin{macrocode} +FUNCTION {either.or.check} +{ empty$ + 'pop$ + { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ } + if$ +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{`format.bvolume'} +% \begin{macrocode} +FUNCTION {format.bvolume} +{ volume empty$ + { "" } + { bbl.volume volume tie.or.space.prefix + "volume" bibinfo.check * * + series "series" bibinfo.check + duplicate$ empty$ 'pop$ +%<*!ser-vol> + { swap$ bbl.of space.word * swap$ + emphasize * } +%</!ser-vol> +%<ser-vol> { emphasize ", " * swap$ * } + if$ + "volume and number" number either.or.check + } + if$ +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{`format.number.series'} +% \begin{macrocode} +FUNCTION {format.number.series} +{ volume empty$ + { number empty$ + { series field.or.null } +%<*num-xser> + { series empty$ + { number "number" bibinfo.check } + { output.state mid.sentence = + { bbl.number } + { bbl.number capitalize } + if$ + number tie.or.space.prefix "number" bibinfo.check * * + bbl.in space.word * + series "series" bibinfo.check * + } + if$ + } +%</num-xser> +%<*!num-xser> + { output.state mid.sentence = + { bbl.number } + { bbl.number capitalize } + if$ + number tie.or.space.prefix "number" bibinfo.check * * + series empty$ + { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ } + { bbl.in space.word * + series "series" bibinfo.check * + } + if$ + } +%</!num-xser> + if$ + } + { "" } + if$ +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{`is.num'} +% This function takes the single-character string on the stack and returns +% 1 if it is a digit, else 0. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*!xedn> +FUNCTION {is.num} +{ chr.to.int$ + duplicate$ "0" chr.to.int$ < not + swap$ "9" chr.to.int$ > not and +} + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{`extract.num'} +% This function tests the string on the stack to see if it begins with a +% number. If so, that number is left on the stack; if the string contains +% no numbers at the start, it is left unchanged. The idea is to convert +% \textsl{1st} to \textsl{1} and leave \textsl{first} as is. +% This is used by \code{convert.edition}. +% \begin{macrocode} +FUNCTION {extract.num} +{ duplicate$ 't := + "" 's := + { t empty$ not } + { t #1 #1 substring$ + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + duplicate$ is.num + { s swap$ * 's := } + { pop$ "" 't := } + if$ + } + while$ + s empty$ + 'skip$ + { pop$ s } + if$ +} + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{`convert.edition'} +% The function \texttt{convert.edition} takes the text in the field +% \texttt{edition} and changes it to the language-specific equivalent. As +% originally planned for \btx, this field should contain the words +% \textsl{First}, \textsl{Second}, etc. Being so explicit, +% it is not so easy to translate, nor to +% convert to \textsl{1st}, \textsl{2nd}, etc., if one wanted. +% This function carries out the translation, by changing +% \textsl{first} or \textsl{1} to \texttt{bbl.first}, and so +% on. The field is reduced to lower case to make it case insensitive. If no +% translation is found, then the original text in \texttt{edition} is used +% instead, as it stands. However, if the original is a number greater than +% the maximum for which text is provided, then \texttt{bbl.th} is added to +% it. +% \begin{macrocode} +FUNCTION {convert.edition} +{ extract.num "l" change.case$ 's := + s "first" = s "1" = or + { bbl.first 't := } + { s "second" = s "2" = or + { bbl.second 't := } + { s "third" = s "3" = or + { bbl.third 't := } + { s "fourth" = s "4" = or + { bbl.fourth 't := } + { s "fifth" = s "5" = or + { bbl.fifth 't := } + { s #1 #1 substring$ is.num +%<!english&exlang> { s bbl.th * 't := } +%<english|!exlang> { s eng.ord 't := } + { edition 't := } + if$ + } + if$ + } + if$ + } + if$ + } + if$ + } + if$ + t +} +%</!xedn> + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{`format.edition'} +% This function formats the text for the edition specification, such as +% ``Second edition''. It combines the edition number with the word +% \textsl{edition}. +% \begin{macrocode} +FUNCTION {format.edition} +{ edition duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ + { +%<!xedn> convert.edition + output.state mid.sentence = + { "l" } + { "t" } + if$ change.case$ + "edition" bibinfo.check + " " * bbl.edition * + } + if$ +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +INTEGERS { multiresult } +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{`multi.page.check'} +% \begin{macrocode} +FUNCTION {multi.page.check} +{ 't := + #0 'multiresult := + { multiresult not + t empty$ not + and + } + { t #1 #1 substring$ + duplicate$ "-" = + swap$ duplicate$ "," = + swap$ "+" = + or or + { #1 'multiresult := } + { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := } + if$ + } + while$ + multiresult +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{`format.pages'} +% \begin{macrocode} +FUNCTION {format.pages} +{ pages duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ + { duplicate$ multi.page.check + { +%<!bkpg-x&!ppx> bbl.pages swap$ + n.dashify + } + { +%<!bkpg-x&!ppx> bbl.page swap$ + } + if$ +%<!bkpg-x&!ppx> tie.or.space.prefix + "pages" bibinfo.check +%<!bkpg-x&!ppx> * * +%<bkpg-par> "(" swap$ * ")" * + } + if$ +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{`first.page'} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*jpg-1> +FUNCTION {first.page} +{ 't := + "" + { t empty$ not t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = not and } + { t #1 #1 substring$ * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + while$ +} + +%</jpg-1> +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{`format.journal.pages'} +% Note: this function gets called with something on the stack. +% It may be the volume and number. +% \begin{macrocode} +FUNCTION {format.journal.pages} +{ pages duplicate$ empty$ 'pop$ + { swap$ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ pop$ format.pages } + { +%<volp-sp> ": " * +%<*!volp-sp> +%<volp-blk> " " * +%<*!volp-blk> +%<volp-com> ", " * +%<*!volp-com> +%<volp-semi> "; " * +%<!volp-semi> ":" * +%</!volp-com> +%</!volp-blk> +%</!volp-sp> +%<!jdt-v&!jdt-vs&jdt-p> format.year * " " * +%<!jdt-v&!jdt-vs&!jdt-p&jdt-pc> format.year * ", " * + swap$ +%<jpg-1> first.page +%<!jpg-1> n.dashify +%<*jwdpg> + pages multi.page.check + 'bbl.pages + 'bbl.page + if$ + swap$ tie.or.space.prefix +%</jwdpg> + "pages" bibinfo.check +%<jwdpg> * * + * + } + if$ + } + if$ +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{`format.journal.eid'} +% +% This function is called with something on the stack (journal vol, number) +% and appends \texttt{eid} and \texttt{numpages} if those field are non-empty. +% Very similar to \texttt{format.journal.pages}. +% +% For the AGU style of including the DOI as part of the EID, the DOI number +% is appended too. +% \begin{macrocode} +FUNCTION {format.journal.eid} +{ eid "eid" bibinfo.check + duplicate$ empty$ 'pop$ + { swap$ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ + { +%<volp-sp> ": " * +%<*!volp-sp> +%<volp-blk> " " * +%<*!volp-blk> +%<volp-com> ", " * +%<*!volp-com> +%<volp-semi> "; " * +%<!volp-semi> ":" * +%</!volp-com> +%</!volp-blk> +%</!volp-sp> + } + if$ + swap$ * +%<*revdata> + numpages empty$ 'skip$ + { bbl.eidpp numpages tie.or.space.prefix + "numpages" bibinfo.check * * + " (" swap$ * ")" * * + } + if$ +%</revdata> + } + if$ +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{`format.vol.num.pages'} +% Version 3.84, I have rationalized several options that placed the date in the +% journal specifications. It was rather chaotic before, but now it should be +% more systematic. This means some options have been removed, something that I +% do not like to do. +% +% The option \texttt{pp-last} suppresses the pages in the formatting macros, and +% sees to it that the pages are added just before any notes in those entries +% that take pages. This applies to more than just \texttt{article}, but to +% \texttt{inbook}, \texttt{incollection} as well. +% +% \begin{macrocode} +FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages} +{ volume field.or.null + duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ + { +%<jwdvol> bbl.volume swap$ tie.or.space.prefix + "volume" bibinfo.check +%<jwdvol> * * + } + if$ +%<vol-bf&!vol-2bf> bolden +%<!vol-bf&!vol-2bf&vol-it> emphasize +%<jdt-v|jdt-vs> format.year * +%<*!vnum-x> + number "number" bibinfo.check duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ + { + swap$ duplicate$ empty$ + { "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ } + 'skip$ + if$ + swap$ +%<vnum-sp> "~(" swap$ * ")" * +%<!vnum-sp&vnum-cm> ", " swap$ * +%<!vnum-sp&!vnum-cm&vnum-nr> ", " bbl.nr * number tie.or.space.prefix pop$ * swap$ * +%<!vnum-sp&!vnum-cm&!vnum-nr&vnum-h> ", \#" swap$ * +%<!vnum-sp&!vnum-cm&!vnum-nr&!vnum-h&vnum-b> " " swap$ * +%<!vnum-sp&!vnum-cm&!vnum-nr&!vnum-h&!vnum-b> "(" swap$ * ")" * + } + if$ * +%<!vol-bf&vol-2bf> bolden +%</!vnum-x> +%<*!pp-last> + eid empty$ + { format.journal.pages } + { format.journal.eid } + if$ +%</!pp-last> +} + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{`format.chapter.pages'} +% \begin{macrocode} +FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages} +{ chapter empty$ +%<!pp-last> 'format.pages +%<pp-last> { "" } + { type empty$ + { bbl.chapter } + { type "l" change.case$ + "type" bibinfo.check + } + if$ + chapter tie.or.space.prefix + "chapter" bibinfo.check + * * +%<*!pp-last> + pages empty$ + 'skip$ + { ", " * format.pages * } + if$ +%</!pp-last> + } + if$ +} + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{`bt.enquote'} +% This is to place the booktitle for proceedings and collections into quotes. +% If punctuation is to be included, then add a comma unless a stop already +% exists, or add a period under the only circumstances that +% |format.in.ed.booktitle| is followed by |new.sentence|. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*bt-qq> +FUNCTION {bt.enquote} +{ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ + { "\enquote{" swap$ * +%<*!qx> + non.stop + { ",} " * } + { "}, " * } + if$ +%</!qx> +%<*qx> + "}, " * +%</qx> + } + if$ +} +%</bt-qq> +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{`format.booktitle'} +% The function \texttt{format.booktitle} pushes one object +% (the book title, suitably encapsulated) onto the stack. +% It is currently used in \texttt{format.incoll.inproc.crossref} +% and in \texttt{format.in.ed.booktitle}, and should be used whenever accessing +% the \texttt{booktitle} field for eventual output. +% +% If the book title is empty or missing, the function pushes an empty string. +% \begin{macrocode} +FUNCTION {format.booktitle} +{ + booktitle "booktitle" bibinfo.check +%<!bt-qq&!bt-rm> emphasize +%<bt-qq> bt.enquote +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{`format.in.ed.booktitle'} +% Prior to version 3.81, the \textsl{Editor} or \textsl{Edited by} in +% parentheses was meant to be capitalized, but this did not work properly. +% Now the option \texttt{edcap} produces this, and default is not capitalized. +% +% Notes on \dtx{} options: +% \begin{itemize} +% \item +% The following combinations are available through the \texttt{makebst.tex} interface: +% \begin{quote} +% \verb+(+ \\ +% \verb+ <default>+ \\ +% \verb+ |edby ( |edbyx |edbyy|edbyw[edcap])+ \\ +% \verb+ |edby-par (|edcap|edbyx[edcap]|edbyy )+ \\ +% \verb+ |edby-parc(|edcap|edbyx )+ \\ +% \verb+)+ +% \end{quote} +% \item +% \texttt{edby}, \texttt{edby-par}, and \texttt{edby-parc} are mutually exclusive +% and, except for the default, exhaustive. +% \item +% \texttt{edbyx}, \texttt{edbyw}, and \texttt{edbyy} are mutually exclusive +% and, except for the default, exhaustive. +% \item +% \texttt{edcap} is independent of the above two groups of options. +% \item +% When parentheses need to be applied, we make sure that the respective +% \dtx{} guard expressions are mutually exclusive. +% It makes no sense for \texttt{edbyw} to be in effect if either of +% \texttt{edby-par} or \texttt{edby-parc} is in effect. +% \item +% \texttt{makebst.tex} only activates \texttt{edcap} in certain cases, +% but we do no checking here, applying it consistently to the +% ``editor'' text entity. +% \item +% The code between \texttt{<!edpar>} and \verb+<edpar\|edparc>+ +% \emph{must} match the corresponding code in \texttt{format.editors}. +% This means that in the default case, formatting is controlled by +% a \dtx{} mechanism entirely different from the other cases. +% \item \texttt{ser-ed} has been added to suit AGU. Result of series plus +% volume to go between booktitle and editors; must remove \texttt{format.bvolume} +% from \texttt{incollection} and \texttt{inproceedings}. +% \end{itemize} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle} +{ format.booktitle duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ + { +%<showstack>% btitle +%<*ser-ed> + format.bvolume duplicate$ empty$ 'pop$ + { ", " swap$ * * } + if$ +%</ser-ed> + editor "editor" format.names.ed duplicate$ empty$ 'pop$ + { +%<*!(edby|edby-par|edby-parc)> +%<showstack>% btitle ednms +%<!edpar&!edparxc> "," * + " " * + get.bbl.editor +%<bkedcap> capitalize +%<edpar> "(" swap$ * "), " * +%<!edpar&(edparc|edparxc)> "(" swap$ * ") " * +%<!edpar&!(edparc|edparxc)> ", " * + * swap$ +%<showstack>% eds btitle +%</!(edby|edby-par|edby-parc)> +%<*edby|edby-par|edby-parc> +%<showstack>% btitle ednms +%<edbyx|edbyy|edbyw> get.bbl.editor +%<!(edbyx|edbyy|edbyw)> bbl.edby +%<edcap> capitalize +%<!(edby-par|edby-parc)&edbyw> "(" swap$ * ")" * +%<showstack>% btitle ednms ed +%<(edby-par|edby)&edbyy> swap$ "," * + " " * swap$ * +%<showstack>% btitle ednms-ed +%<(edby-par|edby-parc)&!edbyw> "(" swap$ * ")" * + swap$ +%<edby|edby-parc> "," * + " " * swap$ +%</edby|edby-par|edby-parc> +%<showstack>% btitle ednms-ed (or ednms-ed btitle) + * } + if$ +%<showstack>% btitle-ednms-ed (or ednms-ed-btitle) (or btitle) + word.in swap$ * + } + if$ +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{`empty.misc.check'} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*!ay> +FUNCTION {empty.misc.check} +{ author empty$ title empty$ howpublished empty$ + month empty$ year empty$ note empty$ + and and and and and +%<!seq-no|alph> key empty$ not and + { "all relevant fields are empty in " cite$ * warning$ } + 'skip$ + if$ +} +%</!ay> +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{`format.thesis.type'} +% \begin{macrocode} +FUNCTION {format.thesis.type} +{ type duplicate$ empty$ + 'pop$ + { swap$ pop$ + "t" change.case$ "type" bibinfo.check + } + if$ +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{`format.tr.number'} +% \begin{macrocode} +FUNCTION {format.tr.number} +{ number "number" bibinfo.check + type duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ bbl.techrep } + 'skip$ + if$ + "type" bibinfo.check + swap$ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "t" change.case$ } + { tie.or.space.prefix * * } + if$ +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{`format.article.crossref'} +% The \texttt{journal} field was emphasized emplicitly, but it should be +% done by command. +% \begin{macrocode} +FUNCTION {format.article.crossref} +{ +%<*!ay> + key duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ + journal duplicate$ empty$ + { "need key or journal for " cite$ * " to crossref " * crossref * warning$ } + { "journal" bibinfo.check emphasize word.in swap$ * } + if$ + } + { word.in swap$ * " " *} + if$ +%</!ay> +%<ay> word.in +%<!html> " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * +%<html> " <tt>" * crossref * "</tt>" * +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{`format.crossref.editor'} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*!ay> +FUNCTION {format.crossref.editor} +{ editor #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ +%<nmft&nmfted&nmand-rm> bib.name.font + "editor" bibinfo.check + editor num.names$ duplicate$ + #2 > + { pop$ +%<nmft&nmfted&!nmand-rm&(etal-it|etal-rm)> bib.name.font + "editor" bibinfo.check + " " * bbl.etal +%<etal-it> emphasize + * +%<nmft&nmfted&!nmand-rm&!(etal-it|etal-rm)> bib.name.font +%<nmft&nmfted&!nmand-rm&!(etal-it|etal-rm)> "others" 't := + } + { #2 < + 'skip$ + { editor #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" = + { +%<nmft&nmfted&!nmand-rm&(etal-it|etal-rm)> bib.name.font + "editor" bibinfo.check + " " * bbl.etal +%<etal-it> emphasize + * +%<nmft&nmfted&!nmand-rm&!(etal-it|etal-rm)> bib.name.font +%<nmft&nmfted&!nmand-rm&!(etal-it|etal-rm)> "others" 't := + } + { +%<*!harnm> +%<!amper> bbl.and space.word +%<amper> " \& " +%</!harnm> +%<harnm> " \harvardand\ " + * editor #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ +%<nmft&nmfted&nmand-rm> bib.name.font + "editor" bibinfo.check + * + } + if$ + } + if$ + } + if$ +%<*nmft&nmfted&!nmand-rm> + t "others" = + 'skip$ + { bib.name.font "editor" bibinfo.check } + if$ +%</nmft&nmfted&!nmand-rm> +} +%</!ay> +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{`format.book.crossref'} +% The \texttt{series} field was emphasized emplicitly, but it should be +% done by command. +% \begin{macrocode} +FUNCTION {format.book.crossref} +{ volume duplicate$ empty$ + { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$ + pop$ word.in + } + { bbl.volume +%<!(blk-com|blk-tita)> capitalize + swap$ tie.or.space.prefix "volume" bibinfo.check * * bbl.of space.word * + } + if$ +%<*!ay> + editor empty$ + editor field.or.null author field.or.null = + or + { key empty$ + { series empty$ + { "need editor, key, or series for " cite$ * " to crossref " * + crossref * warning$ + "" * + } + { series emphasize * } + if$ + } + { key * } + if$ + } + { format.crossref.editor * } + if$ +%</!ay> +%<!html> " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * +%<html> " <tt>" * crossref * "</tt>" * +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{`format.incoll.inproc.crossref'} +% The \texttt{booktitle} field was emphasized emplicitly, but it should be +% done by command. +% \begin{macrocode} +FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref} +{ +%<*!ay> + editor empty$ + editor field.or.null author field.or.null = + or + { key empty$ + { format.booktitle duplicate$ empty$ + { "need editor, key, or booktitle for " cite$ * " to crossref " * + crossref * warning$ + } + { word.in swap$ * } + if$ + } + { word.in key * " " *} + if$ + } + { word.in format.crossref.editor * " " *} + if$ +%</!ay> +%<ay> word.in +%<!html> " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * +%<html> " <tt>" * crossref * "</tt>" * +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{`format.org.or.pub'} +% Psychology journals often want \textit{address}: \textit{publisher}. +% +% \textsl{Nature} wants publisher and date in parentheses, and when both +% are there, they are merged into one set. +% +% Call function \texttt{add.blank} before parentheses so suppress preceding +% punctuation, which looks strange when publisher in parentheses. +% +% MPG Jahrbuch wants publisher and year, but without parentheses. Add +% \texttt{pub-nopar} to be used with \texttt{pub-date}. +% +% Have now (3.87.h) extended this function to include the organization, if +% present. This is for \texttt{inproceedings} and \texttt{proceedings} where +% the publisher is optional, and organization too. If the publisher is missing, +% but the organization present, it is formatted like the publisher. This +% complication comes from styles that want the publisher/organization to have +% the date included, all in parentheses. +% +% This function is called by \texttt{format.publisher.address} and +% \texttt{format.organization.address}, each putting the appropriate text +% into the stack first. +% +% \begin{macrocode} +FUNCTION {format.org.or.pub} +{ 't := + "" +%<*pub-date&!ay> + year empty$ + { "empty year in " cite$ * warning$ } + 'skip$ + if$ +%</pub-date&!ay> +%<*!(pub-date&ay)> + address empty$ t empty$ and +%<pub-date> year empty$ and + 'skip$ + { +%</!(pub-date&ay)> +%<pub-par|(pub-date&!pub-xpar)> add.blank "(" * +%<*add-pub> + address "address" bibinfo.check * + t empty$ + 'skip$ +%</add-pub> +%<*!add-pub> + t empty$ + { address "address" bibinfo.check * + } + { t * + address empty$ + 'skip$ + { ", " * address "address" bibinfo.check * } + if$ + } +%</!add-pub> +%<*add-pub> + { address empty$ + 'skip$ + { ": " * } + if$ + t * + } +%</add-pub> + if$ +%<*pub-date&!ay> + year empty$ + 'skip$ + { t empty$ address empty$ and + 'skip$ +%<!pub-xc> { ", " swap$ * * } +%<pub-xc> { " " swap$ * * } + if$ + year "year" bibinfo.check +%<dtbf> bolden + * + } + if$ +%</pub-date&!ay> +%<*pub-date&ay> + year duplicate$ empty$ +%<*!blkyear> + { "empty year in " cite$ * "; set to ????" * warning$ + pop$ "????" } +%</!blkyear> +%<*blkyear> + { "empty year in " cite$ * warning$ + pop$ "" } +%</blkyear> +%<!dtbf> { "year" bibinfo.check extra.label * } +%<dtbf> { "year" bibinfo.check bolden extra.label * } + if$ + t empty$ address empty$ and + { * } +%<!pub-xc> { ", " swap$ * * } +%<pub-xc> { " " swap$ * * } + if$ +%</pub-date&ay> +%<pub-par|(pub-date&!pub-xpar)> ")" * +%<*!(pub-date&ay)> + } + if$ +%</!(pub-date&ay)> +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{`format.publisher.address'} +% \begin{macrocode} +FUNCTION {format.publisher.address} +{ publisher "publisher" bibinfo.warn format.org.or.pub +} + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{`format.organization.address'} +% \begin{macrocode} +FUNCTION {format.organization.address} +{ organization "organization" bibinfo.check format.org.or.pub +} + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{`name.or.dash'} +% This function stores what is on the stack, compares it with previous value, +% and replaces it with a long dash if they are equal. What is on the stack +% should be author or editor names for the current entry. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*nmdash> +STRINGS {oldname} + +FUNCTION {name.or.dash} +{ 's := + oldname empty$ + { s 'oldname := s } + { s oldname = +%<*!au-col> +%<!nmd-2&!nmd-3> { "---" } +%<nmd-2&!nmd-3> { "---{}---" } +%<nmd-3> { "---{}---{}---" } +%</!au-col> +%<*au-col> +%<!nmd-2&!nmd-3> { "---" add.blank } +%<nmd-2&!nmd-3> { "---{}---" add.blank } +%<nmd-3> { "---{}---{}---" add.blank } +%</au-col> + { s 'oldname := s } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +%</nmdash> +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{`article'} +% \begin{macrocode} +FUNCTION {article} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check +%<ay> author format.key output +%<au-col> add.colon +%<nmdash> name.or.dash +%<*dt-beg&!jdt-p&!jdt-pc&!jdt-vs&!jdt-v> + format.date "year" output.check + date.block +%</dt-beg&!jdt-p&!jdt-pc&!jdt-vs&!jdt-v> +%<!dt-beg&!blk-com&!blk-tit&!blk-tita> new.block +%<*!jtit-x> + format.title "title" output.check +%<blk-com&tit-qq> end.quote.title +%<!blk-com&!blk-tit&!blk-tita> new.block +%<*blk-tit|blk-tita> +%<!tit-col> new.sentence +%<tit-col> add.colon +%</blk-tit|blk-tita> +%</!jtit-x> + crossref missing$ + { + journal +%<jxper> remove.dots + "journal" bibinfo.check +%<!jttl-rm> emphasize +%<injnl> word.in swap$ * + "journal" output.check +%<jnm-x> add.blank +%<*!dt-beg&!dt-end&dt-jnl&!jdt-p&!jdt-pc&!jdt-vs&!jdt-v> + format.date "year" output.check + date.block +%</!dt-beg&!dt-end&dt-jnl&!jdt-p&!jdt-pc&!jdt-vs&!jdt-v> + format.vol.num.pages output +%<doi&agu-doi> format.doi output +%<*!dt-beg&!dt-end&!dt-jnl&!jdt-p&!jdt-pc&!jdt-vs&!jdt-v> + format.date "year" output.check +%</!dt-beg&!dt-end&!dt-jnl&!jdt-p&!jdt-pc&!jdt-vs&!jdt-v> + } + { format.article.crossref output.nonnull +%<!pp-last> format.pages output + } + if$ +%<*pp-last> + eid empty$ + { format.journal.pages } + { format.journal.eid } + if$ +%</pp-last> +%<issn> format.issn output +%<(doi|(url-doi&!url))&!agu-doi> format.doi output +%<*url-blk&!harnm&!revdata> +%<!blk-com&!blk-tit&!blk-tita> new.block + format.url output +%</url-blk&!harnm&!revdata> +%<!blk-com&!blk-tit&!blk-tita> new.block +%<(blk-com|blk-tit|blk-tita)&blknt> new.sentence + format.note output +%<*!dt-beg&dt-end&!jdt-p&!jdt-pc&!jdt-vs&!jdt-v> +%<!blk-com&!blk-tit&!blk-tita> new.block + format.date "year" output.check +%</!dt-beg&dt-end&!jdt-p&!jdt-pc&!jdt-vs&!jdt-v> +%<eprint> format.eprint output +%<*revdata> + format.url output +%</revdata> + fin.entry +%<harnm|url-nl> write.url +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{`book'} +% \begin{macrocode} +FUNCTION {book} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { format.editors "author and editor" output.check +%<ay> editor format.key output +%<!edpar&(edparc|edparxc)&!au-col> add.blank +%<au-col> add.colon +%<nmdash> name.or.dash + } + { format.authors output.nonnull +%<au-col> add.colon +%<nmdash> name.or.dash + crossref missing$ + { "author and editor" editor either.or.check } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ +%<dt-beg&!pub-date> format.date "year" output.check +%<dt-beg&!pub-date> date.block +%<!dt-beg&!blk-com&!blk-tit&!blk-tita> new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + crossref missing$ + { format.bvolume output +%<!blk-com&!blk-tit&!blk-tita> new.block +%<blk-tit&!tit-col> new.sentence +%<blk-tit&tit-col> add.colon +%<!numser> format.number.series output +%<pre-edn> format.edition output +%<!blk-com&!blk-tit&!blk-tita> new.sentence +%<numser> format.number.series output +%<pg-bk&pg-pre> format.book.pages output + format.publisher.address output + } + { +%<!blk-com&!blk-tit&!blk-tita> new.block +%<blk-tit&!tit-col> new.sentence +%<blk-tit&tit-col> add.colon + format.book.crossref output.nonnull +%<!dt-beg&!dt-end&pub-date> format.date "year" output.check + } + if$ +%<!pre-edn> format.edition output +%<!dt-beg&!dt-end&!pub-date> format.date "year" output.check +%<isbn> format.isbn output +%<pg-bk&!pg-pre> format.book.pages output +%<doi|(url-doi&!url)> format.doi output +%<*url-blk&!harnm&!revdata> +%<!blk-com&!blk-tit&!blk-tita> new.block + format.url output +%</url-blk&!harnm&!revdata> +%<!blk-com&!blk-tit&!blk-tita> new.block +%<(blk-com|blk-tit|blk-tita)&blknt> new.sentence + format.note output +%<*!dt-beg&dt-end&!pub-date> +%<!blk-com&!blk-tit&!blk-tita> new.block + format.date "year" output.check +%</!dt-beg&dt-end&!pub-date> +%<eprint> format.eprint output +%<revdata> format.url output + fin.entry +%<(harnm|url-nl)&!revdata> write.url +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{`booklet'} +% \begin{macrocode} +FUNCTION {booklet} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output +%<ay> author format.key output +%<au-col> add.colon +%<nmdash> name.or.dash +%<ay&dt-beg> format.date "year" output.check +%<!ay&dt-beg> format.date output +%<dt-beg> date.block +%<!dt-beg&!blk-com&!blk-tit&!blk-tita> new.block + format.title "title" output.check +%<blk-com&tit-qq> end.quote.title +%<!blk-com&!blk-tit&!blk-tita> new.block +%<blk-tit&!tit-col> new.sentence +%<blk-tit&tit-col> add.colon + howpublished "howpublished" bibinfo.check output + address "address" bibinfo.check output +%<ay&!dt-beg&!dt-end> format.date "year" output.check +%<!ay&!dt-beg&!dt-end> format.date output +%<isbn> format.isbn output +%<pg-bk> format.book.pages output +%<doi|(url-doi&!url)> format.doi output +%<*url-blk&!harnm&!revdata> +%<!blk-com&!blk-tit&!blk-tita> new.block + format.url output +%</url-blk&!harnm&!revdata> +%<!blk-com&!blk-tit&!blk-tita> new.block +%<(blk-com|blk-tit|blk-tita)&blknt> new.sentence + format.note output +%<*ay&!dt-beg&dt-end> +%<!blk-com&!blk-tit&!blk-tita> new.block + format.date "year" output.check +%</ay&!dt-beg&dt-end> +%<*!ay&!dt-beg&dt-end> +%<!blk-com&!blk-tit&!blk-tita> new.block + format.date output +%</!ay&!dt-beg&dt-end> +%<eprint> format.eprint output +%<revdata> format.url output + fin.entry +%<(harnm|url-nl)&!revdata> write.url +} + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{`inbook'} +% The medical journals, with option \texttt{dt-jnl}, have the date as part of +% the journal specification. For chapters in books, they want date and pages +% to appear at the end, with a space between them. (For journals, there is to be +% no space.) Suppress the chapter specification (for now). +% +% The \texttt{dt-jnl} option usually behaves as the default, except for some +% special entries, like this one. +% +% Restore the chapter specification (2004 Feb 9) after someone complained. +% There are still some bugs here. If some date punctuation is specified, say +% with \texttt{yrp-semi} for a semi-colon after the year, this appears always, +% even if there is no text following. But then this to be an unlikely wish anyway, +% since such punctuation options are best suited for \texttt{dt-beg}. +% \begin{macrocode} +FUNCTION {inbook} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { format.editors "author and editor" output.check +%<ay> editor format.key output +%<au-col> add.colon +%<nmdash> name.or.dash + } + { format.authors output.nonnull +%<au-col> add.colon +%<nmdash> name.or.dash + crossref missing$ + { "author and editor" editor either.or.check } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ +%<dt-beg&!pub-date> format.date "year" output.check +%<dt-beg&!pub-date> date.block +%<!dt-beg&!blk-com&!blk-tit&!blk-tita> new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + crossref missing$ + { +%<pre-pub&numser> format.number.series output +%<pre-pub> format.publisher.address output + format.bvolume output +%<*dt-beg|dt-end|!dt-jnl|a|!a> + format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check +%</dt-beg|dt-end|!dt-jnl|a|!a> +%<!blk-com&!blk-tit&!blk-tita> new.block +%<blk-tit&!tit-col> new.sentence +%<blk-tit&tit-col> add.colon +%<!numser> format.number.series output +%<pre-edn> format.edition output +%<!blk-com&!blk-tit&!blk-tita> new.sentence +%<!pre-pub&numser> format.number.series output +%<!pre-pub> format.publisher.address output + } + { +%<*dt-beg|dt-end|!dt-jnl|a|!a> + format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check +%</dt-beg|dt-end|!dt-jnl|a|!a> +%<!blk-com&!blk-tit&!blk-tita> new.block +%<blk-tit&!tit-col> new.sentence +%<blk-tit&tit-col> add.colon + format.book.crossref output.nonnull +%<!dt-beg&!dt-end&!dt-jnl&pub-date> format.date "year" output.check + } + if$ +%<!pre-edn> format.edition output +%<!dt-beg&!dt-end&!dt-jnl&!pub-date> format.date "year" output.check +%<*isbn> + crossref missing$ + { format.isbn output } + 'skip$ + if$ +%</isbn> +%<*(!dt-beg&!dt-end&dt-jnl)&!pub-date> + format.date "year" output.check + date.block +%</(!dt-beg&!dt-end&dt-jnl)&!pub-date> +%<pp-last> format.pages "pages" output.check +%<doi|(url-doi&!url)> format.doi output +%<*url-blk&!harnm&!revdata> +%<!blk-com&!blk-tit&!blk-tita> new.block + format.url output +%</url-blk&!harnm&!revdata> +%<!blk-com&!blk-tit&!blk-tita> new.block +%<(blk-com|blk-tit|blk-tita)&blknt> new.sentence + format.note output +%<*!dt-beg&dt-end&!pub-date> +%<!blk-com&!blk-tit&!blk-tita> new.block + format.date "year" output.check +%</!dt-beg&dt-end&!pub-date> +%<eprint> format.eprint output +%<revdata> format.url output + fin.entry +%<(harnm|url-nl)&!revdata> write.url +} + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{`incollection'} +% \begin{macrocode} +FUNCTION {incollection} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check +%<ay> author format.key output +%<au-col> add.colon +%<nmdash> name.or.dash +%<dt-beg&!pub-date> format.date "year" output.check +%<dt-beg&!pub-date> date.block +%<!dt-beg&!blk-com&!blk-tit&!blk-tita> new.block +%<*!jtit-x> + format.title "title" output.check +%<blk-com&tit-qq> end.quote.title +%<!blk-com&!blk-tit&!blk-tita> new.block +%<blk-tit&!tit-col> new.sentence +%<blk-tit&tit-col> add.colon +%</!jtit-x> + crossref missing$ + { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check +%<bt-qq> end.quote.btitle +%<pre-pub&numser> format.number.series output +%<pre-pub> format.publisher.address output +%<!ser-ed> format.bvolume output +%<!numser> format.number.series output +%<pre-edn> format.edition output + format.chapter.pages output +%<!blk-com&!blk-tit&!blk-tita> new.sentence +%<!pre-pub&numser> format.number.series output +%<!pre-pub> format.publisher.address output +%<!pre-edn> format.edition output +%<!dt-beg&!dt-end&!dt-jnl&!pub-date> format.date "year" output.check +%<isbn> format.isbn output + } + { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull + format.chapter.pages output + } + if$ +%<*(!dt-beg&!dt-end&dt-jnl)&!pub-date> + format.date "year" output.check + date.block +%</(!dt-beg&!dt-end&dt-jnl)&!pub-date> +%<pp-last> format.pages "pages" output.check +%<doi|(url-doi&!url)> format.doi output +%<*url-blk&!harnm&!revdata> +%<!blk-com&!blk-tit&!blk-tita> new.block + format.url output +%</url-blk&!harnm&!revdata> +%<!blk-com&!blk-tit&!blk-tita> new.block +%<(blk-com|blk-tit|blk-tita)&blknt> new.sentence + format.note output +%<*!dt-beg&dt-end&!pub-date> +%<!blk-com&!blk-tit&!blk-tita> new.block + format.date "year" output.check +%</!dt-beg&dt-end&!pub-date> +%<eprint> format.eprint output +%<revdata> format.url output + fin.entry +%<(harnm|url-nl)&!revdata> write.url +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{`inproceedings'} +% \begin{macrocode} +FUNCTION {inproceedings} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check +%<ay> author format.key output +%<au-col> add.colon +%<nmdash> name.or.dash +%<dt-beg&!pub-date> format.date "year" output.check +%<dt-beg&!pub-date> date.block +%<!dt-beg&!blk-com&!blk-tit&!blk-tita> new.block +%<*!jtit-x> + format.title "title" output.check +%<blk-com&tit-qq> end.quote.title +%<!blk-com&!blk-tit&!blk-tita> new.block +%<blk-tit&!tit-col> new.sentence +%<blk-tit&tit-col> add.colon +%</!jtit-x> + crossref missing$ + { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check +%<bt-qq> end.quote.btitle +%<*!pre-pub> +%<!ser-ed> format.bvolume output +%<!numser> format.number.series output +%<(dt-beg|dt-end|!dt-jnl)&!pp-last> format.pages output +%</!pre-pub> +%<!blk-com&!blk-tit&!blk-tita> new.sentence +%<numser> format.number.series output + publisher empty$ + { format.organization.address output } + { organization "organization" bibinfo.check output + format.publisher.address output + } + if$ +%<!dt-beg&!dt-end&!dt-jnl&!pub-date> format.date "year" output.check +%<*pre-pub> + format.bvolume output +%<!numser> format.number.series output +%<(dt-beg|dt-end|!dt-jnl)&!pp-last> format.pages output +%</pre-pub> +%<isbn> format.isbn output +%<issn> format.issn output + } + { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull +%<(dt-beg|dt-end|!dt-jnl)&!pp-last> format.pages output + } + if$ +%<*!dt-beg&!dt-end&dt-jnl&!pp-last> +%<!pub-date> format.date "year" output.check +%<!pub-date> date.block +%<jdt-v|jdt-vs|jdt-p|!jdt-pc> add.blank + format.pages "pages" output.check +%</!dt-beg&!dt-end&dt-jnl&!pp-last> +%<pp-last> format.pages "pages" output.check +%<doi|(url-doi&!url)> format.doi output +%<*url-blk&!harnm&!revdata> +%<!blk-com&!blk-tit&!blk-tita> new.block + format.url output +%</url-blk&!harnm&!revdata> +%<!blk-com&!blk-tit&!blk-tita> new.block +%<(blk-com|blk-tit|blk-tita)&blknt> new.sentence + format.note output +%<*!dt-beg&dt-end&!pub-date> +%<!blk-com&!blk-tit&!blk-tita> new.block + format.date "year" output.check +%</!dt-beg&dt-end&!pub-date> +%<eprint> format.eprint output +%<revdata> format.url output + fin.entry +%<(harnm|url-nl)&!revdata> write.url +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{`conference'} +% \begin{macrocode} +FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{`manual'} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*ay> +FUNCTION {manual} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + author format.key output +%<au-col> add.colon +%<nmdash> name.or.dash +%<dt-beg> format.date "year" output.check +%<dt-beg> date.block +%<!dt-beg&!blk-com&!blk-tit&!blk-tita> new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check +%<blk-tit&!tit-col> new.sentence +%<blk-tit&tit-col> add.colon +%<!blk-com&!blk-tit&!blk-tita> organization address new.block.checkb + organization "organization" bibinfo.check output + address "address" bibinfo.check output + format.edition output +%<!dt-beg&!dt-end> format.date "year" output.check +%<doi|(url-doi&!url)> format.doi output +%<*url-blk&!harnm&!revdata> +%<!blk-com&!blk-tit&!blk-tita> new.block + format.url output +%</url-blk&!harnm&!revdata> +%<!blk-com&!blk-tit&!blk-tita> new.block +%<(blk-com|blk-tit|blk-tita)&blknt> new.sentence + format.note output +%<*!dt-beg&dt-end> +%<!blk-com&!blk-tit&!blk-tita> new.block + format.date "year" output.check +%</!dt-beg&dt-end> +%<eprint> format.eprint output +%<revdata> format.url output + fin.entry +%<(harnm|url-nl)&!revdata> write.url +} + +%</ay> +%<*!ay> +FUNCTION {manual} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { organization "organization" bibinfo.check + duplicate$ empty$ 'pop$ + { output + address "address" bibinfo.check output + } + if$ + } + { format.authors output.nonnull } + if$ +%<au-col> add.colon +%<nmdash> name.or.dash +%<ay&dt-beg> format.date "year" output.check +%<!ay&dt-beg> format.date output +%<dt-beg> date.block +%<!dt-beg&!blk-com&!blk-tit&!blk-tita> new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check +%<blk-tit&!tit-col> new.sentence +%<blk-tit&tit-col> add.colon + author empty$ + { organization empty$ + { +%<!blk-com&!blk-tit&!blk-tita> address new.block.checka + address "address" bibinfo.check output + } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + { +%<!blk-com&!blk-tit&!blk-tita> organization address new.block.checkb + organization "organization" bibinfo.check output + address "address" bibinfo.check output + } + if$ + format.edition output +%<ay&!dt-beg&!dt-end> format.date "year" output.check +%<!ay&!dt-beg&!dt-end> format.date output +%<doi|(url-doi&!url)> format.doi output +%<*url-blk&!harnm&!revdata> +%<!blk-com&!blk-tit&!blk-tita> new.block + format.url output +%</url-blk&!harnm&!revdata> +%<!blk-com&!blk-tit&!blk-tita> new.block +%<(blk-com|blk-tit|blk-tita)&blknt> new.sentence + format.note output +%<*ay&!dt-beg&dt-end> +%<!blk-com&!blk-tit&!blk-tita> new.block + format.date "year" output.check +%</ay&!dt-beg&dt-end> +%<*!ay&!dt-beg&dt-end> +%<!blk-com&!blk-tit&!blk-tita> new.block + format.date output +%</!ay&!dt-beg&dt-end> +%<eprint> format.eprint output +%<revdata> format.url output + fin.entry +%<(harnm|url-nl)&!revdata> write.url +} + +%</!ay> +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{`mastersthesis'} +% To format a master's thesis. +% \begin{macrocode} +FUNCTION {mastersthesis} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check +%<ay> author format.key output +%<au-col> add.colon +%<nmdash> name.or.dash +%<dt-beg> format.date "year" output.check +%<dt-beg> date.block +%<!dt-beg&!blk-com&!blk-tit&!blk-tita> new.block +%<*!thtit-x> +%<!thtit-a> format.btitle +%<thtit-a> format.title + "title" output.check +%<thtit-a&blk-com&tit-qq> end.quote.title +%<!blk-com&!blk-tit&!blk-tita> new.block +%<blk-tit&!tit-col> new.sentence +%<blk-tit&tit-col> add.colon +%</!thtit-x> + bbl.mthesis format.thesis.type output.nonnull + school "school" bibinfo.warn output + address "address" bibinfo.check output +%<!dt-beg&!dt-end> format.date "year" output.check +%<doi|(url-doi&!url)> format.doi output +%<*url-blk&!harnm&!revdata> +%<!blk-com&!blk-tit&!blk-tita> new.block + format.url output +%</url-blk&!harnm&!revdata> +%<!blk-com&!blk-tit&!blk-tita> new.block +%<(blk-com|blk-tit|blk-tita)&blknt> new.sentence + format.note output +%<*!dt-beg&dt-end> +%<!blk-com&!blk-tit&!blk-tita> new.block + format.date "year" output.check +%</!dt-beg&dt-end> +%<eprint> format.eprint output +%<revdata> format.url output + fin.entry +%<(harnm|url-nl)&!revdata> write.url +} + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{`misc'} +% \begin{macrocode} +FUNCTION {misc} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output +%<ay> author format.key output +%<au-col> add.colon +%<nmdash> name.or.dash +%<ay&dt-beg> format.date "year" output.check +%<!ay&dt-beg> format.date output +%<*ay> +%<dt-beg> date.block +%<!dt-beg&!blk-com&!blk-tit&!blk-tita> new.block + format.title output +%<blk-com&tit-qq> end.quote.title +%<!blk-com&!blk-tit&!blk-tita> new.block +%<blk-tit&!tit-col> new.sentence +%<blk-tit&tit-col> add.colon +%</ay> +%<*!ay> +%<!blk-com&!blk-tit&!blk-tita> title howpublished new.block.checkb + format.title output +%<blk-com&tit-qq> end.quote.title +%<blk-tit&!tit-col> new.sentence +%<blk-tit&tit-col> add.colon +%<!blk-com&!blk-tit&!blk-tita> howpublished new.block.checka +%</!ay> + howpublished "howpublished" bibinfo.check output +%<ay&!dt-beg&!dt-end> format.date "year" output.check +%<!ay&!dt-beg&!dt-end> format.date output +%<doi|(url-doi&!url)> format.doi output +%<*url-blk&!harnm&!revdata> +%<!blk-com&!blk-tit&!blk-tita> new.block + format.url output +%</url-blk&!harnm&!revdata> +%<!blk-com&!blk-tit&!blk-tita> new.block +%<(blk-com|blk-tit|blk-tita)&blknt> new.sentence + format.note output +%<*ay&!dt-beg&dt-end> +%<!blk-com&!blk-tit&!blk-tita> new.block + format.date "year" output.check +%</ay&!dt-beg&dt-end> +%<*!ay&!dt-beg&dt-end> +%<!blk-com&!blk-tit&!blk-tita> new.block + format.date output +%</!ay&!dt-beg&dt-end> +%<eprint> format.eprint output +%<revdata> format.url output + fin.entry +%<(harnm|url-nl)&!revdata> write.url +%<!ay> empty.misc.check +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{`phdthesis'} +% To format a doctoral thesis. +% \begin{macrocode} +FUNCTION {phdthesis} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check +%<ay> author format.key output +%<au-col> add.colon +%<nmdash> name.or.dash +%<dt-beg> format.date "year" output.check +%<dt-beg> date.block +%<!dt-beg&!blk-com&!blk-tit&!blk-tita> new.block +%<*!thtit-x> +%<!thtit-a> format.btitle +%<thtit-a> format.title + "title" output.check +%<thtit-a&blk-com&tit-qq> end.quote.title +%<!blk-com&!blk-tit&!blk-tita> new.block +%<blk-tit&!tit-col> new.sentence +%<blk-tit&tit-col> add.colon +%</!thtit-x> + bbl.phdthesis format.thesis.type output.nonnull + school "school" bibinfo.warn output + address "address" bibinfo.check output +%<!dt-beg&!dt-end> format.date "year" output.check +%<doi|(url-doi&!url)> format.doi output +%<*url-blk&!harnm&!revdata> +%<!blk-com&!blk-tit&!blk-tita> new.block + format.url output +%</url-blk&!harnm&!revdata> +%<!blk-com&!blk-tit&!blk-tita> new.block +%<(blk-com|blk-tit|blk-tita)&blknt> new.sentence + format.note output +%<*!dt-beg&dt-end> +%<!blk-com&!blk-tit&!blk-tita> new.block + format.date "year" output.check +%</!dt-beg&dt-end> +%<eprint> format.eprint output +%<revdata> format.url output + fin.entry +%<(harnm|url-nl)&!revdata> write.url +} + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{`presentation'} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*pres> +FUNCTION {presentation} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output +%<ay> author format.key output +%<au-col> add.colon +%<nmdash> name.or.dash +%<!blk-com&!blk-tit&!blk-tita> new.block + format.title output +%<blk-com&tit-qq> end.quote.title +%<!blk-com&!blk-tit&!blk-tita> new.block +%<blk-tit&!tit-col> new.sentence +%<blk-tit&tit-col> add.colon + format.organization.address "organization and address" output.check + month "month" output.check + year "year" output.check +%<!blk-com&!blk-tit&!blk-tita> new.block +%<(blk-com|blk-tit|blk-tita)&blknt> new.sentence + format.note output + new.sentence + type missing$ 'skip$ + {"(" type capitalize * ")" * output} + if$ +%<*url-blk&!harnm> +%<!blk-com&!blk-tit&!blk-tita> new.block + format.url output +%</url-blk&!harnm> + fin.entry +%<(harnm|url-nl)&!revdata> write.url +} + +%</pres> +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{`proceedings'} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*ay> +FUNCTION {proceedings} +{ output.bibitem + format.editors output + editor format.key output +%<au-col> add.colon +%<nmdash> name.or.dash +%<dt-beg> format.date "year" output.check +%<dt-beg> date.block +%<!dt-beg&!blk-com&!blk-tit&!blk-tita> new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + format.bvolume output +%<!numser> format.number.series output +%<!blk-com&!blk-tit&!blk-tita> new.sentence +%<numser> format.number.series output + publisher empty$ + { format.organization.address output } + { organization "organization" bibinfo.check output + format.publisher.address output + } + if$ +%<!dt-beg&!dt-end&!pub-date> format.date "year" output.check +%<isbn> format.isbn output +%<issn> format.issn output +%<doi|(url-doi&!url)> format.doi output +%<*url-blk&!harnm&!revdata> +%<!blk-com&!blk-tit&!blk-tita> new.block + format.url output +%</url-blk&!harnm&!revdata> +%<!blk-com&!blk-tit&!blk-tita> new.block +%<(blk-com|blk-tit|blk-tita)&blknt> new.sentence + format.note output +%<*!dt-beg&dt-end&!pub-date> +%<!blk-com&!blk-tit&!blk-tita> new.block + format.date "year" output.check +%</!dt-beg&dt-end&!pub-date> +%<eprint> format.eprint output +%<revdata> format.url output + fin.entry +%<(harnm|url-nl)&!revdata> write.url +} + +%</ay> +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*!ay> +FUNCTION {proceedings} +{ output.bibitem + editor empty$ + { organization "organization" bibinfo.check output + } + { format.editors output.nonnull } + if$ +%<au-col> add.colon +%<nmdash> name.or.dash +%<dt-beg> format.date "year" output.check +%<dt-beg> date.block +%<!dt-beg&!blk-com&!blk-tit&!blk-tita> new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + format.bvolume output +%<!numser> format.number.series output + editor empty$ + { publisher empty$ +%<!numser> 'skip$ +%<numser> { format.number.series output } + { +%<!blk-com&!blk-tit&!blk-tita> new.sentence +%<numser> format.number.series output + format.publisher.address output + } + if$ + } + { publisher empty$ + { +%<!blk-com&!blk-tit&!blk-tita> new.sentence +%<numser> format.number.series output + format.organization.address output } + { +%<!blk-com&!blk-tit&!blk-tita> new.sentence +%<numser> format.number.series output + organization "organization" bibinfo.check output + format.publisher.address output + } + if$ + } + if$ +%<!dt-beg&!dt-end&!pub-date> format.date "year" output.check +%<isbn> format.isbn output +%<issn> format.issn output +%<doi|(url-doi&!url)> format.doi output +%<*url-blk&!harnm&!revdata> +%<!blk-com&!blk-tit&!blk-tita> new.block + format.url output +%</url-blk&!harnm&!revdata> +%<!blk-com&!blk-tit&!blk-tita> new.block +%<(blk-com|blk-tit|blk-tita)&blknt> new.sentence + format.note output +%<*!dt-beg&dt-end> +%<!blk-com&!blk-tit&!blk-tita> new.block + format.date "year" output.check +%</!dt-beg&dt-end> +%<eprint> format.eprint output +%<revdata> format.url output + fin.entry +%<(harnm|url-nl)&!revdata> write.url +} + +%</!ay> +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{`techreport'} +% \begin{macrocode} +FUNCTION {techreport} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check +%<ay> author format.key output +%<au-col> add.colon +%<nmdash> name.or.dash +%<dt-beg> format.date "year" output.check +%<dt-beg> date.block +%<!dt-beg&!blk-com&!blk-tit&!blk-tita> new.block +%<trtit-b> format.btitle +%<!trtit-b> format.title + "title" output.check +%<!trtit-b&blk-com&tit-qq> end.quote.title +%<!blk-com&!blk-tit&!blk-tita> new.block +%<blk-tit&!tit-col> new.sentence +%<blk-tit&tit-col> add.colon +%<!trnum-it> format.tr.number output.nonnull +%<trnum-it> format.tr.number emphasize output.nonnull + institution "institution" bibinfo.warn output + address "address" bibinfo.check output +%<!dt-beg&!dt-end> format.date "year" output.check +%<doi|(url-doi&!url)> format.doi output +%<*url-blk&!harnm&!revdata> +%<!blk-com&!blk-tit&!blk-tita> new.block + format.url output +%</url-blk&!harnm&!revdata> +%<!blk-com&!blk-tit&!blk-tita> new.block +%<(blk-com|blk-tit|blk-tita)&blknt> new.sentence + format.note output +%<*!dt-beg&dt-end> +%<!blk-com&!blk-tit&!blk-tita> new.block + format.date "year" output.check +%</!dt-beg&dt-end> +%<eprint> format.eprint output +%<revdata> format.url output + fin.entry +%<(harnm|url-nl)&!revdata> write.url +} + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{`unpublished'} +% \begin{macrocode} +FUNCTION {unpublished} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check +%<ay> author format.key output +%<au-col> add.colon +%<nmdash> name.or.dash +%<ay&dt-beg> format.date "year" output.check +%<!ay&dt-beg> format.date output +%<dt-beg> date.block +%<!dt-beg&!blk-com&!blk-tit&!blk-tita> new.block + format.title "title" output.check +%<blk-com&tit-qq> end.quote.title +%<ay&!dt-beg&!dt-end> format.date "year" output.check +%<!ay&!dt-beg&!dt-end> format.date output +%<doi|(url-doi&!url)> format.doi output +%<*url-blk&!harnm&!revdata> +%<!blk-com&!blk-tit&!blk-tita> new.block + format.url output +%</url-blk&!harnm&!revdata> +%<!blk-com&!blk-tit&!blk-tita> new.block +%<(blk-com|blk-tit|blk-tita)&blknt> new.sentence + format.note "note" output.check +%<*ay&!dt-beg&dt-end> +%<!blk-com&!blk-tit&!blk-tita> new.block + format.date output +%</ay&!dt-beg&dt-end> +%<*!ay&!dt-beg&dt-end> +%<!blk-com&!blk-tit&!blk-tita> new.block + format.date output +%</!ay&!dt-beg&dt-end> +%<eprint> format.eprint output +%<revdata> format.url output + fin.entry +%<(harnm|url-nl)&!revdata> write.url +} + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{`default.type'} +% \begin{macrocode} +FUNCTION {default.type} { misc } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +READ +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*ay|alph|!seq-no> +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{`sortify'} +% In \texttt{btxbst.doc}/\texttt{.mbs}, the \texttt{sortify} function is +% left out for unsorted alpha-style citations. This leads to an error, +% because it is still used. So leave it in here too. \emph{In fact, do away +% with unsorted alpha style, since it is as useless as unsorted author--year +% listings.} +% \begin{macrocode} +FUNCTION {sortify} +{ purify$ + "l" change.case$ +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +INTEGERS { len } +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{`chop.word'} +% \begin{macrocode} +FUNCTION {chop.word} +{ 's := + 'len := + s #1 len substring$ = + { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ } + 's + if$ +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*!ay&alph> +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{`format.lab.names'} +% The function \texttt{format.lab.names} formats by author--year or the +% \texttt{alpha} style as in the original \texttt{alpha.bst}. +% Only major difference is that there should be no unsorted (\texttt{seq-no}) +% versions of this. Patashnik was clearly very unhappy about accommodating +% such an animal, and in fact, his unsorted alpha style crashes \btx. +% I also provide the \texttt{vonx} option here to ignore the \textsl{von} +% part of the name. +% +% \begin{macrocode} +INTEGERS { et.al.char.used } +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +FUNCTION {initialize.et.al.char.used} +{ #0 'et.al.char.used := +} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +EXECUTE {initialize.et.al.char.used} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +FUNCTION {format.lab.names} +{ 's := +%<*alf-1> +%<!vonx> s #1 "{v{}}{l{}}" format.name$ +%<vonx> s #1 "{l{}}" format.name$ + duplicate$ text.length$ #2 < + { pop$ s #1 "{ll}" format.name$ #3 text.prefix$ } + 'skip$ + if$ +%</alf-1> +%<*!alf-1&alf-f> +%<!vonx> s #1 "{vv{}}{ll}" format.name$ +%<vonx> s #1 "{ll}" format.name$ +%</!alf-1&alf-f> +%<*!alf-1&!alf-f> + s num.names$ 'numnames := + numnames #1 > + { numnames #4 > + { #3 'namesleft := } + { numnames 'namesleft := } + if$ + #1 'nameptr := + "" + { namesleft #0 > } + { nameptr numnames = + { s nameptr "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" = + { "{\etalchar{+}}" * + #1 'et.al.char.used := + } +%<!vonx> { s nameptr "{v{}}{l{}}" format.name$ * } +%<vonx> { s nameptr "{l{}}" format.name$ * } + if$ + } +%<!vonx> { s nameptr "{v{}}{l{}}" format.name$ * } +%<vonx> { s nameptr "{l{}}" format.name$ * } + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := + } + while$ + numnames #4 > + { "{\etalchar{+}}" * + #1 'et.al.char.used := + } + 'skip$ + if$ + } +%<!vonx> { s #1 "{v{}}{l{}}" format.name$ +%<vonx> { s #1 "{l{}}" format.name$ + duplicate$ text.length$ #2 < + { pop$ s #1 "{ll}" format.name$ #3 text.prefix$ } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ +%</!alf-1&!alf-f> +} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +%</!ay&alph> +% \end{macrocode} +% The function for the standard citation: one or two authors cited full, but for +% more than two, only the first with \emph{et~al.} given. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*ay&!mcite> +FUNCTION {format.lab.names} +{ 's := + "" 't := +%<!jnrlab> s #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ +%<*jnrlab> +%<!nm-rv&!nm-rvv&!nm-rvx&!nm-rvcx> s #1 "{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ +%<nm-rv|nm-rvv|nm-rvx|nm-rvcx> s #1 "{vv~}{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ +%</jnrlab> +%<lab&and-rm> cite.name.font + s num.names$ duplicate$ + #2 > + { pop$ +%<lab&!and-rm&(etal-it|etal-rm)> cite.name.font +%<*!etal-it> +%<lab&and-rm&!etal-rm> " " * bbl.etal cite.name.font * +%<!lab|!and-rm|etal-rm> " " * bbl.etal * +%</!etal-it> +%<etal-it> " " * bbl.etal emphasize * +%<lab&!and-rm&!(etal-it|etal-rm)> cite.name.font +%<lab&!and-rm> "others" 't := + } + { #2 < + 'skip$ + { s #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" = + { +% %<lab&!and-rm&(etal-it|etal-rm)> cite.name.font +%<*!etal-it> +%<lab&and-rm&!etal-rm> " " * bbl.etal cite.name.font * +%<!lab|!and-rm|etal-rm> " " * bbl.etal * +%</!etal-it> +%<etal-it> " " * bbl.etal emphasize * +%<lab&!and-rm&!(etal-it|etal-rm)> cite.name.font +%<lab&!and-rm> "others" 't := + } +%<*!harnm> +%<*!amper> + { bbl.and space.word * s #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ +%<lab&and-rm> cite.name.font + * } +%</!amper> +%<*amper> + { " \& " * s #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ +%<lab&and-rm> cite.name.font + * } +%</amper> +%</!harnm> +%<*harnm> + { " \harvardand{} " * s #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ +%<lab&and-rm> cite.name.font + * } +%</harnm> + if$ + } + if$ + } + if$ +%<*lab&!and-rm> + t "others" = + 'skip$ + { cite.name.font } + if$ +%</lab&!and-rm> +} + +%</ay&!mcite> +% \end{macrocode} +% +% The code for formating author--year citations with more than one author +% before \emph{et al.} or selecting a number other than two for truncating, +% is much the same as the \texttt{format.full.names} function. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*ay&mcite> +FUNCTION {format.lab.names} +{'s := + "" 't := + #1 'nameptr := + s num.names$ 'numnames := + numnames 'namesleft := + { namesleft #0 > } + { s nameptr +%<!jnrlab> "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ +%<*jnrlab> +%<!nm-rv&!nm-rvv&!nm-rvx&!nm-rvcx> "{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ +%<nm-rv|nm-rvv|nm-rvx|nm-rvcx> "{vv~}{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ +%</jnrlab> +%<lab&and-rm> cite.name.font + 't := + nameptr #1 > + { +%<mct-1> nameptr #2 = +%<mct-2> nameptr #3 = +%<mct-3> nameptr #4 = +%<mct-4> nameptr #5 = +%<mct-5> nameptr #6 = +%<mct-6> nameptr #7 = +%<mct-x2> numnames #2 > and +%<mct-x3> numnames #3 > and +%<mct-x4> numnames #4 > and +%<mct-x5> numnames #5 > and +%<mct-x6> numnames #6 > and + { "others" 't := + #1 'namesleft := } + 'skip$ + if$ + namesleft #1 > + { ", " * t * } + { + s nameptr "{ll}" format.name$ duplicate$ "others" = + { 't := } + { pop$ } + if$ + t "others" = + { +%<lab&!and-rm&(etal-it|etal-rm)> cite.name.font +%<*!etal-it> +%<lab&and-rm&!etal-rm> " " * bbl.etal cite.name.font * +%<!lab|!and-rm|etal-rm> " " * bbl.etal * +%</!etal-it> +%<etal-it> " " * bbl.etal emphasize * +%<lab&!and-rm&!(etal-it|etal-rm)> cite.name.font + } + { +%<*!harnm> +%<*!and-xcom> + numnames #2 > + { "," * } + 'skip$ + if$ +%</!and-xcom> +%<!amper> bbl.and +%<amper> "\&" +%</!harnm> +%<harnm> "\harvardand{}" + space.word * t * + } + if$ + } + if$ + } + 't + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := + } + while$ +%<*lab&!and-rm> + t "others" = + 'skip$ + { cite.name.font } + if$ +%</lab&!and-rm> +} + +%</ay&mcite> +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{`author.key.label'} +% \begin{macro}{`author.editor.key.label'} +% \begin{macro}{`author.key.organization.label'} +% \begin{macro}{`editor.key.organization.label'} +% \begin{macro}{`editor.key.label'} +% Have to be very careful with the options \texttt{ay}, \texttt{alph}, and +% \texttt{seq-no} here. The first two are actually mutually exclusive, and +% \texttt{ay} should dominate. The \texttt{seq-no} option only applies for +% numerical (\texttt{!ay}) but not alphabetic (\texttt{alph}) selections. +% This whole block of coding dealing with labels is only included for +% author--year or alphabetic or ordered numerical. +% That is, \texttt{ay} or \texttt{alph} or \texttt{!seq-no} is true. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*ay|alph> +FUNCTION {author.key.label} +{ author empty$ + { key empty$ + { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } +%<ay> 'key +%<!ay> { key #3 text.prefix$ } + if$ + } + { author format.lab.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.editor.key.label} +{ author empty$ + { editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } +%<ay> 'key +%<!ay> { key #3 text.prefix$ } + if$ + } + { editor format.lab.names } + if$ + } + { author format.lab.names } + if$ +} + +%</ay|alph> +%<*!ay&alph> +FUNCTION {author.key.organization.label} +{ author empty$ + { key empty$ + { organization empty$ + { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } + { "The " #4 organization chop.word #3 text.prefix$ } + if$ + } + { key #3 text.prefix$ } + if$ + } + { author format.lab.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {editor.key.organization.label} +{ editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { organization empty$ + { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } + { "The " #4 organization chop.word #3 text.prefix$ } + if$ + } + { key #3 text.prefix$ } + if$ + } + { editor format.lab.names } + if$ +} + +%</!ay&alph> +%<*ay> +FUNCTION {editor.key.label} +{ editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } + 'key + if$ + } + { editor format.lab.names } + if$ +} + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{`calc.short.authors'} +% \begin{macrocode} +FUNCTION {calc.short.authors} +{ type$ "book" = + type$ "inbook" = + or + 'author.editor.key.label + { type$ "proceedings" = + 'editor.key.label + 'author.key.label + if$ + } + if$ + 'short.list := +} + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{`calc.label'} +% \begin{macrocode} +FUNCTION {calc.label} +{ calc.short.authors + short.list +%<!(har|ast|cay|nmd|alk|cn)> "(" +%<har|ast|cay|nmd|alk|cn> ", " + * + year duplicate$ empty$ +%<keyxyr> short.list key field.or.null = or +%<(blkyear|keyxyr)> { pop$ "" } +%<!(blkyear|keyxyr)> { pop$ "????" } +%<!note-yr> { purify$ #-1 #4 substring$ } +%<note-yr> 'skip$ + if$ + * + 'label := +} + +%</ay> +%<*!ay&alph> +FUNCTION {calc.label} +{ type$ "book" = + type$ "inbook" = + or + 'author.editor.key.label + { type$ "proceedings" = + 'editor.key.organization.label + { type$ "manual" = + 'author.key.organization.label + 'author.key.label + if$ + } + if$ + } + if$ + duplicate$ + year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #2 substring$ + * + 'label := + year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #4 substring$ + * + sortify 'sort.label := +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +%</!ay&alph> +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*ay> +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*har|cay|nmd|ast|cn> +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{`calc.short.label'} +% \begin{macrocode} +FUNCTION {calc.short.label} +{ calc.short.authors short.list + 'label := +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +%</har|cay|nmd|ast|cn> +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +%</ay> +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{`sort.format.names'} +% \begin{macrocode} +FUNCTION {sort.format.names} +{ 's := + #1 'nameptr := + "" + s num.names$ 'numnames := + numnames 'namesleft := + { namesleft #0 > } + { s nameptr +%<*xintls> +%<!vonx> "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}" +%<vonx> "{ll{ }}" +%</xintls> +%<*!xintls> +%<*!nm-init&!nm-rev&!nm-rev1&!nm-rv&!nm-rvx&!nm-rvcx&!nm-rvv&!nm-rvvc> +%<!vonx> "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{ ff{ }}{ jj{ }}" +%<vonx> "{ll{ }}{ ff{ }}{ jj{ }}" +%</!nm-init&!nm-rev&!nm-rev1&!nm-rv&!nm-rvx&!nm-rvcx&!nm-rvv&!nm-rvvc> +%<*nm-init|nm-rev|nm-rev1|nm-rv|nm-rvx|nm-rvcx|nm-rvv|nm-rvvc> +%<!vonx> "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{ f{ }}{ jj{ }}" +%<vonx> "{ll{ }}{ f{ }}{ jj{ }}" +%</nm-init|nm-rev|nm-rev1|nm-rv|nm-rvx|nm-rvcx|nm-rvv|nm-rvvc> +%</!xintls> + format.name$ 't := + nameptr #1 > + { +%<*nmlm> +%<m1> nameptr #1 +%<m2> nameptr #2 +%<m3> nameptr #3 +%<m4> nameptr #4 +%<m5> nameptr #5 +%<m6> nameptr #6 +%<m7> nameptr #7 +%<m8> nameptr #8 +%<m9> nameptr #9 +%<m0> nameptr #0 +%<m10> #10 + +%<m20> #20 + +%<m30> #30 + +%<m40> #40 + +%<m50> #50 + +%<m60> #60 + +%<m70> #70 + +%<m80> #80 + +%<m90> #90 + + #1 + = +%<x1> numnames #1 +%<x2> numnames #2 +%<x3> numnames #3 +%<x4> numnames #4 +%<x5> numnames #5 +%<x6> numnames #6 +%<x7> numnames #7 +%<x8> numnames #8 +%<x9> numnames #9 +%<x0> numnames #0 +%<x10> #10 + +%<x20> #20 + +%<x30> #30 + +%<x40> #40 + +%<x50> #50 + +%<x60> #60 + +%<x70> #70 + +%<x80> #80 + +%<x90> #90 + + > and + { "others" 't := + #1 'namesleft := } + 'skip$ + if$ +%</nmlm> + " " * + namesleft #1 = t "others" = and + { "zzzzz" 't := } + 'skip$ + if$ +%<*seq-lab|seq-key|seq-labc> + numnames #2 > nameptr #2 = and + { "zz" * year field.or.null * " " * +%<seq-labc> #1 'namesleft := + } +%<seq-labc> { t sortify * } +%<!seq-labc> 'skip$ + if$ +%</seq-lab|seq-key|seq-labc> +%<!seq-labc> t sortify * + } + { t sortify * } + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := + } + while$ +} + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{`sort.format.title'} +% \begin{macrocode} +FUNCTION {sort.format.title} +{ 't := + "A " #2 + "An " #3 + "The " #4 t chop.word + chop.word + chop.word + sortify + #1 global.max$ substring$ +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{`author.sort'} +% \begin{macrocode} +FUNCTION {author.sort} +{ author empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { author sort.format.names } + if$ +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{`author.editor.sort'} +% \begin{macrocode} +FUNCTION {author.editor.sort} +{ author empty$ + { editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { editor sort.format.names } + if$ + } + { author sort.format.names } + if$ +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{`negate.year'} +% This function negates the year by substituting each digit by its +% complement. That is, 0 $\rightarrow$ 9, 1 $\rightarrow$ 8, etc. This is used +% to provide ordering by descending year (latest year first). +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*seq-yrr&!seq-yr> +FUNCTION {negate.year} +{ year empty$ + { "99999" } + { year #1 #1 substring$ chr.to.int$ #105 swap$ - int.to.chr$ + year #2 #1 substring$ chr.to.int$ #105 swap$ - int.to.chr$ * + year #3 #1 substring$ chr.to.int$ #105 swap$ - int.to.chr$ * + year #4 #1 substring$ chr.to.int$ #105 swap$ - int.to.chr$ * + } + if$ +} +%</seq-yrr&!seq-yr> +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*ay> +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{`editor.sort'} +% \begin{macrocode} +FUNCTION {editor.sort} +{ editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need editor or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { editor sort.format.names } + if$ +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*seq-no> +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +INTEGERS { seq.num } +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{`init.seq'} +% \begin{macrocode} +FUNCTION {init.seq} +{ #0 'seq.num :=} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +EXECUTE {init.seq} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{`int.to.fix'} +% \begin{macrocode} +FUNCTION {int.to.fix} +{ "000000000" swap$ int.to.str$ * + #-1 #10 substring$ +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +%</seq-no> +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{`presort'} +% For unsorted author--year, make up the final sorting order in +% \texttt{sort.label} with the original sequence number, for unsorting later. +% \begin{macrocode} +FUNCTION {presort} +{ calc.label + label sortify + " " + * +%<*!seq-no> + type$ "book" = + type$ "inbook" = + or + 'author.editor.sort + { type$ "proceedings" = + 'editor.sort + 'author.sort + if$ + } + if$ + #1 entry.max$ substring$ +%</!seq-no> +%<*seq-no> + seq.num #1 + 'seq.num := + seq.num int.to.fix +%</seq-no> + 'sort.label := + sort.label + * +%<seq-yr> " " * year field.or.null * +%<seq-yrr&!seq-yr> " " * negate.year field.or.null * +%<*!seq-key&!seq-labc&!seq-yr&!seq-yrr> + " " + * + title field.or.null + sort.format.title + * +%</!seq-key&!seq-labc&!seq-yr&!seq-yrr> +%<seq-key|seq-yr|seq-yrr> " " * cite$ * + #1 entry.max$ substring$ + 'sort.key$ := +% "For " cite$ * ", sort.key=" * sort.key$ * warning$ +} + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +%</ay> +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*!ay> +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{`author.organization.sort'} +% \begin{macrocode} +FUNCTION {author.organization.sort} +{ author empty$ + { organization empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need author, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { "The " #4 organization chop.word sortify } + if$ + } + { author sort.format.names } + if$ +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{`editor.organization.sort'} +% \begin{macrocode} +FUNCTION {editor.organization.sort} +{ editor empty$ + { organization empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need editor, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { "The " #4 organization chop.word sortify } + if$ + } + { editor sort.format.names } + if$ +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{`presort'} +% \begin{macrocode} +FUNCTION {presort} +%<*alph> +{ calc.label + sort.label + " " + * + type$ "book" = +%</alph> +%<!alph>{ type$ "book" = + type$ "inbook" = + or + 'author.editor.sort + { type$ "proceedings" = + 'editor.organization.sort + { type$ "manual" = + 'author.organization.sort + 'author.sort + if$ + } + if$ + } + if$ +%<alph> * + " " + * +%<seq-yrr> negate.year field.or.null sortify +%<!seq-yrr> year field.or.null sortify +%<!(seq-yr|seq-yrr)|alph> * + " " + * +%<(seq-yr|seq-yrr)&!alph> swap$ * + title field.or.null + sort.format.title + * + #1 entry.max$ substring$ + 'sort.key$ := +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +%</!ay> +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +ITERATE {presort} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +SORT +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +%</ay|alph|!seq-no> +% \end{macrocode} +% +% With version~6.0 of \texttt{natbib}, the author-year styles can also be +% used for numerical citations; then the \texttt{thebibliography} environment +% must have an argument indicating the length of the longest label. +% Simply count the references and add this number as the argument. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*ay> +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +STRINGS { last.label next.extra } +% \end{macrocode} +% +% With computer-generated articles, it is possible to have more than 26 articles +% in one year. It has finally occurred that the extra labels go beyond `z'. +% The current code now allows for `aa', \dots `az', 'ba', \dots `zz'. This +% code was provided by Joseph Wright (2007 Oct 10). +% \begin{macrocode} +INTEGERS { last.extra.num last.extra.num.extended last.extra.num.blank number.label } +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{`initialize.extra.label.stuff'} +% \begin{macrocode} +FUNCTION {initialize.extra.label.stuff} +{ #0 int.to.chr$ 'last.label := + "" 'next.extra := + #0 'last.extra.num := + "a" chr.to.int$ #1 - 'last.extra.num.blank := + last.extra.num.blank 'last.extra.num.extended := + #0 'number.label := +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{`forward.pass'} +% \begin{macrocode} +FUNCTION {forward.pass} +{ last.label label = + { last.extra.num #1 + 'last.extra.num := + last.extra.num "z" chr.to.int$ > + { "a" chr.to.int$ 'last.extra.num := + last.extra.num.extended #1 + 'last.extra.num.extended := + } + 'skip$ + if$ + last.extra.num.extended last.extra.num.blank > + { last.extra.num.extended int.to.chr$ + last.extra.num int.to.chr$ + * 'extra.label := } + { last.extra.num int.to.chr$ 'extra.label := } + if$ + } + { "a" chr.to.int$ 'last.extra.num := + "" 'extra.label := + label 'last.label := + } + if$ + number.label #1 + 'number.label := +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +%</ay> +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*!ay&alph> +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +STRINGS { longest.label last.sort.label next.extra } +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +INTEGERS { longest.label.width last.extra.num } +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{`initialize.longest.label'} +% \begin{macrocode} +FUNCTION {initialize.longest.label} +{ "" 'longest.label := + #0 int.to.chr$ 'last.sort.label := + "" 'next.extra := + #0 'longest.label.width := + #0 'last.extra.num := +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{`forward.pass'} +% \begin{macrocode} +FUNCTION {forward.pass} +{ last.sort.label sort.label = + { last.extra.num #1 + 'last.extra.num := + last.extra.num int.to.chr$ 'extra.label := + } + { "a" chr.to.int$ 'last.extra.num := + "" 'extra.label := + sort.label 'last.sort.label := + } + if$ +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +%</!ay&alph> +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{`reverse.pass'} +% The extra label is added in braces so that natbib can treat it as one unit. +% This allows extra labels to be more than one letter long. For non-NFSS +% emphasizing, this is no problem, since labels go in |{\em a}|, but for +% non-emphasizing and for NFSS, it caused troubles without the braces. +% The trouble arises with multiple citations in one |\cite| in which +% authors and years are the same, and only the extra label is given for +% the next one. Note: |\emph{a}| is more than one letter long in this sense, +% so it is not just a problem for more than 26 papers with same authors and +% year. +% +% The command |\natexlab| now encloses the extra label for \texttt{natbib} +% styles. This command normally just prints its argument, but for numerical +% citation mode, it swallows its argument. This allows the extra labels to +% be suppressed for numerical citations where they are superfluous. +% The enclosing braces mentioned above must be included here to make the +% entire extra label text a single token for \texttt{natbib}. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*ay> +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +FUNCTION {reverse.pass} +{ next.extra "b" = + { "a" 'extra.label := } + 'skip$ + if$ + extra.label 'next.extra := + extra.label +%<xlab-it> emphasize +%<*!html> + duplicate$ empty$ + 'skip$ + { "{\natexlab{" swap$ * "}}" * } + if$ +%</!html> + 'extra.label := +%<!(har|ast|cay|nmd|cn)> label extra.label * 'label := +} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +%</ay> +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*!ay&alph> +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +FUNCTION {reverse.pass} +{ next.extra "b" = + { "a" 'extra.label := } + 'skip$ + if$ + label extra.label * 'label := + label width$ longest.label.width > + { label 'longest.label := + label width$ 'longest.label.width := + } + 'skip$ + if$ + extra.label 'next.extra := +} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +%</!ay&alph> +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +%<ay>EXECUTE {initialize.extra.label.stuff} +%<!ay&alph>EXECUTE {initialize.longest.label} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*ay|alph> +ITERATE {forward.pass} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +REVERSE {reverse.pass} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +%</ay|alph> +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*ay> +FUNCTION {bib.sort.order} +{ sort.label + " " + * +%<seq-yrr> negate.year field.or.null sortify +%<!seq-yrr> year field.or.null sortify +%<(seq-yr|seq-yrr)&!(seq-lab|seq-key|seq-labc)> swap$ + * +%<*!seq-key&!seq-labc&!seq-yr&!seq-yrr> + " " + * + title field.or.null + sort.format.title + * +%</!seq-key&!seq-labc&!seq-yr&!seq-yrr> +%<seq-key|seq-yr|seq-yrr> " " * cite$ * + #1 entry.max$ substring$ + 'sort.key$ := +% "For " cite$ * ", bib.sort.key=" * sort.key$ * warning$ +%<har|cay|nmd|cn|ast> calc.short.label +} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +ITERATE {bib.sort.order} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +SORT +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +%</ay> +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*!ay&!alph> +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +STRINGS { longest.label } +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +INTEGERS { number.label longest.label.width } +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +FUNCTION {initialize.longest.label} +{ "" 'longest.label := + #1 'number.label := + #0 'longest.label.width := +} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +FUNCTION {longest.label.pass} +%<*!cite> +{ number.label int.to.str$ 'label := + number.label #1 + 'number.label := +%</!cite> +%<cite>{ cite$ 'label := + label width$ longest.label.width > + { label 'longest.label := + label width$ 'longest.label.width := + } + 'skip$ + if$ +} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +EXECUTE {initialize.longest.label} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +ITERATE {longest.label.pass} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +%</!ay&!alph> +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{`begin.bib'} +% The function \texttt{begin.bib} writes the initial text to the \texttt{.bbl} +% file. The most important matter here is that the \texttt{thebibliography} +% environment is invoked. +% +% Note: the French quotation marks are called `guillimets'; Adobe erroneously +% named the symbols `guillimot', which is an arctic bird. The error has so +% propagated, that it can no longer be corrected. \LaTeX\ took it over. +% \begin{macrocode} +FUNCTION {begin.bib} +%<*!html> +%<*!ay&alph> +{ et.al.char.used + { "\newcommand{\etalchar}[1]{$^{#1}$}" write$ newline$ } + 'skip$ + if$ + preamble$ empty$ +%</!ay&alph> +%<ay|!alph>{ preamble$ empty$ + 'skip$ + { preamble$ write$ newline$ } + if$ +%<ay> "\begin{thebibliography}{" number.label int.to.str$ * "}" * +%<!ay> "\begin{thebibliography}{" longest.label * "}" * + write$ newline$ +%<*(!nmft&(nmft-it|nmft-sc|nmft-bf|nmft-def))|(!lab&(lab-it|lab-bf|lab-sc|lab-def))> + "\typeout{**********************************}" write$ newline$ + "\typeout{WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING}" write$ newline$ + "\typeout{The bst file has been generated with inconsistent options}" + write$ newline$ + "\typeout{Read the warning message at the start of the bst file}" + write$ newline$ + "\typeout{**********************************}" write$ newline$ +%</(!nmft&(nmft-it|nmft-sc|nmft-bf|nmft-def))|(!lab&(lab-it|lab-bf|lab-sc|lab-def))> +%<*!plntx> +%<!tit-it&tit-qq&qt-s> "\newcommand{\enquote}[1]{`#1'}" +%<!tit-it&tit-qq&!qt-s&!qt-g> "\newcommand{\enquote}[1]{``#1''}" +%</!plntx> +%<*plntx> +%<!tit-it&tit-qq&qt-s> "\def\enquote#1{`#1'}" +%<!tit-it&tit-qq&!qt-s&!qt-g> "\def\enquote#1{``#1''}" +%</plntx> +%<*!tit-it&tit-qq&!qt-s&qt-g> +%<!plntx> "\let\enquote\frquote" +%<*plntx> + "\def\guillemotleft{%" + write$ newline$ + " \leavevmode\raise .27ex\hbox{$\scriptscriptstyle\ll$}}" + write$ newline$ + "\def\guillemotright{%" + write$ newline$ + " \leavevmode\raise .27ex\hbox{$\scriptscriptstyle\gg$}}" + write$ newline$ + "\def\enquote#1{\guillemotleft#1\guillemotright}" +%</plntx> +%</!tit-it&tit-qq&!qt-s&qt-g> +%<!tit-it&tit-qq> write$ newline$ +%<umlaut> "\let\qq=\" quote$ * write$ newline$ +%<em-ul> "\expandafter\ifx\csname uline\endcsname\relax\let\uline\underline\fi" +%<em-ul> write$ newline$ +%<*ay> +%<!plntx> "\providecommand{\natexlab}[1]{#1}" +%<plntx> "\expandafter\ifx\csname natexlab\endcsname\relax\def\natexlab#1{#1}\fi" + write$ newline$ +%<*har> + "{\catcode`\|=0\catcode`\#=12\catcode`\@=11\catcode`\\=12" write$ newline$ + "|immediate|write|@auxout{\expandafter\ifx\csname natexlab\endcsname\relax\gdef\natexlab#1{#1}\fi}}" + write$ newline$ +%</har> +%</ay> +%<*nmft&nmft-def> +%<!plntx> "\providecommand{\bibnamefont}[1]{#1}" +%<plntx> "\expandafter\ifx\csname bibnamefont\endcsname\relax" +%<plntx> write$ newline$ +%<plntx> " \def\bibnamefont#1{#1}\fi" + write$ newline$ +%</nmft&nmft-def> +%<*nmft&fnm-def> +%<!plntx> "\providecommand{\bibfnamefont}[1]{#1}" +%<plntx> "\expandafter\ifx\csname bibfnamefont\endcsname\relax" +%<plntx> write$ newline$ +%<plntx> " \def\bibfnamefont#1{#1}\fi" + write$ newline$ +%</nmft&fnm-def> +%<*lab&lab-def> +%<!plntx> "\providecommand{\citenamefont}[1]{#1}" +%<plntx> "\expandafter\ifx\csname citenamefont\endcsname\relax" +%<plntx> write$ newline$ +%<plntx> " \def\citenamefont#1{#1}\fi" + write$ newline$ +%</lab&lab-def> +%<*(url&!harnm)|eprint> +%<*!plntx> +%<nfss> "\providecommand{\url}[1]{\texttt{#1}}" +%<!nfss> "\providecommand{\url}[1]{{\tt #1}}" + write$ newline$ + "\providecommand{\urlprefix}{}" + write$ newline$ +%</!plntx> +%<*plntx> + "\expandafter\ifx\csname url\endcsname\relax" + write$ newline$ +%<nfss> " \def\url#1{\texttt{#1}}\fi" +%<!nfss> " \def\url#1{{\tt #1}}\fi" + write$ newline$ + "\expandafter\ifx\csname urlprefix\endcsname\relax\def\urlprefix{}\fi" + write$ newline$ +%</plntx> +%</(url&!harnm)|eprint> +%<*doi> + "\expandafter\ifx\csname urlstyle\endcsname\relax" + write$ newline$ +%<*!plntx> + " \providecommand{\doi}[1]{doi:\discretionary{}{}{}#1}\else" + write$ newline$ + " \providecommand{\doi}{doi:\discretionary{}{}{}\begingroup \urlstyle{rm}\Url}\fi" + write$ newline$ +%</!plntx> +%<*plntx> + " \expandafter\ifx\csname doi\endcsname\relax" + write$ newline$ + " \def\doi#1{doi:\discretionary{}{}{}#1}\fi \else" + write$ newline$ + " \expandafter\ifx\csname doi\endcsname\relax" + write$ newline$ + " \def\doi{doi:\discretionary{}{}{}\begingroup \urlstyle{rm}\Url}\fi \fi" + write$ newline$ +%</plntx> +%</doi> +%<*url-doi&url> + "\providecommand{\doiprefix}{doi: }" + write$ newline$ + "\expandafter\ifx\csname href\endcsname\relax" + write$ newline$ + " \providecommand{\urldoi}[1]{#1}\else" + write$ newline$ + " \providecommand{\urldoi}[1]{\href{https://doi.org/#1}{#1}}\fi" + write$ newline$ +%</url-doi&url> +%<*lang> +%<!plntx> "\providecommand{\selectlanguage}[1]{\relax}" +%<*plntx> + "\expandafter\ifx\csname selectlanguage\endcsname\relax" + write$ newline$ + " \def\selectlanguage#1{}\fi" +%</plntx> + write$ newline$ +%</lang> +%<*!plntx> +%<*babel> + "\input{francaisbst.tex}" write$ newline$ + "\newcommand{\Capitalize}[1]{\uppercase{#1}}" write$ newline$ + "\newcommand{\capitalize}[1]{\expandafter\Capitalize#1}" write$ newline$ +%</babel> +%<*annote> + "\providecommand{\bibAnnoteFile}[1]{%" + write$ newline$ + " \IfFileExists{#1}{\begin{quotation}\noindent\textsc{Key:} #1\\" + write$ newline$ + " \textsc{Annotation:}\ \input{#1}\end{quotation}}{}}" + write$ newline$ + "\providecommand{\bibAnnote}[2]{%" + write$ newline$ + " \begin{quotation}\noindent\textsc{Key:} #1\\" + write$ newline$ + " \textsc{Annotation:}\ #2\end{quotation}}" + write$ newline$ +%</annote> +%</!plntx> +%<*bibinfo> +%<!plntx> "\providecommand{\bibinfo}[2]{#2}" +%<plntx> "\expandafter\ifx\csname bibinfo\endcsname\relax\def\bibinfo#1#2{#2}\fi" + write$ newline$ +%</bibinfo> +%<*eprint> +%<!plntx> "\providecommand{\eprint}[2][]{\url{#2}}" +%<plntx> "\expandafter\ifx\csname eprint\endcsname\relax\def\eprint#1{\url{#1}}\fi" + write$ newline$ +%</eprint> +} +%</!html> +%<*html> +{ +"<html><head><title>Bibliography Listing</title></head>" write$ newline$ +"<body>" write$ newline$ +"<h2>Bibliography</h2>" write$ newline$ +%<htdes>"<dl>" write$ newline$ +%<!htdes&htlist>"<ol>" write$ newline$ +} +%</html> +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +EXECUTE {begin.bib} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +EXECUTE {init.state.consts} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +ITERATE {call.type$} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{`end.bib'} +% \begin{macrocode} +FUNCTION {end.bib} +{ newline$ +%<!html> "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$ +%<html> "</dl></body></html>" write$ newline$ +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +EXECUTE {end.bib} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +%</!head> +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +%</!options&!driver&!bblbst> +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \section{The File \texttt{francaisbst.tex} for French} +% The following contains the definitions for the \texttt{babel} language +% selection as they apply to French. This file may be extracted with +% \dtx{} and the option \texttt{bblbst}. +% \changes{2.0}{2023-10-28}{La traduction française «cahier de +% recherche» est remplacée par «rapport technique».} +% \changes{2.0}{2023-10-28}{La traduction française «éditeur» +% (éd.) est remplacée par «directeur» («dir.»).} +% \changes{2.0}{2023-10-28}{La traduction française «édité par» est +% remplacée par «sous la direction de».} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*bblbst> + % This is francaisbst.tex for French. +\def\bbland{et} \def\bbletal{et~collab.} +\def\bbleditors{directeurs} \def\bbleds{dir.} +\def\bbleditor{directeur} \def\bbled{dir.} +\def\bbledby{sous la direction de} +\def\bbledition{\'edition} \def\bbledn{\'ed.} +\def\bblvolume{volume} \def\bblvol{vol.} +\def\bblof{de} +\def\bblnumber{num\'ero} \def\bblno{{\no}} +\def\bblin{dans} +\def\bblpages{pages} \def\bblpp{p.} +\def\bblpage{page} \def\bblp{p.} +\def\bbleidpp{pages} +\def\bblchapter{chaptitre} \def\bblchap{chap.} +\def\bbltechreport{rapport technique} +\def\bbltechrep{rapport technique} +\def\bblmthesis{m\'emoire de ma\^itrise} +\def\bblphdthesis{th\`ese de doctorat} +\def\bblfirst{premi\`ere} \def\bblfirsto{1{\iere}} +\def\bblsecond{seconde} \def\bblsecondo{2{\ieme}} +\def\bblthird{troisi\`eme} \def\bblthirdo{3{\ieme}} +\def\bblfourth{quatri\`eme} \def\bblfourtho{4{\ieme}} +\def\bblfifth{cinqui\`eme} \def\bblfiftho{5{\ieme}} +\def\bblst{{\iere}} \def\bblnd{{\ieme}} \def\bblrd{{\ieme}} +\def\bblth{{\ieme}} +\def\bbljan{janvier} \def\bblfeb{f\'evrier} \def\bblmar{mars} +\def\bblapr{avril} \def\bblmay{mai} \def\bbljun{juin} +\def\bbljul{juillet} \def\bblaug{ao\^ut} \def\bblsep{septembre} +\def\bbloct{octobre} \def\bblnov{novembre} \def\bbldec{d\'ecembre} +%</bblbst> +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \Finale diff --git a/biblio/bibtex/contrib/francais-bst/francais-bst.pdf b/biblio/bibtex/contrib/francais-bst/francais-bst.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..bd71ee574d --- /dev/null +++ b/biblio/bibtex/contrib/francais-bst/francais-bst.pdf diff --git a/biblio/bibtex/contrib/francais-bst/francais.bst b/biblio/bibtex/contrib/francais-bst/francais.bst deleted file mode 100644 index d6451e76c4..0000000000 --- a/biblio/bibtex/contrib/francais-bst/francais.bst +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1739 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% This is file `francais.bst', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% merlin.mbs (with options: `babel,ay,nat,lang,vonx,nm-rev1,jnrlst,blkyear,dt-beg,yr-per,note-yr,tit-qq,qt-g,qx,vnum-nr,volp-com,pgsep-s,jwdpg,pp-last,jwdvol,num-xser,numser,ser-vol,ser-ed,pg-bk,pre-edn,isbn,issn,agu-doi,doi,edby,blk-com,blknt,pp,ed,abr,ord,and-xcom,etal-xc,url,url-nt,nfss,') -%% -%% >> Style bibliographique compatible avec natbib permettant de composer -%% >> des bibliographies en francais conformes aux regles de typographie -%% >> enoncees dans -%% >> -%% >> Malo, M. "Guide de la communication ecrite", Quebec Amerique, 1996. -%% >> ISBN 978-2-8903-7875-9. -%% >> -%% >> Style cree et maintenu par Vincent Goulet -%% >> <vincent.goulet@act.ulaval.ca>. -%% >> -%% >> Version 1.1 2013-05-12 -%% -%% Copyright 1994-2011 Patrick W Daly - % =============================================================== - % IMPORTANT NOTICE: - % This bibliographic style (bst) file has been generated from one or - % more master bibliographic style (mbs) files, listed above. - % - % This generated file can be redistributed and/or modified under the terms - % of the LaTeX Project Public License Distributed from CTAN - % archives in directory macros/latex/base/lppl.txt; either - % version 1 of the License, or any later version. - % =============================================================== - % Name and version information of the main mbs file: - % \ProvidesFile{merlin.mbs}[2011/11/18 4.33 (PWD, AO, DPC)] - % For use with BibTeX version 0.99a or later - %------------------------------------------------------------------- - % This bibliography style file requires a file named francaisbst.tex - % containing the definitions of word commands like \bbleditor, etc. - % This is an author-year citation style bibliography. As such, it is - % non-standard LaTeX, and requires a special package file to function properly. - % Such a package is natbib.sty by Patrick W. Daly - % The form of the \bibitem entries is - % \bibitem[Jones et al.(1990)]{key}... - % \bibitem[Jones et al.(1990)Jones, Baker, and Smith]{key}... - % The essential feature is that the label (the part in brackets) consists - % of the author names, as they should appear in the citation, with the year - % in parentheses following. There must be no space before the opening - % parenthesis! - % With natbib v5.3, a full list of authors may also follow the year. - % In natbib.sty, it is possible to define the type of enclosures that is - % really wanted (brackets or parentheses), but in either case, there must - % be parentheses in the label. - % The \cite command functions as follows: - % \citet{key} ==>> Jones et al. (1990) - % \citet*{key} ==>> Jones, Baker, and Smith (1990) - % \citep{key} ==>> (Jones et al., 1990) - % \citep*{key} ==>> (Jones, Baker, and Smith, 1990) - % \citep[chap. 2]{key} ==>> (Jones et al., 1990, chap. 2) - % \citep[e.g.][]{key} ==>> (e.g. Jones et al., 1990) - % \citep[e.g.][p. 32]{key} ==>> (e.g. Jones et al., 1990, p. 32) - % \citeauthor{key} ==>> Jones et al. - % \citeauthor*{key} ==>> Jones, Baker, and Smith - % \citeyear{key} ==>> 1990 - %--------------------------------------------------------------------- - -ENTRY - { address - author - booktitle - chapter - doi - edition - editor - eid - howpublished - institution - isbn - issn - journal - key - language - month - note - number - organization - pages - publisher - school - series - title - type - url - volume - year - } - {} - { label extra.label sort.label short.list } -INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block } -FUNCTION {init.state.consts} -{ #0 'before.all := - #1 'mid.sentence := - #2 'after.sentence := - #3 'after.block := -} -STRINGS { s t} -FUNCTION {output.nonnull} -{ 's := - output.state mid.sentence = - { ", " * write$ } - { output.state after.block = - { add.period$ write$ - newline$ - "\newblock " write$ - } - { output.state before.all = - 'write$ - { add.period$ " " * write$ } - if$ - } - if$ - mid.sentence 'output.state := - } - if$ - s -} -FUNCTION {output} -{ duplicate$ empty$ - 'pop$ - 'output.nonnull - if$ -} -FUNCTION {output.check} -{ 't := - duplicate$ empty$ - { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ } - 'output.nonnull - if$ -} -FUNCTION {fin.entry} -{ add.period$ - write$ - newline$ -} - -FUNCTION {new.block} -{ output.state before.all = - 'skip$ - { after.block 'output.state := } - if$ -} -FUNCTION {new.sentence} -{ output.state after.block = - 'skip$ - { output.state before.all = - 'skip$ - { after.sentence 'output.state := } - if$ - } - if$ -} -FUNCTION {add.blank} -{ " " * before.all 'output.state := -} - -FUNCTION {date.block} -{ - skip$ -} - -FUNCTION {not} -{ { #0 } - { #1 } - if$ -} -FUNCTION {and} -{ 'skip$ - { pop$ #0 } - if$ -} -FUNCTION {or} -{ { pop$ #1 } - 'skip$ - if$ -} -FUNCTION {non.stop} -{ duplicate$ - "}" * add.period$ - #-1 #1 substring$ "." = -} - -FUNCTION {new.block.checkb} -{ empty$ - swap$ empty$ - and - 'skip$ - 'new.block - if$ -} -FUNCTION {field.or.null} -{ duplicate$ empty$ - { pop$ "" } - 'skip$ - if$ -} -FUNCTION {emphasize} -{ duplicate$ empty$ - { pop$ "" } - { "\emph{" swap$ * "}" * } - if$ -} -FUNCTION {tie.or.space.prefix} -{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 < - { "~" } - { " " } - if$ - swap$ -} - -FUNCTION {capitalize} -{ "\capitalize" swap$ * } - -FUNCTION {space.word} -{ " " swap$ * " " * } - % Here are the language-specific definitions for explicit words. - % Each function has a name bbl.xxx where xxx is the English word. - % The BABEL language selection is made here; definitions in francaisbst.tex. -FUNCTION {bbl.and} -{ "\bbland{}"} - -FUNCTION {bbl.etal} -{ "\bbletal{}"} - -FUNCTION {bbl.editors} -{ "\bbleds{}" } - -FUNCTION {bbl.editor} -{ "\bbled{}" } - -FUNCTION {bbl.edby} -{ "\bbledby{}" } - -FUNCTION {bbl.edition} -{ "\bbledn{}" } - -FUNCTION {bbl.volume} -{ "\bblvol{}" } - -FUNCTION {bbl.of} -{ "\bblof{}" } - -FUNCTION {bbl.number} -{ "\bblno{}" } - -FUNCTION {bbl.nr} -{ "\bblno{}" } - -FUNCTION {bbl.in} -{ "\bblin{}" } - -FUNCTION {bbl.pages} -{ "\bblpp{}" } - -FUNCTION {bbl.page} -{ "\bblp{}" } - -FUNCTION {bbl.chapter} -{ "\bblchap{}" } - -FUNCTION {bbl.techrep} -{ "\bbltechrep{}" } - -FUNCTION {bbl.mthesis} -{ "\bblmthesis{}" } - -FUNCTION {bbl.phdthesis} -{ "\bblphdthesis{}" } - -FUNCTION {bbl.first} -{ "\bblfirsto{}" } - -FUNCTION {bbl.second} -{ "\bblsecondo{}" } - -FUNCTION {bbl.third} -{ "\bblthirdo{}" } - -FUNCTION {bbl.fourth} -{ "\bblfourtho{}" } - -FUNCTION {bbl.fifth} -{ "\bblfiftho{}" } - -FUNCTION {bbl.st} -{ "\bblst{}" } - -FUNCTION {bbl.nd} -{ "\bblnd{}" } - -FUNCTION {bbl.rd} -{ "\bblrd{}" } - -FUNCTION {bbl.th} -{ "\bblth{}" } - -MACRO {jan} {"\bbljan{}"} - -MACRO {feb} {"\bblfeb{}"} - -MACRO {mar} {"\bblmar{}"} - -MACRO {apr} {"\bblapr{}"} - -MACRO {may} {"\bblmay{}"} - -MACRO {jun} {"\bbljun{}"} - -MACRO {jul} {"\bbljul{}"} - -MACRO {aug} {"\bblaug{}"} - -MACRO {sep} {"\bblsep{}"} - -MACRO {oct} {"\bbloct{}"} - -MACRO {nov} {"\bblnov{}"} - -MACRO {dec} {"\bbldec{}"} - -FUNCTION {eng.ord} -{ duplicate$ "1" swap$ * - #-2 #1 substring$ "1" = - { bbl.th * } - { duplicate$ #-1 #1 substring$ - duplicate$ "1" = - { pop$ bbl.st * } - { duplicate$ "2" = - { pop$ bbl.nd * } - { "3" = - { bbl.rd * } - { bbl.th * } - if$ - } - if$ - } - if$ - } - if$ -} - -MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Computing Surveys"} - -MACRO {acta} {"Acta Informatica"} - -MACRO {cacm} {"Communications of the ACM"} - -MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM Journal of Research and Development"} - -MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Systems Journal"} - -MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering"} - -MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Transactions on Computers"} - -MACRO {ieeetcad} - {"IEEE Transactions on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits"} - -MACRO {ipl} {"Information Processing Letters"} - -MACRO {jacm} {"Journal of the ACM"} - -MACRO {jcss} {"Journal of Computer and System Sciences"} - -MACRO {scp} {"Science of Computer Programming"} - -MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM Journal on Computing"} - -MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Transactions on Computer Systems"} - -MACRO {tods} {"ACM Transactions on Database Systems"} - -MACRO {tog} {"ACM Transactions on Graphics"} - -MACRO {toms} {"ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software"} - -MACRO {toois} {"ACM Transactions on Office Information Systems"} - -MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems"} - -MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Computer Science"} -FUNCTION {bibinfo.check} -{ swap$ - duplicate$ missing$ - { - pop$ pop$ - "" - } - { duplicate$ empty$ - { - swap$ pop$ - } - { swap$ - pop$ - } - if$ - } - if$ -} -FUNCTION {bibinfo.warn} -{ swap$ - duplicate$ missing$ - { - swap$ "missing " swap$ * " in " * cite$ * warning$ pop$ - "" - } - { duplicate$ empty$ - { - swap$ "empty " swap$ * " in " * cite$ * warning$ - } - { swap$ - pop$ - } - if$ - } - if$ -} -INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames } - - -STRINGS { bibinfo} - -FUNCTION {format.names} -{ 'bibinfo := - duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ { - 's := - "" 't := - #1 'nameptr := - s num.names$ 'numnames := - numnames 'namesleft := - { namesleft #0 > } - { s nameptr - duplicate$ #1 > - { "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" } - { "{vv~}{ll}{, f.}{, jj}" } - if$ - format.name$ - bibinfo bibinfo.check - 't := - nameptr #1 > - { - namesleft #1 > - { ", " * t * } - { - s nameptr "{ll}" format.name$ duplicate$ "others" = - { 't := } - { pop$ } - if$ - t "others" = - { - " " * bbl.etal * - } - { - bbl.and - space.word * t * - } - if$ - } - if$ - } - 't - if$ - nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := - namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := - } - while$ - } if$ -} -FUNCTION {format.names.ed} -{ - 'bibinfo := - duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ { - 's := - "" 't := - #1 'nameptr := - s num.names$ 'numnames := - numnames 'namesleft := - { namesleft #0 > } - { s nameptr - "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" - format.name$ - bibinfo bibinfo.check - 't := - nameptr #1 > - { - namesleft #1 > - { ", " * t * } - { - s nameptr "{ll}" format.name$ duplicate$ "others" = - { 't := } - { pop$ } - if$ - t "others" = - { - - " " * bbl.etal * - } - { - bbl.and - space.word * t * - } - if$ - } - if$ - } - 't - if$ - nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := - namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := - } - while$ - } if$ -} -FUNCTION {format.key} -{ empty$ - { key field.or.null } - { "" } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {format.authors} -{ author "author" format.names -} -FUNCTION {get.bbl.editor} -{ editor num.names$ #1 > 'bbl.editors 'bbl.editor if$ } - -FUNCTION {format.editors} -{ editor "editor" format.names duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ - { - "," * - " " * - get.bbl.editor - * - } - if$ -} -FUNCTION {format.book.pages} -{ pages "pages" bibinfo.check - duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ - { " " * bbl.pages * } - if$ -} -FUNCTION {format.isbn} -{ isbn "isbn" bibinfo.check - duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ - { - "ISBN " swap$ * - } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {format.issn} -{ issn "issn" bibinfo.check - duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ - { - "ISSN " swap$ * - } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {format.doi} -{ doi empty$ - { "" } - { - "\doi{" doi * "}" * - } - if$ -} -FUNCTION {select.language} -{ duplicate$ empty$ - 'pop$ - { language empty$ - 'skip$ - { "{\selectlanguage{" language * "}" * swap$ * "}" * } - if$ - } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {format.note} -{ - url empty$ - 'skip$ - { "\urlprefix\url{" url * "}" * output } - if$ - note empty$ - { "" } - { note #1 #1 substring$ - duplicate$ "{" = - 'skip$ - { output.state mid.sentence = - { "l" } - { "u" } - if$ - change.case$ - } - if$ - note #2 global.max$ substring$ * "note" bibinfo.check - } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {format.title} -{ title - duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ - { "t" change.case$ } - if$ - "title" bibinfo.check - duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ - { - "\enquote{" swap$ * - "}, " * - select.language - } - if$ -} -FUNCTION {end.quote.title} -{ title empty$ - 'skip$ - { before.all 'output.state := } - if$ -} -FUNCTION {format.full.names} -{'s := - "" 't := - #1 'nameptr := - s num.names$ 'numnames := - numnames 'namesleft := - { namesleft #0 > } - { s nameptr - "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ - 't := - nameptr #1 > - { - namesleft #1 > - { ", " * t * } - { - s nameptr "{ll}" format.name$ duplicate$ "others" = - { 't := } - { pop$ } - if$ - t "others" = - { - " " * bbl.etal * - } - { - bbl.and - space.word * t * - } - if$ - } - if$ - } - 't - if$ - nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := - namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := - } - while$ -} - -FUNCTION {author.editor.key.full} -{ author empty$ - { editor empty$ - { key empty$ - { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } - 'key - if$ - } - { editor format.full.names } - if$ - } - { author format.full.names } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {author.key.full} -{ author empty$ - { key empty$ - { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } - 'key - if$ - } - { author format.full.names } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {editor.key.full} -{ editor empty$ - { key empty$ - { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } - 'key - if$ - } - { editor format.full.names } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {make.full.names} -{ type$ "book" = - type$ "inbook" = - or - 'author.editor.key.full - { type$ "proceedings" = - 'editor.key.full - 'author.key.full - if$ - } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {output.bibitem} -{ newline$ - "\bibitem[{" write$ - label write$ - ")" make.full.names duplicate$ short.list = - { pop$ } - { * } - if$ - "}]{" * write$ - cite$ write$ - "}" write$ - newline$ - "" - before.all 'output.state := -} - -FUNCTION {if.digit} -{ duplicate$ "0" = - swap$ duplicate$ "1" = - swap$ duplicate$ "2" = - swap$ duplicate$ "3" = - swap$ duplicate$ "4" = - swap$ duplicate$ "5" = - swap$ duplicate$ "6" = - swap$ duplicate$ "7" = - swap$ duplicate$ "8" = - swap$ "9" = or or or or or or or or or -} -FUNCTION {n.separate} -{ 't := - "" - #0 'numnames := - { t empty$ not } - { t #-1 #1 substring$ if.digit - { numnames #1 + 'numnames := } - { #0 'numnames := } - if$ - t #-1 #1 substring$ swap$ * - t #-2 global.max$ substring$ 't := - numnames #5 = - { duplicate$ #1 #2 substring$ swap$ - #3 global.max$ substring$ - "\," swap$ * * - } - 'skip$ - if$ - } - while$ -} -FUNCTION {n.dashify} -{ - n.separate - 't := - "" - { t empty$ not } - { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = - { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not - { "--" * - t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := - } - { { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = } - { "-" * - t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := - } - while$ - } - if$ - } - { t #1 #1 substring$ * - t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := - } - if$ - } - while$ -} - -FUNCTION {word.in} -{ bbl.in - " " * } - -FUNCTION {format.date} -{ year "year" bibinfo.check duplicate$ empty$ - { - } - 'skip$ - if$ - extra.label * - before.all 'output.state := - after.sentence 'output.state := -} -FUNCTION {format.btitle} -{ title "title" bibinfo.check - duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ - { - emphasize - select.language - } - if$ -} -FUNCTION {either.or.check} -{ empty$ - 'pop$ - { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ } - if$ -} -FUNCTION {format.bvolume} -{ volume empty$ - { "" } - { bbl.volume volume tie.or.space.prefix - "volume" bibinfo.check * * - series "series" bibinfo.check - duplicate$ empty$ 'pop$ - { emphasize ", " * swap$ * } - if$ - "volume and number" number either.or.check - } - if$ -} -FUNCTION {format.number.series} -{ volume empty$ - { number empty$ - { series field.or.null } - { series empty$ - { number "number" bibinfo.check } - { output.state mid.sentence = - { bbl.number } - { bbl.number capitalize } - if$ - number tie.or.space.prefix "number" bibinfo.check * * - bbl.in space.word * - series "series" bibinfo.check * - } - if$ - } - if$ - } - { "" } - if$ -} -FUNCTION {is.num} -{ chr.to.int$ - duplicate$ "0" chr.to.int$ < not - swap$ "9" chr.to.int$ > not and -} - -FUNCTION {extract.num} -{ duplicate$ 't := - "" 's := - { t empty$ not } - { t #1 #1 substring$ - t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := - duplicate$ is.num - { s swap$ * 's := } - { pop$ "" 't := } - if$ - } - while$ - s empty$ - 'skip$ - { pop$ s } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {convert.edition} -{ extract.num "l" change.case$ 's := - s "first" = s "1" = or - { bbl.first 't := } - { s "second" = s "2" = or - { bbl.second 't := } - { s "third" = s "3" = or - { bbl.third 't := } - { s "fourth" = s "4" = or - { bbl.fourth 't := } - { s "fifth" = s "5" = or - { bbl.fifth 't := } - { s #1 #1 substring$ is.num - { s eng.ord 't := } - { edition 't := } - if$ - } - if$ - } - if$ - } - if$ - } - if$ - } - if$ - t -} - -FUNCTION {format.edition} -{ edition duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ - { - convert.edition - output.state mid.sentence = - { "l" } - { "t" } - if$ change.case$ - "edition" bibinfo.check - " " * bbl.edition * - } - if$ -} -INTEGERS { multiresult } -FUNCTION {multi.page.check} -{ 't := - #0 'multiresult := - { multiresult not - t empty$ not - and - } - { t #1 #1 substring$ - duplicate$ "-" = - swap$ duplicate$ "," = - swap$ "+" = - or or - { #1 'multiresult := } - { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := } - if$ - } - while$ - multiresult -} -FUNCTION {format.pages} -{ pages duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ - { duplicate$ multi.page.check - { - bbl.pages swap$ - n.dashify - } - { - bbl.page swap$ - } - if$ - tie.or.space.prefix - "pages" bibinfo.check - * * - } - if$ -} -FUNCTION {format.journal.pages} -{ pages duplicate$ empty$ 'pop$ - { swap$ duplicate$ empty$ - { pop$ pop$ format.pages } - { - ", " * - swap$ - n.dashify - pages multi.page.check - 'bbl.pages - 'bbl.page - if$ - swap$ tie.or.space.prefix - "pages" bibinfo.check - * * - * - } - if$ - } - if$ -} -FUNCTION {format.journal.eid} -{ eid "eid" bibinfo.check - duplicate$ empty$ 'pop$ - { swap$ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ - { - ", " * - } - if$ - swap$ * - } - if$ -} -FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages} -{ volume field.or.null - duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ - { - bbl.volume swap$ tie.or.space.prefix - "volume" bibinfo.check - * * - } - if$ - number "number" bibinfo.check duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ - { - swap$ duplicate$ empty$ - { "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ } - 'skip$ - if$ - swap$ - ", " bbl.nr * number tie.or.space.prefix pop$ * swap$ * - } - if$ * -} - -FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages} -{ chapter empty$ - { "" } - { type empty$ - { bbl.chapter } - { type "l" change.case$ - "type" bibinfo.check - } - if$ - chapter tie.or.space.prefix - "chapter" bibinfo.check - * * - } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {format.booktitle} -{ - booktitle "booktitle" bibinfo.check - emphasize -} -FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle} -{ format.booktitle duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ - { - format.bvolume duplicate$ empty$ 'pop$ - { ", " swap$ * * } - if$ - editor "editor" format.names.ed duplicate$ empty$ 'pop$ - { - bbl.edby - " " * swap$ * - swap$ - "," * - " " * swap$ - * } - if$ - word.in swap$ * - } - if$ -} -FUNCTION {format.thesis.type} -{ type duplicate$ empty$ - 'pop$ - { swap$ pop$ - "t" change.case$ "type" bibinfo.check - } - if$ -} -FUNCTION {format.tr.number} -{ number "number" bibinfo.check - type duplicate$ empty$ - { pop$ bbl.techrep } - 'skip$ - if$ - "type" bibinfo.check - swap$ duplicate$ empty$ - { pop$ "t" change.case$ } - { tie.or.space.prefix * * } - if$ -} -FUNCTION {format.article.crossref} -{ - word.in - " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * -} -FUNCTION {format.book.crossref} -{ volume duplicate$ empty$ - { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$ - pop$ word.in - } - { bbl.volume - swap$ tie.or.space.prefix "volume" bibinfo.check * * bbl.of space.word * - } - if$ - " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * -} -FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref} -{ - word.in - " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * -} -FUNCTION {format.org.or.pub} -{ 't := - "" - address empty$ t empty$ and - 'skip$ - { - t empty$ - { address "address" bibinfo.check * - } - { t * - address empty$ - 'skip$ - { ", " * address "address" bibinfo.check * } - if$ - } - if$ - } - if$ -} -FUNCTION {format.publisher.address} -{ publisher "publisher" bibinfo.warn format.org.or.pub -} - -FUNCTION {format.organization.address} -{ organization "organization" bibinfo.check format.org.or.pub -} - -FUNCTION {article} -{ output.bibitem - format.authors "author" output.check - author format.key output - format.date "year" output.check - date.block - format.title "title" output.check - end.quote.title - crossref missing$ - { - journal - "journal" bibinfo.check - emphasize - "journal" output.check - format.vol.num.pages output - format.doi output - } - { format.article.crossref output.nonnull - } - if$ - eid empty$ - { format.journal.pages } - { format.journal.eid } - if$ - format.issn output - new.sentence - format.note output - fin.entry -} -FUNCTION {book} -{ output.bibitem - author empty$ - { format.editors "author and editor" output.check - editor format.key output - } - { format.authors output.nonnull - crossref missing$ - { "author and editor" editor either.or.check } - 'skip$ - if$ - } - if$ - format.date "year" output.check - date.block - format.btitle "title" output.check - crossref missing$ - { format.bvolume output - format.edition output - format.number.series output - format.publisher.address output - } - { - format.book.crossref output.nonnull - } - if$ - format.isbn output - format.book.pages output - format.doi output - new.sentence - format.note output - fin.entry -} -FUNCTION {booklet} -{ output.bibitem - format.authors output - author format.key output - format.date "year" output.check - date.block - format.title "title" output.check - end.quote.title - howpublished "howpublished" bibinfo.check output - address "address" bibinfo.check output - format.isbn output - format.book.pages output - format.doi output - new.sentence - format.note output - fin.entry -} - -FUNCTION {inbook} -{ output.bibitem - author empty$ - { format.editors "author and editor" output.check - editor format.key output - } - { format.authors output.nonnull - crossref missing$ - { "author and editor" editor either.or.check } - 'skip$ - if$ - } - if$ - format.date "year" output.check - date.block - format.btitle "title" output.check - crossref missing$ - { - format.bvolume output - format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check - format.edition output - format.number.series output - format.publisher.address output - } - { - format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check - format.book.crossref output.nonnull - } - if$ - crossref missing$ - { format.isbn output } - 'skip$ - if$ - format.pages "pages" output.check - format.doi output - new.sentence - format.note output - fin.entry -} - -FUNCTION {incollection} -{ output.bibitem - format.authors "author" output.check - author format.key output - format.date "year" output.check - date.block - format.title "title" output.check - end.quote.title - crossref missing$ - { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check - format.edition output - format.chapter.pages output - format.number.series output - format.publisher.address output - format.isbn output - } - { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull - format.chapter.pages output - } - if$ - format.pages "pages" output.check - format.doi output - new.sentence - format.note output - fin.entry -} -FUNCTION {inproceedings} -{ output.bibitem - format.authors "author" output.check - author format.key output - format.date "year" output.check - date.block - format.title "title" output.check - end.quote.title - crossref missing$ - { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check - format.number.series output - publisher empty$ - { format.organization.address output } - { organization "organization" bibinfo.check output - format.publisher.address output - } - if$ - format.isbn output - format.issn output - } - { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull - } - if$ - format.pages "pages" output.check - format.doi output - new.sentence - format.note output - fin.entry -} -FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings } -FUNCTION {manual} -{ output.bibitem - format.authors output - author format.key output - format.date "year" output.check - date.block - format.btitle "title" output.check - organization "organization" bibinfo.check output - address "address" bibinfo.check output - format.edition output - format.doi output - new.sentence - format.note output - fin.entry -} - -FUNCTION {mastersthesis} -{ output.bibitem - format.authors "author" output.check - author format.key output - format.date "year" output.check - date.block - format.btitle - "title" output.check - bbl.mthesis format.thesis.type output.nonnull - school "school" bibinfo.warn output - address "address" bibinfo.check output - format.doi output - new.sentence - format.note output - fin.entry -} - -FUNCTION {misc} -{ output.bibitem - format.authors output - author format.key output - format.date "year" output.check - date.block - format.title output - end.quote.title - howpublished "howpublished" bibinfo.check output - format.doi output - new.sentence - format.note output - fin.entry -} -FUNCTION {phdthesis} -{ output.bibitem - format.authors "author" output.check - author format.key output - format.date "year" output.check - date.block - format.btitle - "title" output.check - bbl.phdthesis format.thesis.type output.nonnull - school "school" bibinfo.warn output - address "address" bibinfo.check output - format.doi output - new.sentence - format.note output - fin.entry -} - -FUNCTION {proceedings} -{ output.bibitem - format.editors output - editor format.key output - format.date "year" output.check - date.block - format.btitle "title" output.check - format.bvolume output - format.number.series output - publisher empty$ - { format.organization.address output } - { organization "organization" bibinfo.check output - format.publisher.address output - } - if$ - format.isbn output - format.issn output - format.doi output - new.sentence - format.note output - fin.entry -} - -FUNCTION {techreport} -{ output.bibitem - format.authors "author" output.check - author format.key output - format.date "year" output.check - date.block - format.title - "title" output.check - end.quote.title - format.tr.number output.nonnull - institution "institution" bibinfo.warn output - address "address" bibinfo.check output - format.doi output - new.sentence - format.note output - fin.entry -} - -FUNCTION {unpublished} -{ output.bibitem - format.authors "author" output.check - author format.key output - format.date "year" output.check - date.block - format.title "title" output.check - end.quote.title - format.doi output - new.sentence - format.note "note" output.check - fin.entry -} - -FUNCTION {default.type} { misc } -READ -FUNCTION {sortify} -{ purify$ - "l" change.case$ -} -INTEGERS { len } -FUNCTION {chop.word} -{ 's := - 'len := - s #1 len substring$ = - { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ } - 's - if$ -} -FUNCTION {format.lab.names} -{ 's := - "" 't := - s #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ - s num.names$ duplicate$ - #2 > - { pop$ - " " * bbl.etal * - } - { #2 < - 'skip$ - { s #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" = - { - " " * bbl.etal * - } - { bbl.and space.word * s #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ - * } - if$ - } - if$ - } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {author.key.label} -{ author empty$ - { key empty$ - { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } - 'key - if$ - } - { author format.lab.names } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {author.editor.key.label} -{ author empty$ - { editor empty$ - { key empty$ - { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } - 'key - if$ - } - { editor format.lab.names } - if$ - } - { author format.lab.names } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {editor.key.label} -{ editor empty$ - { key empty$ - { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } - 'key - if$ - } - { editor format.lab.names } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {calc.short.authors} -{ type$ "book" = - type$ "inbook" = - or - 'author.editor.key.label - { type$ "proceedings" = - 'editor.key.label - 'author.key.label - if$ - } - if$ - 'short.list := -} - -FUNCTION {calc.label} -{ calc.short.authors - short.list - "(" - * - year duplicate$ empty$ - { pop$ "" } - 'skip$ - if$ - * - 'label := -} - -FUNCTION {sort.format.names} -{ 's := - #1 'nameptr := - "" - s num.names$ 'numnames := - numnames 'namesleft := - { namesleft #0 > } - { s nameptr - "{ll{ }}{ f{ }}{ jj{ }}" - format.name$ 't := - nameptr #1 > - { - " " * - namesleft #1 = t "others" = and - { "zzzzz" 't := } - 'skip$ - if$ - t sortify * - } - { t sortify * } - if$ - nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := - namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := - } - while$ -} - -FUNCTION {sort.format.title} -{ 't := - "A " #2 - "An " #3 - "The " #4 t chop.word - chop.word - chop.word - sortify - #1 global.max$ substring$ -} -FUNCTION {author.sort} -{ author empty$ - { key empty$ - { "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$ - "" - } - { key sortify } - if$ - } - { author sort.format.names } - if$ -} -FUNCTION {author.editor.sort} -{ author empty$ - { editor empty$ - { key empty$ - { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$ - "" - } - { key sortify } - if$ - } - { editor sort.format.names } - if$ - } - { author sort.format.names } - if$ -} -FUNCTION {editor.sort} -{ editor empty$ - { key empty$ - { "to sort, need editor or key in " cite$ * warning$ - "" - } - { key sortify } - if$ - } - { editor sort.format.names } - if$ -} -FUNCTION {presort} -{ calc.label - label sortify - " " - * - type$ "book" = - type$ "inbook" = - or - 'author.editor.sort - { type$ "proceedings" = - 'editor.sort - 'author.sort - if$ - } - if$ - #1 entry.max$ substring$ - 'sort.label := - sort.label - * - " " - * - title field.or.null - sort.format.title - * - #1 entry.max$ substring$ - 'sort.key$ := -} - -ITERATE {presort} -SORT -STRINGS { last.label next.extra } -INTEGERS { last.extra.num last.extra.num.extended last.extra.num.blank number.label } -FUNCTION {initialize.extra.label.stuff} -{ #0 int.to.chr$ 'last.label := - "" 'next.extra := - #0 'last.extra.num := - "a" chr.to.int$ #1 - 'last.extra.num.blank := - last.extra.num.blank 'last.extra.num.extended := - #0 'number.label := -} -FUNCTION {forward.pass} -{ last.label label = - { last.extra.num #1 + 'last.extra.num := - last.extra.num "z" chr.to.int$ > - { "a" chr.to.int$ 'last.extra.num := - last.extra.num.extended #1 + 'last.extra.num.extended := - } - 'skip$ - if$ - last.extra.num.extended last.extra.num.blank > - { last.extra.num.extended int.to.chr$ - last.extra.num int.to.chr$ - * 'extra.label := } - { last.extra.num int.to.chr$ 'extra.label := } - if$ - } - { "a" chr.to.int$ 'last.extra.num := - "" 'extra.label := - label 'last.label := - } - if$ - number.label #1 + 'number.label := -} -FUNCTION {reverse.pass} -{ next.extra "b" = - { "a" 'extra.label := } - 'skip$ - if$ - extra.label 'next.extra := - extra.label - duplicate$ empty$ - 'skip$ - { "{\natexlab{" swap$ * "}}" * } - if$ - 'extra.label := - label extra.label * 'label := -} -EXECUTE {initialize.extra.label.stuff} -ITERATE {forward.pass} -REVERSE {reverse.pass} -FUNCTION {bib.sort.order} -{ sort.label - " " - * - year field.or.null sortify - * - " " - * - title field.or.null - sort.format.title - * - #1 entry.max$ substring$ - 'sort.key$ := -} -ITERATE {bib.sort.order} -SORT -FUNCTION {begin.bib} -{ preamble$ empty$ - 'skip$ - { preamble$ write$ newline$ } - if$ - "\begin{thebibliography}{" number.label int.to.str$ * "}" * - write$ newline$ - "\ProvideTextCommand{\guillemotleft}{OT1}{%" - write$ newline$ - " \leavevmode\raise .27ex\hbox{$\scriptscriptstyle\ll$}}" - write$ newline$ - "\ProvideTextCommand{\guillemotright}{OT1}{%" - write$ newline$ - " \leavevmode\raise .27ex\hbox{$\scriptscriptstyle\gg$}}" - write$ newline$ - "\newcommand{\enquote}[1]{\guillemotleft#1\guillemotright}" - write$ newline$ - "\providecommand{\natexlab}[1]{#1}" - write$ newline$ - "\providecommand{\url}[1]{\texttt{#1}}" - write$ newline$ - "\providecommand{\urlprefix}{URL }" - write$ newline$ - "\expandafter\ifx\csname urlstyle\endcsname\relax" - write$ newline$ - " \providecommand{\doi}[1]{doi:\discretionary{}{}{}#1}\else" - write$ newline$ - " \providecommand{\doi}{doi:\discretionary{}{}{}\begingroup \urlstyle{rm}\Url}\fi" - write$ newline$ - "\providecommand{\selectlanguage}[1]{\relax}" - write$ newline$ - "\input{francaisbst.tex}" write$ newline$ - "\newcommand{\Capitalize}[1]{\uppercase{#1}}" write$ newline$ - "\newcommand{\capitalize}[1]{\expandafter\Capitalize#1}" write$ newline$ -} -EXECUTE {begin.bib} -EXECUTE {init.state.consts} -ITERATE {call.type$} -FUNCTION {end.bib} -{ newline$ - "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$ -} -EXECUTE {end.bib} -%% End of customized bst file -%% -%% End of file `francais.bst'. diff --git a/biblio/bibtex/contrib/francais-bst/francais.dbj b/biblio/bibtex/contrib/francais-bst/francais.dbj new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8d5804bbab --- /dev/null +++ b/biblio/bibtex/contrib/francais-bst/francais.dbj @@ -0,0 +1,580 @@ +%% Driver file to produce francais.bst from francais-bst.mbs +%% First generated with makebst, version 4.1 (2003/09/08), from +%% merlin.mbs on 2012/10/15 at 1:06. +%% Generated again with makebst, version 4.1 (2003/09/08), from +%% francais-bst.mbs on 2023/10/25 at 13:17, then hand edited by +%% Vincent Goulet. +%% +\input docstrip + +\preamble + +Copyright (C) 2012-2023 Vincent Goulet + +This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c of this +license or (at your option) any later version. The latest version +of this license is in: + + https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt + +This work has the LPPL maintenance status `maintained'. + +The Current Maintainer of this work is Vincent Goulet +<vincent.goulet@act.ulaval.ca>. + +This work consists of the master bibliographic style file +francais-bst.mbs; the driver files francais.dbj and francaissc.dbj; +the derived files francais.bst, francaissc.bst, francaisbst.tex. + +\endpreamble + +\postamble +End of customized bst file +\endpostamble + +\keepsilent + +\askforoverwritefalse +\def\MBopts{\from{francais-bst.mbs}{% +%EXTERNAL FILES: +%Name of language file: \cfile=. +%No included files. +%INTERNAL LANGUAGE SUPPORT (if no external language file) +% %: (def) English + babel,%: Babel +%-------------------- +%STYLE OF CITATIONS: +% %: (def) Numerical + ay,%: Author-year +% alph,%: Alpha style, Jon90 or JWB90 +% alph,alf-1,%: Alpha style, Jon90 +% alph,alf-f,%: Alpha style, Jones90 +% cite,%: Cite key +%-------------------- +%HTML OUTPUT (if non author-year citations) +% %: (def) Normal LaTeX +% html,%: Hypertext +% html,htlist,%: Hypertext list +% html,htdes,%: Hypertext with keys +%-------------------- +%AUTHOR--YEAR SUPPORT SYSTEM (if author-year citations) + nat,%: Natbib +% %: (def) Older Natbib +% alk,%: Apalike +% har,%: Harvard +% ast,%: Astronomy +% cay,%: Chicago +% nmd,%: Named +% cn,%: Author-date +%-------------------- +%HARVARD EXTENSIONS INCLUDED (if Harvard support selected) +% harnm,%: With Harvard extensions +% %: (def) Older Harvard +%-------------------- +%LANGUAGE FIELD +% %: (def) No language field + lang,%: Add language field +%-------------------- +%ANNOTATIONS: + %: (def) No annotations +% annote,%: Annotations +%-------------------- +%PRESENTATIONS: + %: (def) Do not add presentation type +% pres,%: Add presentation, speaker not highlighted +% pres,pres-bf,%: Presentation, speaker bold face +% pres,pres-it,%: Presentaion, speaker italic +% pres,pres-sc,%: Presentaion, speaker in small caps +%-------------------- +%ORDERING OF REFERENCES (if non-author/year and non-alph) +% %: (def) Alphabetical +% seq-no,%: Citation order +% seq-yr,%: Year ordered +% seq-yrr,%: Reverse year ordered +%-------------------- +%ORDERING OF REFERENCES (if author-year citations) + %: (def) Alphabetical +% seq-lab,%: By label +% seq-labc,%: By label and cite order +% seq-key,%: By label and cite key +% seq-yr,%: Year ordered +% seq-yrr,%: Reverse year ordered +% seq-no,%: Citation order +%-------------------- +%ORDER ON VON PART (if not citation order) +% %: (def) Sort on von part + vonx,%: Sort without von part +%-------------------- +%IGNORE FIRST NAMES (if author-year citations) + %: (def) Respect first names +% xintls,%: Sort on surname only +%-------------------- +%AUTHOR NAMES: +% ed-au,%: Full, surname last +% nm-revf,%: Full, surname first +% nm-init,ed-au,%: Initials + surname +% nm-rev,%: Surname + initials +% nm-rv,%: Surname + dotless initials +% nm-rvvc,%: Surname + comma + spaceless initials +% nm-rvx,%: Surname + pure initials +% nm-rvcx,%: Surname + comma + pure initials +% nm-rvv,%: Surname + spaceless initials + nm-rev1,%: Only first name reversed, initials +% nm-revv1,%: First name reversed, with full names +%-------------------- +%EDITOR NAMES IN COLLECTIONS (if author names reversed) + %: (def) Editor names NOT reversed +% ed-rev,%: Editor names reversed +%-------------------- +%POSITION OF JUNIOR (if author names reversed) + jnrlst,%: Junior comes last +% %: (def) Junior between +%-------------------- +%JUNIOR PART IN THE CITATION (if author-year citations) + %: (def) No `junior' part in the citations +% jnrlab,%: `Junior' in citations +%-------------------- +%PUNCTUATION BETWEEN AUTHOR NAMES: + %: (def) Author names separated by commas +% aunm-semi,%: Names separated by semi-colon +% aunm-sl,%: Names separated by slash +%-------------------- +%ADJACENT REFERENCES WITH REPEATED NAMES: + %: (def) Author/editor names always present +% nmdash,%: Repeated author/editor names replaced by dash +% nmdash,nmd-2,%: Repeated author/editor names replaced by 2 dashes +% nmdash,nmd-3,%: Repeated author/editor names replaced by 3 dashes +%-------------------- +%NUMBER OF AUTHORS IN BIBLIOGRAPHY: + %: (def) All authors +% nmlm,%: Limited authors +%-------------------- +%AUTHORS IN CITATIONS: + %: (def) One author et al +% mcite,%: Some other truncation scheme +%-------------------- +%MAX AUTHORS BEFORE ET AL: (if regular cite not selected) +% mct-1,%: One et al +% mct-2,%: One, Two et al +% mct-3,%: One, Two, Three et al +% mct-4,%: One, Two, Three, Four et al +% mct-5,%: One, Two, Three, Four, Five et al +% mct-6,%: One, Two, Three, Four, Five, Six et al +%-------------------- +%MAX AUTHORS WITHOUT ET AL: (if regular cite not selected) +% mct-x2,%: Two authors without truncating +% mct-x3,%: Three authors +% mct-x4,%: Four authors +% mct-x5,%: Five authors +% mct-x6,%: Six authors +%-------------------- +%TYPEFACE FOR AUTHORS IN LIST OF REFERENCES: + %: (def) Normal font for author names +% nmft,nmft-sc,%: Small caps authors +% nmft,nmft-it,%: Italic authors +% nmft,nmft-bf,%: Bold authors +% nmft,nmft-def,%: User defined author font +%-------------------- +%FONT FOR FIRST NAMES (if non-default font for authors) +% %: (def) First names same font as surnames +% fnm-rm,%: First names in normal font +% fnm-def,%: First names in user defined font +%-------------------- +%EDITOR NAMES IN INCOLLECTION ETC: +% %: (def) Editors incollection normal font +% nmfted,%: Editors incollection like authors +%-------------------- +%FONT FOR `AND' IN LIST: +% %: (def) `And' in author font +% nmand-rm,%: `And' in normal font +%-------------------- +%FONT OF CITATION LABELS IN TEXT (if author-year citations) + %: (def) Cited authors plain +% lab,lab-it,%: Cited authors italic +% lab,lab-sc,%: Cited authors small caps +% lab,lab-bf,%: Cited authors bold +% lab,lab-def,%: User defined citation font +%-------------------- +%FONT FOR `AND' IN CITATIONS (if non-default font for citation lables) +% %: (def) Cited `and' in author font +% and-rm,%: Cited `and' in normal font +%-------------------- +%FONT OF EXTRA LABEL (The extra letter on the year) + %: (def) Extra label plain +% xlab-it,%: Extra label italic +%-------------------- +%LABEL WHEN AUTHORS MISSING (if author-year citations) + keyxyr,%: Year blank when KEY replaces missing author +% %: (def) Year included when KEY replaces missing author +%-------------------- +%MISSING DATE (if author-year citations) +% %: (def) Missing date set to ???? + blkyear,%: Missing date left blank +%-------------------- +%DATE POSITION: +% %: (def) Date at end + dt-beg,%: Date after authors +% dt-jnl,%: Date part of journal spec. +% dt-end,%: Date at very end +%-------------------- +%DATE FORMAT (if non author-year citations) +% %: (def) Plain month and year +% yr-par,%: Date in parentheses +% yr-brk,%: Date in brackets +% yr-col,%: Date preceded by colon +% yr-per,%: Date preceded by period +% yr-com,%: Date preceded by comma +% yr-blk,%: Date preceded by space +%-------------------- +%SUPPRESS MONTH: +% %: (def) Date is month and year +% xmth,%: Date is year only +%-------------------- +%REVERSED DATE (if including month) +% %: (def) Date as month year +% dtrev,%: Date as year month +%-------------------- +%DATE FORMAT (if author-year citations) +% %: (def) Year plain +% yr-par,%: Year in parentheses +% yr-brk,%: Year in brackets +% yr-col,%: Year preceded by colon + yr-per,%: Year preceded by period +% yr-com,%: Date preceded by comma +% yr-blk,%: Year preceded by space +%-------------------- +%INCLUDE MONTHS: + %: (def) Date is year only +% aymth,%: Include month in date +%-------------------- +%REVERSED DATE (if including month) +% %: (def) Date as month year +% dtrev,%: Date as year month +%-------------------- +%DATE PUNCTUATION (if date not at end) + %: (def) Date with standard block punctuation +% yrp-col,%: Colon after date +% yrp-semi,%: Semi-colon after date +% yrp-per,%: Period after date +% yrp-x,%: No punct. after date +%-------------------- +%BLANK AFTER DATE: + %: (def) Space after date +% yrpp-xsp,%: No space after date +%-------------------- +%DATE FONT: + %: (def) Date in normal font +% dtbf,%: Date in bold face +%-------------------- +%TRUNCATE YEAR (if author-year citations) + note-yr,%: Year text full +% %: (def) Year truncated +%-------------------- +%TITLE OF ARTICLE: +% %: (def) Title plain +% tit-it,%: Title italic +% tit-qq,qt-s,%: Title and punctuation in single quotes +% tit-qq,%: Title and punctuation in double quotes +% tit-qq,qt-g,%: Title and punctuation in guillemets +% tit-qq,qt-s,qx,%: Title in single quotes +% tit-qq,qx,%: Title in double quotes + tit-qq,qt-g,qx,%: Title in guillemets +%-------------------- +%COLLECTION/PROCEEDINGS TITLES (if quoted title) +% bt-qq,%: Quote collection and proceedings titles + %: (def) Collection and proceedings titles not in quotes +%-------------------- +%CAPITALIZATION OF ARTICLE TITLE: + %: (def) Sentence style +% atit-u,%: Title style +%-------------------- +%ARTICLE TITLE PRESENT: + %: (def) Article title present +% jtit-x,%: No article title +%-------------------- +%JOURNAL NAMES: + %: (def) Periods in journal names +% jxper,%: Dotless journal names +%-------------------- +%JOURNAL NAME FONT: + %: (def) Journal name italics +% jttl-rm,%: Journal name normal +%-------------------- +%THESIS TITLE: + %: (def) Thesis titles like books +% thtit-a,%: Thesis title like article +% thtit-x,%: No thesis title +%-------------------- +%TECHNICAL REPORT TITLE: +% %: (def) Tech. report title like articles + trtit-b,%: Tech. report title like books +%-------------------- +%TECHNICAL REPORT NUMBER: + %: (def) Tech. report and number plain +% trnum-it,%: Tech. report and number italic +%-------------------- +%JOURNAL VOLUME: + %: (def) Volume plain +% vol-it,%: Volume italic +% vol-bf,%: Volume bold +% vol-2bf,%: Volume and number bold +%-------------------- +%JOURNAL VOL AND NUMBER: +% %: (def) Journal vol(num) +% vnum-sp,%: Journal vol (num) +% vnum-cm,%: Journal vol, num + vnum-nr,%: Journal vol, no. num +% vnum-h,%: Journal vol, \# number +% vnum-b,%: Journal vol number +% vnum-x,%: Journal vol, without number +%-------------------- +%VOLUME PUNCTUATION: +% %: (def) Volume with colon +% volp-sp,%: Volume with colon and space +% volp-semi,%: Volume with semi-colon + volp-com,%: Volume with comma +% volp-blk,%: Volume with blank +%-------------------- +%YEAR IN JOURNAL SPECIFICATION: + %: (def) Journal year like others +% jdt-v,%: Journal vol(year) +% jdt-vs,%: Journal vol (year) +% jdt-p,%: Year with pages +% jdt-pc,%: Year, comma, pages +%-------------------- +%PAGE NUMBERS: + %: (def) Start and stop page numbers +% jpg-1,%: Only start page number +%-------------------- +%LARGE PAGE NUMBERS: +% %: (def) No separators for large page numbers +% pgsep-c,%: Comma inserted over 9999 + pgsep-s,%: Thin space inserted over 9999 +% pgsep-p,%: Period inserted over 9999 +%-------------------- +%WORD `PAGE' IN ARTICLES: +% %: (def) Article pages numbers only + jwdpg,%: Include `page' in articles +%-------------------- +%POSITION OF PAGES: + %: (def) Pages given mid text +% pp-last,%: Pages at end +%-------------------- +%WORD `VOLUME' IN ARTICLES: +% %: (def) Article volume as number only + jwdvol,%: Include `volume' in articles +%-------------------- +%NUMBER AND SERIES FOR COLLECTIONS: + num-xser,%: Allows number without series +% %: (def) Standard BibTeX +%-------------------- +%POSITION OF NUMBER AND SERIES: +% %: (def) After chapter and pages + numser,%: Just before publisher +%-------------------- +%VOLUME AND SERIES FOR BOOKS/COLLECTIONS: +% %: (def) Vol. 23 of Series + ser-vol,%: Series, vol. 23 +%-------------------- +%POSITION OF VOLUME AND SERIES FOR INCOLLECTIONS: +% %: (def) Series and volume after the editors + ser-ed,%: Series and volume after booktitle +%-------------------- +%JOURNAL NAME PUNCTUATION: + %: (def) Comma after journal +% jnm-x,%: Space after journal +%-------------------- +%BOOK TITLE: + %: (def) Book title italic +% btit-rm,bt-rm,%: Book title plain +%-------------------- +%PAGES IN BOOKS: + %: (def) Pages in book plain +% bkpg-par,%: Pages in book in parentheses +% bkpg-x,%: Pages in book bare +%-------------------- +%TOTAL PAGES OF A BOOK: +% %: (def) Total book pages not printed + pg-bk,%: For book: 345 pages +% pg-bk,pg-pre,%: Total book pages before publisher +%-------------------- +%PUBLISHER ADDRESS: + %: (def) Publisher, address +% add-pub,%: Address: Publisher +%-------------------- +%PUBLISHER IN PARENTHESES: + %: (def) Publisher as normal block +% pub-par,%: Publisher in parentheses +% pub-date,%: Publisher and date in parentheses +% pub-date,pub-xc,%: Publisher and date in parentheses, no comma +% pub-date,pub-xpar,%: Publisher and date without parentheses +% pub-date,pub-xpar,pub-xc,%: Publisher and date, no parentheses, no comma +%-------------------- +%PUBLISHER POSITION: +% %: (def) Publisher after chapter, pages + pre-pub,%: Publisher before chapter, pages + pre-edn,%: Publisher after edition +%-------------------- +%ISBN NUMBER: + isbn,%: Include ISBN +% %: (def) No ISBN +%-------------------- +%ISSN NUMBER: +% issn,%: Include ISSN + %: (def) No ISSN +%-------------------- +%DOI NUMBER: +% doi,%: Include DOI + url-doi,%: Format DOI as URL //doi.org/doi +% agu-doi,doi,%: Insert DOI AGU style +% %: (def) No DOI +%-------------------- +%`EDITOR' AFTER NAMES (EDITED BOOKS WITHOUT AUTHORS): +% %: (def) Word `editor' after name +% edpar,%: `Name (editor),' +% edpar,bkedcap,%: `Name (Editor),' +% edparc,%: `Name, (editor)' +% edparc,bkedcap,%: `Name, (Editor)' + edparxc,%: `Name (editor)' +% edparxc,bkedcap,%: `Name (Editor)' +%-------------------- +%EDITOR IN COLLECTIONS: +% %: (def) Same as for edited book + edby,%: In booktitle, edited by .. +% edby-par,%: In booktitle (edited by ..) +% edby-parc,%: In booktitle, (edited by ..) +% edby,edbyx,%: In booktitle, editor .. +% edby,edbyw,%: In booktitle, (editor) .. +% edby-par,edbyx,%: In booktitle (editor..) +% edby-parc,edbyx,%: In booktitle, (editor..) +% edby,edbyy,%: In booktitle, .., editor +% edby-par,edbyy,%: In booktitle (.., editor) +%-------------------- +%CAPITALIZE `EDITOR' OR `EDITED BY' (if editor capitalizable) +% %: (def) `(editor,..)' or `(edited by..)' +% edcap,%: `(Editor,..)' or `(Edited by..)' +%-------------------- +%PUNCTUATION BETWEEN SECTIONS (BLOCKS): +% %: (def) \newblock after blocks + blk-com,%: Comma between blocks +% blk-com,com-semi,%: Semi-colon between blocks +% blk-com,com-blank,%: Blanks between blocks +% blk-tit,%: Period after titles of articles, books, etc +% blk-tit,tit-col,%: Colon after titles of articles, books, etc +% blk-tita,%: Period after titles of articles +% blk-tita,tit-col,%: Colon after titles of articles +%-------------------- +%PUNCTUATION BEFORE NOTES (if not using \newblock) +% %: (def) Notes have regular punctuation + blknt,%: Notes preceded by period +%-------------------- +%PUNCTUATION AFTER AUTHORS: + %: (def) Author block normal +% au-col,%: Author block with colon +%-------------------- +%PUNCTUATION AFTER `IN': + %: (def) Space after `in' +% in-col,%: Colon after `in' +% in-it,%: Italic `in' +% in-col,in-it,%: Italic `in' and colon +% in-x,%: No word `in' +%-------------------- +%`IN' WITH JOURNAL NAMES (if using 'in' with collections) + %: (def) No `in' before journal name +% injnl,%: Add `in' before journal name +%-------------------- +%FINAL PUNCTUATION: + %: (def) Period at very end +% fin-bare,%: No period at end +%-------------------- +%ABBREVIATE WORD `PAGES' (if not using external language file) +% %: (def) `Page(s)' + pp,%: `Page' abbreviated +% ppx,%: `Page' omitted +%-------------------- +%ABBREVIATE WORD `EDITORS': +% %: (def) `Editor(s)' + ed,%: `Editor' abbreviated +%-------------------- +%OTHER ABBREVIATIONS: +% %: (def) No abbreviations + abr,%: Abbreviations +%-------------------- +%ABBREVIATION FOR `EDITION' (if abbreviating words) + %: (def) `Edition' abbreviated as `edn' +% ednx,%: `Edition' abbreviated as `ed' +%-------------------- +%MONTHS WITH DOTS: + %: (def) Months with dots +% mth-bare,%: Months without dots +%-------------------- +%EDITION NUMBERS: +% xedn,%: Editions as in database +% %: (def) Write out editions + ord,%: Numerical editions +%-------------------- +%Reading external language file \cfile= +%STORED JOURNAL NAMES: + %: (def) Full journal names +% jabr,%: Abbreviated journal names +% jabr,jaa,%: Abbreviated with astronomy shorthands +%-------------------- +%AMPERSAND: + %: (def) Use word `and' +% amper,%: Use ampersand +% varand,%: Use \BIBand +%-------------------- +%COMMA BEFORE `AND': +% %: (def) Comma before `and' + and-xcom,%: No comma before `and' +% and-com,%: Comma even with 2 authors +%-------------------- +%COMMA BEFORE `AND' EVEN FOR COLLECTION EDITORS (if using comma before `and' with authors) +% and-com-ed,%: Comma with 2 editors +% %: (def) Two editors without comma +%-------------------- +%NO `AND' IN REFERENCE LIST: + %: (def) With `and' +% xand,%: No `and' +%-------------------- +%COMMA BEFORE `ET AL': +% %: (def) Comma before `et al' + etal-xc,%: No comma before `et al' +%-------------------- +%FONT OF `ET AL': + %: (def) Plain et al +% etal-it,%: Italic et al +% etal-rm,%: Roman et al +%-------------------- +%ADDITIONAL REVTeX DATA FIELDS: + %: (def) No additional fields +% revdata,eprint,url,url-blk,%: Include REVTeX data fields +%-------------------- +%E-PRINT DATA FIELD: (without REVTeX fields) + %: (def) Do not include eprint field +% eprint,%: Include eprint and archive fields +%-------------------- +%URL ADDRESS: (without REVTeX fields) +% %: (def) No URL + url,url-blk,%: Include URL +% url,url-nt,%: URL as note +% url,url-nl,%: URL on new line +%-------------------- +%REFERENCE COMPONENT TAGS: + %: (def) No reference component tags +% bibinfo,%: Reference component tags +%-------------------- +%EMPHASIS: (affects all so-called italics) + %: (def) Use emphasis +% em-it,%: Use true italics +% em-x,%: No italics +% em-ul,%: Underlining +%-------------------- +%COMPATIBILITY WITH PLAIN TEX: + nfss,%: Use LaTeX commands +% plntx,%: Use only Plain TeX +%-------------------- + }} +\generate{\file{francais.bst}{\MBopts}} +\endbatchfile diff --git a/biblio/bibtex/contrib/francais-bst/francaisbst.dbj b/biblio/bibtex/contrib/francais-bst/francaisbst.dbj new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c177a3dde4 --- /dev/null +++ b/biblio/bibtex/contrib/francais-bst/francaisbst.dbj @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +%% Driver file to produce francaisbst.tex from francais-bst.mbs +%% +\input docstrip +\keepsilent +\askforoverwritefalse + +\preamble + +Copyright (C) 2012-2023 Vincent Goulet + +This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c of this +license or (at your option) any later version. The latest version +of this license is in: + + https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt + +This work has the LPPL maintenance status `maintained'. + +The Current Maintainer of this work is Vincent Goulet +<vincent.goulet@act.ulaval.ca>. + +This work consists of the master bibliographic style file +francais-bst.mbs; the driver files francais.dbj and francaissc.dbj; +the derived files francais.bst, francaissc.bst, francaisbst.tex. + +\endpreamble + +\generate{\file{francaisbst.tex}{\from{francais-bst.mbs}{bblbst}}} + +\endbatchfile
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/biblio/bibtex/contrib/francais-bst/francaisbst.tex b/biblio/bibtex/contrib/francais-bst/francaisbst.tex deleted file mode 100644 index f60e5a1e89..0000000000 --- a/biblio/bibtex/contrib/francais-bst/francaisbst.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,49 +0,0 @@ -%% Copyright (C) 2012 Vincent Goulet -%% -%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions -%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c of this -%% license or (at your option) any later version. The latest version -%% of this license is in: -%% -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% -%% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX -%% version 2006/05/20 or later. -%% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status `maintained'. -%% -%% The Current Maintainer of this work is Vincent Goulet -%% <vincent.goulet@act.ulaval.ca>. -%% -%% This is francaisbst.tex for French. -\def\bbland{et} \def\bbletal{et~collab.} -\def\bbleditors{r\'edacteurs} \def\bbleds{\'ed.} -\def\bbleditor{r\'edacteur} \def\bbled{\'ed.} -\def\bbledby{\'edit\'e par} -\def\bbledition{\'edition} \def\bbledn{\'ed.} -\def\bblvolume{volume} \def\bblvol{vol.} -\def\bblof{de} -\def\bblnumber{num\'ero} \def\bblno{\no{}} -\def\bblin{dans} -\def\bblpages{pages} \def\bblpp{p.} -\def\bblpage{page} \def\bblp{p.} -\def\bbleidpp{pages} -\def\bblchapter{chapitre} \def\bblchap{chap.} -\def\bbltechreport{cahier de recherche} -\def\bbltechrep{cahier de recherche} -\def\bblmthesis{m\'emoire de ma\^itrise} -\def\bblphdthesis{th\`ese de doctorat} -\def\bblfirst{premi\`ere} \def\bblfirsto{1{\iere}} -\def\bblsecond{seconde} \def\bblsecondo{2{\ieme}} -\def\bblthird{troisi\`eme} \def\bblthirdo{3{\ieme}} -\def\bblfourth{quatri\`eme} \def\bblfourtho{4{\ieme}} -\def\bblfifth{cinqui\`eme} \def\bblfiftho{5{\ieme}} -\def\bblst{{\iere}} \def\bblnd{{\ieme}} \def\bblrd{{\ieme}} -\def\bblth{{\ieme}} -\def\bbljan{janvier} \def\bblfeb{f\'evrier} \def\bblmar{mars} -\def\bblapr{avril} \def\bblmay{mai} \def\bbljun{juin} -\def\bbljul{juillet} \def\bblaug{ao\^ut} \def\bblsep{septembre} -\def\bbloct{octobre} \def\bblnov{novembre} \def\bbldec{d\'ecembre} -\endinput -%% -%% End of file `francaisbst.tex'. diff --git a/biblio/bibtex/contrib/francais-bst/francaissc.bst b/biblio/bibtex/contrib/francais-bst/francaissc.bst deleted file mode 100644 index 3a024a5365..0000000000 --- a/biblio/bibtex/contrib/francais-bst/francaissc.bst +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1759 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% This is file `francaissc.bst', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% merlin.mbs (with options: `babel,ay,nat,lang,vonx,nm-rev1,jnrlst,nmft,nmft-sc,nmand-rm,lab,lab-sc,and-rm,blkyear,dt-beg,yr-per,note-yr,tit-qq,qt-g,qx,vnum-nr,volp-com,pgsep-s,jwdpg,pp-last,jwdvol,num-xser,numser,ser-vol,ser-ed,pg-bk,pre-edn,isbn,issn,agu-doi,doi,edby,blk-com,blknt,pp,ed,abr,ord,and-xcom,etal-xc,etal-rm,url,url-nt,nfss,') -%% -%% >> Style bibliographique compatible avec natbib permettant de composer -%% >> des bibliographies en francais conformes aux regles de typographie -%% >> enoncees dans -%% >> -%% >> Malo, M. "Guide de la communication ecrite", Quebec Amerique, 1996. -%% >> ISBN 978-2-8903-7875-9. -%% >> -%% >> Version avec les noms d'auteurs en petites capitales dans la -%% >> bibliographie *et* dans les citations. La conjonction "et" et le -%% >> marqueur "et collab." sont en romain normal. -%% >> -%% >> Style cree et maintenu par Vincent Goulet -%% >> <vincent.goulet@act.ulaval.ca>. -%% >> -%% >> Version 1.1 2013-05-12 -%% -%% Copyright 1994-2011 Patrick W Daly - % =============================================================== - % IMPORTANT NOTICE: - % This bibliographic style (bst) file has been generated from one or - % more master bibliographic style (mbs) files, listed above. - % - % This generated file can be redistributed and/or modified under the terms - % of the LaTeX Project Public License Distributed from CTAN - % archives in directory macros/latex/base/lppl.txt; either - % version 1 of the License, or any later version. - % =============================================================== - % Name and version information of the main mbs file: - % \ProvidesFile{merlin.mbs}[2011/11/18 4.33 (PWD, AO, DPC)] - % For use with BibTeX version 0.99a or later - %------------------------------------------------------------------- - % This bibliography style file requires a file named francaisbst.tex - % containing the definitions of word commands like \bbleditor, etc. - % This is an author-year citation style bibliography. As such, it is - % non-standard LaTeX, and requires a special package file to function properly. - % Such a package is natbib.sty by Patrick W. Daly - % The form of the \bibitem entries is - % \bibitem[Jones et al.(1990)]{key}... - % \bibitem[Jones et al.(1990)Jones, Baker, and Smith]{key}... - % The essential feature is that the label (the part in brackets) consists - % of the author names, as they should appear in the citation, with the year - % in parentheses following. There must be no space before the opening - % parenthesis! - % With natbib v5.3, a full list of authors may also follow the year. - % In natbib.sty, it is possible to define the type of enclosures that is - % really wanted (brackets or parentheses), but in either case, there must - % be parentheses in the label. - % The \cite command functions as follows: - % \citet{key} ==>> Jones et al. (1990) - % \citet*{key} ==>> Jones, Baker, and Smith (1990) - % \citep{key} ==>> (Jones et al., 1990) - % \citep*{key} ==>> (Jones, Baker, and Smith, 1990) - % \citep[chap. 2]{key} ==>> (Jones et al., 1990, chap. 2) - % \citep[e.g.][]{key} ==>> (e.g. Jones et al., 1990) - % \citep[e.g.][p. 32]{key} ==>> (e.g. Jones et al., 1990, p. 32) - % \citeauthor{key} ==>> Jones et al. - % \citeauthor*{key} ==>> Jones, Baker, and Smith - % \citeyear{key} ==>> 1990 - %--------------------------------------------------------------------- - -ENTRY - { address - author - booktitle - chapter - doi - edition - editor - eid - howpublished - institution - isbn - issn - journal - key - language - month - note - number - organization - pages - publisher - school - series - title - type - url - volume - year - } - {} - { label extra.label sort.label short.list } -INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block } -FUNCTION {init.state.consts} -{ #0 'before.all := - #1 'mid.sentence := - #2 'after.sentence := - #3 'after.block := -} -STRINGS { s t} -FUNCTION {output.nonnull} -{ 's := - output.state mid.sentence = - { ", " * write$ } - { output.state after.block = - { add.period$ write$ - newline$ - "\newblock " write$ - } - { output.state before.all = - 'write$ - { add.period$ " " * write$ } - if$ - } - if$ - mid.sentence 'output.state := - } - if$ - s -} -FUNCTION {output} -{ duplicate$ empty$ - 'pop$ - 'output.nonnull - if$ -} -FUNCTION {output.check} -{ 't := - duplicate$ empty$ - { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ } - 'output.nonnull - if$ -} -FUNCTION {fin.entry} -{ add.period$ - write$ - newline$ -} - -FUNCTION {new.block} -{ output.state before.all = - 'skip$ - { after.block 'output.state := } - if$ -} -FUNCTION {new.sentence} -{ output.state after.block = - 'skip$ - { output.state before.all = - 'skip$ - { after.sentence 'output.state := } - if$ - } - if$ -} -FUNCTION {add.blank} -{ " " * before.all 'output.state := -} - -FUNCTION {date.block} -{ - skip$ -} - -FUNCTION {not} -{ { #0 } - { #1 } - if$ -} -FUNCTION {and} -{ 'skip$ - { pop$ #0 } - if$ -} -FUNCTION {or} -{ { pop$ #1 } - 'skip$ - if$ -} -FUNCTION {non.stop} -{ duplicate$ - "}" * add.period$ - #-1 #1 substring$ "." = -} - -FUNCTION {new.block.checkb} -{ empty$ - swap$ empty$ - and - 'skip$ - 'new.block - if$ -} -FUNCTION {field.or.null} -{ duplicate$ empty$ - { pop$ "" } - 'skip$ - if$ -} -FUNCTION {emphasize} -{ duplicate$ empty$ - { pop$ "" } - { "\emph{" swap$ * "}" * } - if$ -} -FUNCTION {scaps} -{ duplicate$ empty$ - { pop$ "" } - { "\textsc{" swap$ * "}" * } - if$ -} -FUNCTION {bib.name.font} -{ scaps } -FUNCTION {bib.fname.font} -{ bib.name.font } -FUNCTION {cite.name.font} -{ scaps } -FUNCTION {tie.or.space.prefix} -{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 < - { "~" } - { " " } - if$ - swap$ -} - -FUNCTION {capitalize} -{ "\capitalize" swap$ * } - -FUNCTION {space.word} -{ " " swap$ * " " * } - % Here are the language-specific definitions for explicit words. - % Each function has a name bbl.xxx where xxx is the English word. - % The BABEL language selection is made here; definitions in francaisbst.tex. -FUNCTION {bbl.and} -{ "\bbland{}"} - -FUNCTION {bbl.etal} -{ "\bbletal{}"} - -FUNCTION {bbl.editors} -{ "\bbleds{}" } - -FUNCTION {bbl.editor} -{ "\bbled{}" } - -FUNCTION {bbl.edby} -{ "\bbledby{}" } - -FUNCTION {bbl.edition} -{ "\bbledn{}" } - -FUNCTION {bbl.volume} -{ "\bblvol{}" } - -FUNCTION {bbl.of} -{ "\bblof{}" } - -FUNCTION {bbl.number} -{ "\bblno{}" } - -FUNCTION {bbl.nr} -{ "\bblno{}" } - -FUNCTION {bbl.in} -{ "\bblin{}" } - -FUNCTION {bbl.pages} -{ "\bblpp{}" } - -FUNCTION {bbl.page} -{ "\bblp{}" } - -FUNCTION {bbl.chapter} -{ "\bblchap{}" } - -FUNCTION {bbl.techrep} -{ "\bbltechrep{}" } - -FUNCTION {bbl.mthesis} -{ "\bblmthesis{}" } - -FUNCTION {bbl.phdthesis} -{ "\bblphdthesis{}" } - -FUNCTION {bbl.first} -{ "\bblfirsto{}" } - -FUNCTION {bbl.second} -{ "\bblsecondo{}" } - -FUNCTION {bbl.third} -{ "\bblthirdo{}" } - -FUNCTION {bbl.fourth} -{ "\bblfourtho{}" } - -FUNCTION {bbl.fifth} -{ "\bblfiftho{}" } - -FUNCTION {bbl.st} -{ "\bblst{}" } - -FUNCTION {bbl.nd} -{ "\bblnd{}" } - -FUNCTION {bbl.rd} -{ "\bblrd{}" } - -FUNCTION {bbl.th} -{ "\bblth{}" } - -MACRO {jan} {"\bbljan{}"} - -MACRO {feb} {"\bblfeb{}"} - -MACRO {mar} {"\bblmar{}"} - -MACRO {apr} {"\bblapr{}"} - -MACRO {may} {"\bblmay{}"} - -MACRO {jun} {"\bbljun{}"} - -MACRO {jul} {"\bbljul{}"} - -MACRO {aug} {"\bblaug{}"} - -MACRO {sep} {"\bblsep{}"} - -MACRO {oct} {"\bbloct{}"} - -MACRO {nov} {"\bblnov{}"} - -MACRO {dec} {"\bbldec{}"} - -FUNCTION {eng.ord} -{ duplicate$ "1" swap$ * - #-2 #1 substring$ "1" = - { bbl.th * } - { duplicate$ #-1 #1 substring$ - duplicate$ "1" = - { pop$ bbl.st * } - { duplicate$ "2" = - { pop$ bbl.nd * } - { "3" = - { bbl.rd * } - { bbl.th * } - if$ - } - if$ - } - if$ - } - if$ -} - -MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Computing Surveys"} - -MACRO {acta} {"Acta Informatica"} - -MACRO {cacm} {"Communications of the ACM"} - -MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM Journal of Research and Development"} - -MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Systems Journal"} - -MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering"} - -MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Transactions on Computers"} - -MACRO {ieeetcad} - {"IEEE Transactions on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits"} - -MACRO {ipl} {"Information Processing Letters"} - -MACRO {jacm} {"Journal of the ACM"} - -MACRO {jcss} {"Journal of Computer and System Sciences"} - -MACRO {scp} {"Science of Computer Programming"} - -MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM Journal on Computing"} - -MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Transactions on Computer Systems"} - -MACRO {tods} {"ACM Transactions on Database Systems"} - -MACRO {tog} {"ACM Transactions on Graphics"} - -MACRO {toms} {"ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software"} - -MACRO {toois} {"ACM Transactions on Office Information Systems"} - -MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems"} - -MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Computer Science"} -FUNCTION {bibinfo.check} -{ swap$ - duplicate$ missing$ - { - pop$ pop$ - "" - } - { duplicate$ empty$ - { - swap$ pop$ - } - { swap$ - pop$ - } - if$ - } - if$ -} -FUNCTION {bibinfo.warn} -{ swap$ - duplicate$ missing$ - { - swap$ "missing " swap$ * " in " * cite$ * warning$ pop$ - "" - } - { duplicate$ empty$ - { - swap$ "empty " swap$ * " in " * cite$ * warning$ - } - { swap$ - pop$ - } - if$ - } - if$ -} -INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames } - - -STRINGS { bibinfo} - -FUNCTION {format.names} -{ 'bibinfo := - duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ { - 's := - "" 't := - #1 'nameptr := - s num.names$ 'numnames := - numnames 'namesleft := - { namesleft #0 > } - { s nameptr - duplicate$ #1 > - { "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" } - { "{vv~}{ll}{, f.}{, jj}" } - if$ - format.name$ - bib.name.font - bibinfo bibinfo.check - 't := - nameptr #1 > - { - namesleft #1 > - { ", " * t * } - { - s nameptr "{ll}" format.name$ duplicate$ "others" = - { 't := } - { pop$ } - if$ - t "others" = - { - " " * bbl.etal * - } - { - bbl.and - space.word * t * - } - if$ - } - if$ - } - 't - if$ - nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := - namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := - } - while$ - } if$ -} -FUNCTION {format.names.ed} -{ - 'bibinfo := - duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ { - 's := - "" 't := - #1 'nameptr := - s num.names$ 'numnames := - numnames 'namesleft := - { namesleft #0 > } - { s nameptr - "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" - format.name$ - bibinfo bibinfo.check - 't := - nameptr #1 > - { - namesleft #1 > - { ", " * t * } - { - s nameptr "{ll}" format.name$ duplicate$ "others" = - { 't := } - { pop$ } - if$ - t "others" = - { - - " " * bbl.etal * - } - { - bbl.and - space.word * t * - } - if$ - } - if$ - } - 't - if$ - nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := - namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := - } - while$ - } if$ -} -FUNCTION {format.key} -{ empty$ - { key field.or.null } - { "" } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {format.authors} -{ author "author" format.names -} -FUNCTION {get.bbl.editor} -{ editor num.names$ #1 > 'bbl.editors 'bbl.editor if$ } - -FUNCTION {format.editors} -{ editor "editor" format.names duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ - { - "," * - " " * - get.bbl.editor - * - } - if$ -} -FUNCTION {format.book.pages} -{ pages "pages" bibinfo.check - duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ - { " " * bbl.pages * } - if$ -} -FUNCTION {format.isbn} -{ isbn "isbn" bibinfo.check - duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ - { - "ISBN " swap$ * - } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {format.issn} -{ issn "issn" bibinfo.check - duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ - { - "ISSN " swap$ * - } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {format.doi} -{ doi empty$ - { "" } - { - "\doi{" doi * "}" * - } - if$ -} -FUNCTION {select.language} -{ duplicate$ empty$ - 'pop$ - { language empty$ - 'skip$ - { "{\selectlanguage{" language * "}" * swap$ * "}" * } - if$ - } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {format.note} -{ - url empty$ - 'skip$ - { "\urlprefix\url{" url * "}" * output } - if$ - note empty$ - { "" } - { note #1 #1 substring$ - duplicate$ "{" = - 'skip$ - { output.state mid.sentence = - { "l" } - { "u" } - if$ - change.case$ - } - if$ - note #2 global.max$ substring$ * "note" bibinfo.check - } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {format.title} -{ title - duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ - { "t" change.case$ } - if$ - "title" bibinfo.check - duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ - { - "\enquote{" swap$ * - "}, " * - select.language - } - if$ -} -FUNCTION {end.quote.title} -{ title empty$ - 'skip$ - { before.all 'output.state := } - if$ -} -FUNCTION {format.full.names} -{'s := - "" 't := - #1 'nameptr := - s num.names$ 'numnames := - numnames 'namesleft := - { namesleft #0 > } - { s nameptr - "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ - cite.name.font - 't := - nameptr #1 > - { - namesleft #1 > - { ", " * t * } - { - s nameptr "{ll}" format.name$ duplicate$ "others" = - { 't := } - { pop$ } - if$ - t "others" = - { - " " * bbl.etal * - } - { - bbl.and - space.word * t * - } - if$ - } - if$ - } - 't - if$ - nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := - namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := - } - while$ -} - -FUNCTION {author.editor.key.full} -{ author empty$ - { editor empty$ - { key empty$ - { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } - 'key - if$ - } - { editor format.full.names } - if$ - } - { author format.full.names } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {author.key.full} -{ author empty$ - { key empty$ - { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } - 'key - if$ - } - { author format.full.names } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {editor.key.full} -{ editor empty$ - { key empty$ - { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } - 'key - if$ - } - { editor format.full.names } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {make.full.names} -{ type$ "book" = - type$ "inbook" = - or - 'author.editor.key.full - { type$ "proceedings" = - 'editor.key.full - 'author.key.full - if$ - } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {output.bibitem} -{ newline$ - "\bibitem[{" write$ - label write$ - ")" make.full.names duplicate$ short.list = - { pop$ } - { * } - if$ - "}]{" * write$ - cite$ write$ - "}" write$ - newline$ - "" - before.all 'output.state := -} - -FUNCTION {if.digit} -{ duplicate$ "0" = - swap$ duplicate$ "1" = - swap$ duplicate$ "2" = - swap$ duplicate$ "3" = - swap$ duplicate$ "4" = - swap$ duplicate$ "5" = - swap$ duplicate$ "6" = - swap$ duplicate$ "7" = - swap$ duplicate$ "8" = - swap$ "9" = or or or or or or or or or -} -FUNCTION {n.separate} -{ 't := - "" - #0 'numnames := - { t empty$ not } - { t #-1 #1 substring$ if.digit - { numnames #1 + 'numnames := } - { #0 'numnames := } - if$ - t #-1 #1 substring$ swap$ * - t #-2 global.max$ substring$ 't := - numnames #5 = - { duplicate$ #1 #2 substring$ swap$ - #3 global.max$ substring$ - "\," swap$ * * - } - 'skip$ - if$ - } - while$ -} -FUNCTION {n.dashify} -{ - n.separate - 't := - "" - { t empty$ not } - { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = - { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not - { "--" * - t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := - } - { { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = } - { "-" * - t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := - } - while$ - } - if$ - } - { t #1 #1 substring$ * - t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := - } - if$ - } - while$ -} - -FUNCTION {word.in} -{ bbl.in - " " * } - -FUNCTION {format.date} -{ year "year" bibinfo.check duplicate$ empty$ - { - } - 'skip$ - if$ - extra.label * - before.all 'output.state := - after.sentence 'output.state := -} -FUNCTION {format.btitle} -{ title "title" bibinfo.check - duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ - { - emphasize - select.language - } - if$ -} -FUNCTION {either.or.check} -{ empty$ - 'pop$ - { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ } - if$ -} -FUNCTION {format.bvolume} -{ volume empty$ - { "" } - { bbl.volume volume tie.or.space.prefix - "volume" bibinfo.check * * - series "series" bibinfo.check - duplicate$ empty$ 'pop$ - { emphasize ", " * swap$ * } - if$ - "volume and number" number either.or.check - } - if$ -} -FUNCTION {format.number.series} -{ volume empty$ - { number empty$ - { series field.or.null } - { series empty$ - { number "number" bibinfo.check } - { output.state mid.sentence = - { bbl.number } - { bbl.number capitalize } - if$ - number tie.or.space.prefix "number" bibinfo.check * * - bbl.in space.word * - series "series" bibinfo.check * - } - if$ - } - if$ - } - { "" } - if$ -} -FUNCTION {is.num} -{ chr.to.int$ - duplicate$ "0" chr.to.int$ < not - swap$ "9" chr.to.int$ > not and -} - -FUNCTION {extract.num} -{ duplicate$ 't := - "" 's := - { t empty$ not } - { t #1 #1 substring$ - t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := - duplicate$ is.num - { s swap$ * 's := } - { pop$ "" 't := } - if$ - } - while$ - s empty$ - 'skip$ - { pop$ s } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {convert.edition} -{ extract.num "l" change.case$ 's := - s "first" = s "1" = or - { bbl.first 't := } - { s "second" = s "2" = or - { bbl.second 't := } - { s "third" = s "3" = or - { bbl.third 't := } - { s "fourth" = s "4" = or - { bbl.fourth 't := } - { s "fifth" = s "5" = or - { bbl.fifth 't := } - { s #1 #1 substring$ is.num - { s eng.ord 't := } - { edition 't := } - if$ - } - if$ - } - if$ - } - if$ - } - if$ - } - if$ - t -} - -FUNCTION {format.edition} -{ edition duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ - { - convert.edition - output.state mid.sentence = - { "l" } - { "t" } - if$ change.case$ - "edition" bibinfo.check - " " * bbl.edition * - } - if$ -} -INTEGERS { multiresult } -FUNCTION {multi.page.check} -{ 't := - #0 'multiresult := - { multiresult not - t empty$ not - and - } - { t #1 #1 substring$ - duplicate$ "-" = - swap$ duplicate$ "," = - swap$ "+" = - or or - { #1 'multiresult := } - { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := } - if$ - } - while$ - multiresult -} -FUNCTION {format.pages} -{ pages duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ - { duplicate$ multi.page.check - { - bbl.pages swap$ - n.dashify - } - { - bbl.page swap$ - } - if$ - tie.or.space.prefix - "pages" bibinfo.check - * * - } - if$ -} -FUNCTION {format.journal.pages} -{ pages duplicate$ empty$ 'pop$ - { swap$ duplicate$ empty$ - { pop$ pop$ format.pages } - { - ", " * - swap$ - n.dashify - pages multi.page.check - 'bbl.pages - 'bbl.page - if$ - swap$ tie.or.space.prefix - "pages" bibinfo.check - * * - * - } - if$ - } - if$ -} -FUNCTION {format.journal.eid} -{ eid "eid" bibinfo.check - duplicate$ empty$ 'pop$ - { swap$ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ - { - ", " * - } - if$ - swap$ * - } - if$ -} -FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages} -{ volume field.or.null - duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ - { - bbl.volume swap$ tie.or.space.prefix - "volume" bibinfo.check - * * - } - if$ - number "number" bibinfo.check duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ - { - swap$ duplicate$ empty$ - { "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ } - 'skip$ - if$ - swap$ - ", " bbl.nr * number tie.or.space.prefix pop$ * swap$ * - } - if$ * -} - -FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages} -{ chapter empty$ - { "" } - { type empty$ - { bbl.chapter } - { type "l" change.case$ - "type" bibinfo.check - } - if$ - chapter tie.or.space.prefix - "chapter" bibinfo.check - * * - } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {format.booktitle} -{ - booktitle "booktitle" bibinfo.check - emphasize -} -FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle} -{ format.booktitle duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ - { - format.bvolume duplicate$ empty$ 'pop$ - { ", " swap$ * * } - if$ - editor "editor" format.names.ed duplicate$ empty$ 'pop$ - { - bbl.edby - " " * swap$ * - swap$ - "," * - " " * swap$ - * } - if$ - word.in swap$ * - } - if$ -} -FUNCTION {format.thesis.type} -{ type duplicate$ empty$ - 'pop$ - { swap$ pop$ - "t" change.case$ "type" bibinfo.check - } - if$ -} -FUNCTION {format.tr.number} -{ number "number" bibinfo.check - type duplicate$ empty$ - { pop$ bbl.techrep } - 'skip$ - if$ - "type" bibinfo.check - swap$ duplicate$ empty$ - { pop$ "t" change.case$ } - { tie.or.space.prefix * * } - if$ -} -FUNCTION {format.article.crossref} -{ - word.in - " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * -} -FUNCTION {format.book.crossref} -{ volume duplicate$ empty$ - { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$ - pop$ word.in - } - { bbl.volume - swap$ tie.or.space.prefix "volume" bibinfo.check * * bbl.of space.word * - } - if$ - " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * -} -FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref} -{ - word.in - " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * -} -FUNCTION {format.org.or.pub} -{ 't := - "" - address empty$ t empty$ and - 'skip$ - { - t empty$ - { address "address" bibinfo.check * - } - { t * - address empty$ - 'skip$ - { ", " * address "address" bibinfo.check * } - if$ - } - if$ - } - if$ -} -FUNCTION {format.publisher.address} -{ publisher "publisher" bibinfo.warn format.org.or.pub -} - -FUNCTION {format.organization.address} -{ organization "organization" bibinfo.check format.org.or.pub -} - -FUNCTION {article} -{ output.bibitem - format.authors "author" output.check - author format.key output - format.date "year" output.check - date.block - format.title "title" output.check - end.quote.title - crossref missing$ - { - journal - "journal" bibinfo.check - emphasize - "journal" output.check - format.vol.num.pages output - format.doi output - } - { format.article.crossref output.nonnull - } - if$ - eid empty$ - { format.journal.pages } - { format.journal.eid } - if$ - format.issn output - new.sentence - format.note output - fin.entry -} -FUNCTION {book} -{ output.bibitem - author empty$ - { format.editors "author and editor" output.check - editor format.key output - } - { format.authors output.nonnull - crossref missing$ - { "author and editor" editor either.or.check } - 'skip$ - if$ - } - if$ - format.date "year" output.check - date.block - format.btitle "title" output.check - crossref missing$ - { format.bvolume output - format.edition output - format.number.series output - format.publisher.address output - } - { - format.book.crossref output.nonnull - } - if$ - format.isbn output - format.book.pages output - format.doi output - new.sentence - format.note output - fin.entry -} -FUNCTION {booklet} -{ output.bibitem - format.authors output - author format.key output - format.date "year" output.check - date.block - format.title "title" output.check - end.quote.title - howpublished "howpublished" bibinfo.check output - address "address" bibinfo.check output - format.isbn output - format.book.pages output - format.doi output - new.sentence - format.note output - fin.entry -} - -FUNCTION {inbook} -{ output.bibitem - author empty$ - { format.editors "author and editor" output.check - editor format.key output - } - { format.authors output.nonnull - crossref missing$ - { "author and editor" editor either.or.check } - 'skip$ - if$ - } - if$ - format.date "year" output.check - date.block - format.btitle "title" output.check - crossref missing$ - { - format.bvolume output - format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check - format.edition output - format.number.series output - format.publisher.address output - } - { - format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check - format.book.crossref output.nonnull - } - if$ - crossref missing$ - { format.isbn output } - 'skip$ - if$ - format.pages "pages" output.check - format.doi output - new.sentence - format.note output - fin.entry -} - -FUNCTION {incollection} -{ output.bibitem - format.authors "author" output.check - author format.key output - format.date "year" output.check - date.block - format.title "title" output.check - end.quote.title - crossref missing$ - { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check - format.edition output - format.chapter.pages output - format.number.series output - format.publisher.address output - format.isbn output - } - { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull - format.chapter.pages output - } - if$ - format.pages "pages" output.check - format.doi output - new.sentence - format.note output - fin.entry -} -FUNCTION {inproceedings} -{ output.bibitem - format.authors "author" output.check - author format.key output - format.date "year" output.check - date.block - format.title "title" output.check - end.quote.title - crossref missing$ - { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check - format.number.series output - publisher empty$ - { format.organization.address output } - { organization "organization" bibinfo.check output - format.publisher.address output - } - if$ - format.isbn output - format.issn output - } - { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull - } - if$ - format.pages "pages" output.check - format.doi output - new.sentence - format.note output - fin.entry -} -FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings } -FUNCTION {manual} -{ output.bibitem - format.authors output - author format.key output - format.date "year" output.check - date.block - format.btitle "title" output.check - organization "organization" bibinfo.check output - address "address" bibinfo.check output - format.edition output - format.doi output - new.sentence - format.note output - fin.entry -} - -FUNCTION {mastersthesis} -{ output.bibitem - format.authors "author" output.check - author format.key output - format.date "year" output.check - date.block - format.btitle - "title" output.check - bbl.mthesis format.thesis.type output.nonnull - school "school" bibinfo.warn output - address "address" bibinfo.check output - format.doi output - new.sentence - format.note output - fin.entry -} - -FUNCTION {misc} -{ output.bibitem - format.authors output - author format.key output - format.date "year" output.check - date.block - format.title output - end.quote.title - howpublished "howpublished" bibinfo.check output - format.doi output - new.sentence - format.note output - fin.entry -} -FUNCTION {phdthesis} -{ output.bibitem - format.authors "author" output.check - author format.key output - format.date "year" output.check - date.block - format.btitle - "title" output.check - bbl.phdthesis format.thesis.type output.nonnull - school "school" bibinfo.warn output - address "address" bibinfo.check output - format.doi output - new.sentence - format.note output - fin.entry -} - -FUNCTION {proceedings} -{ output.bibitem - format.editors output - editor format.key output - format.date "year" output.check - date.block - format.btitle "title" output.check - format.bvolume output - format.number.series output - publisher empty$ - { format.organization.address output } - { organization "organization" bibinfo.check output - format.publisher.address output - } - if$ - format.isbn output - format.issn output - format.doi output - new.sentence - format.note output - fin.entry -} - -FUNCTION {techreport} -{ output.bibitem - format.authors "author" output.check - author format.key output - format.date "year" output.check - date.block - format.title - "title" output.check - end.quote.title - format.tr.number output.nonnull - institution "institution" bibinfo.warn output - address "address" bibinfo.check output - format.doi output - new.sentence - format.note output - fin.entry -} - -FUNCTION {unpublished} -{ output.bibitem - format.authors "author" output.check - author format.key output - format.date "year" output.check - date.block - format.title "title" output.check - end.quote.title - format.doi output - new.sentence - format.note "note" output.check - fin.entry -} - -FUNCTION {default.type} { misc } -READ -FUNCTION {sortify} -{ purify$ - "l" change.case$ -} -INTEGERS { len } -FUNCTION {chop.word} -{ 's := - 'len := - s #1 len substring$ = - { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ } - 's - if$ -} -FUNCTION {format.lab.names} -{ 's := - "" 't := - s #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ - cite.name.font - s num.names$ duplicate$ - #2 > - { pop$ - " " * bbl.etal * - } - { #2 < - 'skip$ - { s #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" = - { - " " * bbl.etal * - } - { bbl.and space.word * s #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ - cite.name.font - * } - if$ - } - if$ - } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {author.key.label} -{ author empty$ - { key empty$ - { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } - 'key - if$ - } - { author format.lab.names } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {author.editor.key.label} -{ author empty$ - { editor empty$ - { key empty$ - { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } - 'key - if$ - } - { editor format.lab.names } - if$ - } - { author format.lab.names } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {editor.key.label} -{ editor empty$ - { key empty$ - { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } - 'key - if$ - } - { editor format.lab.names } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {calc.short.authors} -{ type$ "book" = - type$ "inbook" = - or - 'author.editor.key.label - { type$ "proceedings" = - 'editor.key.label - 'author.key.label - if$ - } - if$ - 'short.list := -} - -FUNCTION {calc.label} -{ calc.short.authors - short.list - "(" - * - year duplicate$ empty$ - { pop$ "" } - 'skip$ - if$ - * - 'label := -} - -FUNCTION {sort.format.names} -{ 's := - #1 'nameptr := - "" - s num.names$ 'numnames := - numnames 'namesleft := - { namesleft #0 > } - { s nameptr - "{ll{ }}{ f{ }}{ jj{ }}" - format.name$ 't := - nameptr #1 > - { - " " * - namesleft #1 = t "others" = and - { "zzzzz" 't := } - 'skip$ - if$ - t sortify * - } - { t sortify * } - if$ - nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := - namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := - } - while$ -} - -FUNCTION {sort.format.title} -{ 't := - "A " #2 - "An " #3 - "The " #4 t chop.word - chop.word - chop.word - sortify - #1 global.max$ substring$ -} -FUNCTION {author.sort} -{ author empty$ - { key empty$ - { "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$ - "" - } - { key sortify } - if$ - } - { author sort.format.names } - if$ -} -FUNCTION {author.editor.sort} -{ author empty$ - { editor empty$ - { key empty$ - { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$ - "" - } - { key sortify } - if$ - } - { editor sort.format.names } - if$ - } - { author sort.format.names } - if$ -} -FUNCTION {editor.sort} -{ editor empty$ - { key empty$ - { "to sort, need editor or key in " cite$ * warning$ - "" - } - { key sortify } - if$ - } - { editor sort.format.names } - if$ -} -FUNCTION {presort} -{ calc.label - label sortify - " " - * - type$ "book" = - type$ "inbook" = - or - 'author.editor.sort - { type$ "proceedings" = - 'editor.sort - 'author.sort - if$ - } - if$ - #1 entry.max$ substring$ - 'sort.label := - sort.label - * - " " - * - title field.or.null - sort.format.title - * - #1 entry.max$ substring$ - 'sort.key$ := -} - -ITERATE {presort} -SORT -STRINGS { last.label next.extra } -INTEGERS { last.extra.num last.extra.num.extended last.extra.num.blank number.label } -FUNCTION {initialize.extra.label.stuff} -{ #0 int.to.chr$ 'last.label := - "" 'next.extra := - #0 'last.extra.num := - "a" chr.to.int$ #1 - 'last.extra.num.blank := - last.extra.num.blank 'last.extra.num.extended := - #0 'number.label := -} -FUNCTION {forward.pass} -{ last.label label = - { last.extra.num #1 + 'last.extra.num := - last.extra.num "z" chr.to.int$ > - { "a" chr.to.int$ 'last.extra.num := - last.extra.num.extended #1 + 'last.extra.num.extended := - } - 'skip$ - if$ - last.extra.num.extended last.extra.num.blank > - { last.extra.num.extended int.to.chr$ - last.extra.num int.to.chr$ - * 'extra.label := } - { last.extra.num int.to.chr$ 'extra.label := } - if$ - } - { "a" chr.to.int$ 'last.extra.num := - "" 'extra.label := - label 'last.label := - } - if$ - number.label #1 + 'number.label := -} -FUNCTION {reverse.pass} -{ next.extra "b" = - { "a" 'extra.label := } - 'skip$ - if$ - extra.label 'next.extra := - extra.label - duplicate$ empty$ - 'skip$ - { "{\natexlab{" swap$ * "}}" * } - if$ - 'extra.label := - label extra.label * 'label := -} -EXECUTE {initialize.extra.label.stuff} -ITERATE {forward.pass} -REVERSE {reverse.pass} -FUNCTION {bib.sort.order} -{ sort.label - " " - * - year field.or.null sortify - * - " " - * - title field.or.null - sort.format.title - * - #1 entry.max$ substring$ - 'sort.key$ := -} -ITERATE {bib.sort.order} -SORT -FUNCTION {begin.bib} -{ preamble$ empty$ - 'skip$ - { preamble$ write$ newline$ } - if$ - "\begin{thebibliography}{" number.label int.to.str$ * "}" * - write$ newline$ - "\ProvideTextCommand{\guillemotleft}{OT1}{%" - write$ newline$ - " \leavevmode\raise .27ex\hbox{$\scriptscriptstyle\ll$}}" - write$ newline$ - "\ProvideTextCommand{\guillemotright}{OT1}{%" - write$ newline$ - " \leavevmode\raise .27ex\hbox{$\scriptscriptstyle\gg$}}" - write$ newline$ - "\newcommand{\enquote}[1]{\guillemotleft#1\guillemotright}" - write$ newline$ - "\providecommand{\natexlab}[1]{#1}" - write$ newline$ - "\providecommand{\url}[1]{\texttt{#1}}" - write$ newline$ - "\providecommand{\urlprefix}{URL }" - write$ newline$ - "\expandafter\ifx\csname urlstyle\endcsname\relax" - write$ newline$ - " \providecommand{\doi}[1]{doi:\discretionary{}{}{}#1}\else" - write$ newline$ - " \providecommand{\doi}{doi:\discretionary{}{}{}\begingroup \urlstyle{rm}\Url}\fi" - write$ newline$ - "\providecommand{\selectlanguage}[1]{\relax}" - write$ newline$ - "\input{francaisbst.tex}" write$ newline$ - "\newcommand{\Capitalize}[1]{\uppercase{#1}}" write$ newline$ - "\newcommand{\capitalize}[1]{\expandafter\Capitalize#1}" write$ newline$ -} -EXECUTE {begin.bib} -EXECUTE {init.state.consts} -ITERATE {call.type$} -FUNCTION {end.bib} -{ newline$ - "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$ -} -EXECUTE {end.bib} -%% End of customized bst file -%% -%% End of file `francaissc.bst'. diff --git a/biblio/bibtex/contrib/francais-bst/francaissc.dbj b/biblio/bibtex/contrib/francais-bst/francaissc.dbj new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..257e4f99e1 --- /dev/null +++ b/biblio/bibtex/contrib/francais-bst/francaissc.dbj @@ -0,0 +1,580 @@ +%% Driver file to produce francaissc.bst from francais-bst.mbs +%% First generated with makebst, version 4.1 (2003/09/08), from +%% merlin.mbs on 2012/10/15 at 1:06. +%% Generated again with makebst, version 4.1 (2003/09/08), from +%% francais-bst.mbs on 2023/10/25 at 14:11, then hand edited by +%% Vincent Goulet. +%% +\input docstrip + +\preamble + +Copyright (C) 2012-2023 Vincent Goulet + +This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c of this +license or (at your option) any later version. The latest version +of this license is in: + + https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt + +This work has the LPPL maintenance status `maintained'. + +The Current Maintainer of this work is Vincent Goulet +<vincent.goulet@act.ulaval.ca>. + +This work consists of the master bibliographic style file +francais-bst.mbs; the driver files francais.dbj and francaissc.dbj; +the derived files francais.bst, francaissc.bst, francaisbst.tex. + +\endpreamble + +\postamble +End of customized bst file +\endpostamble + +\keepsilent + +\askforoverwritefalse +\def\MBopts{\from{francais-bst.mbs}{% +%EXTERNAL FILES: +%Name of language file: \cfile=. +%No included files. +%INTERNAL LANGUAGE SUPPORT (if no external language file) +% %: (def) English + babel,%: Babel +%-------------------- +%STYLE OF CITATIONS: +% %: (def) Numerical + ay,%: Author-year +% alph,%: Alpha style, Jon90 or JWB90 +% alph,alf-1,%: Alpha style, Jon90 +% alph,alf-f,%: Alpha style, Jones90 +% cite,%: Cite key +%-------------------- +%HTML OUTPUT (if non author-year citations) +% %: (def) Normal LaTeX +% html,%: Hypertext +% html,htlist,%: Hypertext list +% html,htdes,%: Hypertext with keys +%-------------------- +%AUTHOR--YEAR SUPPORT SYSTEM (if author-year citations) + nat,%: Natbib +% %: (def) Older Natbib +% alk,%: Apalike +% har,%: Harvard +% ast,%: Astronomy +% cay,%: Chicago +% nmd,%: Named +% cn,%: Author-date +%-------------------- +%HARVARD EXTENSIONS INCLUDED (if Harvard support selected) +% harnm,%: With Harvard extensions +% %: (def) Older Harvard +%-------------------- +%LANGUAGE FIELD +% %: (def) No language field + lang,%: Add language field +%-------------------- +%ANNOTATIONS: + %: (def) No annotations +% annote,%: Annotations +%-------------------- +%PRESENTATIONS: + %: (def) Do not add presentation type +% pres,%: Add presentation, speaker not highlighted +% pres,pres-bf,%: Presentation, speaker bold face +% pres,pres-it,%: Presentaion, speaker italic +% pres,pres-sc,%: Presentaion, speaker in small caps +%-------------------- +%ORDERING OF REFERENCES (if non-author/year and non-alph) +% %: (def) Alphabetical +% seq-no,%: Citation order +% seq-yr,%: Year ordered +% seq-yrr,%: Reverse year ordered +%-------------------- +%ORDERING OF REFERENCES (if author-year citations) + %: (def) Alphabetical +% seq-lab,%: By label +% seq-labc,%: By label and cite order +% seq-key,%: By label and cite key +% seq-yr,%: Year ordered +% seq-yrr,%: Reverse year ordered +% seq-no,%: Citation order +%-------------------- +%ORDER ON VON PART (if not citation order) +% %: (def) Sort on von part + vonx,%: Sort without von part +%-------------------- +%IGNORE FIRST NAMES (if author-year citations) + %: (def) Respect first names +% xintls,%: Sort on surname only +%-------------------- +%AUTHOR NAMES: +% ed-au,%: Full, surname last +% nm-revf,%: Full, surname first +% nm-init,ed-au,%: Initials + surname +% nm-rev,%: Surname + initials +% nm-rv,%: Surname + dotless initials +% nm-rvvc,%: Surname + comma + spaceless initials +% nm-rvx,%: Surname + pure initials +% nm-rvcx,%: Surname + comma + pure initials +% nm-rvv,%: Surname + spaceless initials + nm-rev1,%: Only first name reversed, initials +% nm-revv1,%: First name reversed, with full names +%-------------------- +%EDITOR NAMES IN COLLECTIONS (if author names reversed) + %: (def) Editor names NOT reversed +% ed-rev,%: Editor names reversed +%-------------------- +%POSITION OF JUNIOR (if author names reversed) + jnrlst,%: Junior comes last +% %: (def) Junior between +%-------------------- +%JUNIOR PART IN THE CITATION (if author-year citations) + %: (def) No `junior' part in the citations +% jnrlab,%: `Junior' in citations +%-------------------- +%PUNCTUATION BETWEEN AUTHOR NAMES: + %: (def) Author names separated by commas +% aunm-semi,%: Names separated by semi-colon +% aunm-sl,%: Names separated by slash +%-------------------- +%ADJACENT REFERENCES WITH REPEATED NAMES: + %: (def) Author/editor names always present +% nmdash,%: Repeated author/editor names replaced by dash +% nmdash,nmd-2,%: Repeated author/editor names replaced by 2 dashes +% nmdash,nmd-3,%: Repeated author/editor names replaced by 3 dashes +%-------------------- +%NUMBER OF AUTHORS IN BIBLIOGRAPHY: + %: (def) All authors +% nmlm,%: Limited authors +%-------------------- +%AUTHORS IN CITATIONS: + %: (def) One author et al +% mcite,%: Some other truncation scheme +%-------------------- +%MAX AUTHORS BEFORE ET AL: (if regular cite not selected) +% mct-1,%: One et al +% mct-2,%: One, Two et al +% mct-3,%: One, Two, Three et al +% mct-4,%: One, Two, Three, Four et al +% mct-5,%: One, Two, Three, Four, Five et al +% mct-6,%: One, Two, Three, Four, Five, Six et al +%-------------------- +%MAX AUTHORS WITHOUT ET AL: (if regular cite not selected) +% mct-x2,%: Two authors without truncating +% mct-x3,%: Three authors +% mct-x4,%: Four authors +% mct-x5,%: Five authors +% mct-x6,%: Six authors +%-------------------- +%TYPEFACE FOR AUTHORS IN LIST OF REFERENCES: +% %: (def) Normal font for author names + nmft,nmft-sc,%: Small caps authors +% nmft,nmft-it,%: Italic authors +% nmft,nmft-bf,%: Bold authors +% nmft,nmft-def,%: User defined author font +%-------------------- +%FONT FOR FIRST NAMES (if non-default font for authors) + %: (def) First names same font as surnames +% fnm-rm,%: First names in normal font +% fnm-def,%: First names in user defined font +%-------------------- +%EDITOR NAMES IN INCOLLECTION ETC: + %: (def) Editors incollection normal font +% nmfted,%: Editors incollection like authors +%-------------------- +%FONT FOR `AND' IN LIST: +% %: (def) `And' in author font + nmand-rm,%: `And' in normal font +%-------------------- +%FONT OF CITATION LABELS IN TEXT (if author-year citations) +% %: (def) Cited authors plain +% lab,lab-it,%: Cited authors italic + lab,lab-sc,%: Cited authors small caps +% lab,lab-bf,%: Cited authors bold +% lab,lab-def,%: User defined citation font +%-------------------- +%FONT FOR `AND' IN CITATIONS (if non-default font for citation lables) +% %: (def) Cited `and' in author font + and-rm,%: Cited `and' in normal font +%-------------------- +%FONT OF EXTRA LABEL (The extra letter on the year) + %: (def) Extra label plain +% xlab-it,%: Extra label italic +%-------------------- +%LABEL WHEN AUTHORS MISSING (if author-year citations) + keyxyr,%: Year blank when KEY replaces missing author +% %: (def) Year included when KEY replaces missing author +%-------------------- +%MISSING DATE (if author-year citations) +% %: (def) Missing date set to ???? + blkyear,%: Missing date left blank +%-------------------- +%DATE POSITION: +% %: (def) Date at end + dt-beg,%: Date after authors +% dt-jnl,%: Date part of journal spec. +% dt-end,%: Date at very end +%-------------------- +%DATE FORMAT (if non author-year citations) +% %: (def) Plain month and year +% yr-par,%: Date in parentheses +% yr-brk,%: Date in brackets +% yr-col,%: Date preceded by colon +% yr-per,%: Date preceded by period +% yr-com,%: Date preceded by comma +% yr-blk,%: Date preceded by space +%-------------------- +%SUPPRESS MONTH: +% %: (def) Date is month and year +% xmth,%: Date is year only +%-------------------- +%REVERSED DATE (if including month) +% %: (def) Date as month year +% dtrev,%: Date as year month +%-------------------- +%DATE FORMAT (if author-year citations) +% %: (def) Year plain +% yr-par,%: Year in parentheses +% yr-brk,%: Year in brackets +% yr-col,%: Year preceded by colon + yr-per,%: Year preceded by period +% yr-com,%: Date preceded by comma +% yr-blk,%: Year preceded by space +%-------------------- +%INCLUDE MONTHS: + %: (def) Date is year only +% aymth,%: Include month in date +%-------------------- +%REVERSED DATE (if including month) +% %: (def) Date as month year +% dtrev,%: Date as year month +%-------------------- +%DATE PUNCTUATION (if date not at end) + %: (def) Date with standard block punctuation +% yrp-col,%: Colon after date +% yrp-semi,%: Semi-colon after date +% yrp-per,%: Period after date +% yrp-x,%: No punct. after date +%-------------------- +%BLANK AFTER DATE: + %: (def) Space after date +% yrpp-xsp,%: No space after date +%-------------------- +%DATE FONT: + %: (def) Date in normal font +% dtbf,%: Date in bold face +%-------------------- +%TRUNCATE YEAR (if author-year citations) + note-yr,%: Year text full +% %: (def) Year truncated +%-------------------- +%TITLE OF ARTICLE: +% %: (def) Title plain +% tit-it,%: Title italic +% tit-qq,qt-s,%: Title and punctuation in single quotes +% tit-qq,%: Title and punctuation in double quotes +% tit-qq,qt-g,%: Title and punctuation in guillemets +% tit-qq,qt-s,qx,%: Title in single quotes +% tit-qq,qx,%: Title in double quotes + tit-qq,qt-g,qx,%: Title in guillemets +%-------------------- +%COLLECTION/PROCEEDINGS TITLES (if quoted title) +% bt-qq,%: Quote collection and proceedings titles + %: (def) Collection and proceedings titles not in quotes +%-------------------- +%CAPITALIZATION OF ARTICLE TITLE: + %: (def) Sentence style +% atit-u,%: Title style +%-------------------- +%ARTICLE TITLE PRESENT: + %: (def) Article title present +% jtit-x,%: No article title +%-------------------- +%JOURNAL NAMES: + %: (def) Periods in journal names +% jxper,%: Dotless journal names +%-------------------- +%JOURNAL NAME FONT: + %: (def) Journal name italics +% jttl-rm,%: Journal name normal +%-------------------- +%THESIS TITLE: + %: (def) Thesis titles like books +% thtit-a,%: Thesis title like article +% thtit-x,%: No thesis title +%-------------------- +%TECHNICAL REPORT TITLE: +% %: (def) Tech. report title like articles + trtit-b,%: Tech. report title like books +%-------------------- +%TECHNICAL REPORT NUMBER: + %: (def) Tech. report and number plain +% trnum-it,%: Tech. report and number italic +%-------------------- +%JOURNAL VOLUME: + %: (def) Volume plain +% vol-it,%: Volume italic +% vol-bf,%: Volume bold +% vol-2bf,%: Volume and number bold +%-------------------- +%JOURNAL VOL AND NUMBER: +% %: (def) Journal vol(num) +% vnum-sp,%: Journal vol (num) +% vnum-cm,%: Journal vol, num + vnum-nr,%: Journal vol, no. num +% vnum-h,%: Journal vol, \# number +% vnum-b,%: Journal vol number +% vnum-x,%: Journal vol, without number +%-------------------- +%VOLUME PUNCTUATION: +% %: (def) Volume with colon +% volp-sp,%: Volume with colon and space +% volp-semi,%: Volume with semi-colon + volp-com,%: Volume with comma +% volp-blk,%: Volume with blank +%-------------------- +%YEAR IN JOURNAL SPECIFICATION: + %: (def) Journal year like others +% jdt-v,%: Journal vol(year) +% jdt-vs,%: Journal vol (year) +% jdt-p,%: Year with pages +% jdt-pc,%: Year, comma, pages +%-------------------- +%PAGE NUMBERS: + %: (def) Start and stop page numbers +% jpg-1,%: Only start page number +%-------------------- +%LARGE PAGE NUMBERS: +% %: (def) No separators for large page numbers +% pgsep-c,%: Comma inserted over 9999 + pgsep-s,%: Thin space inserted over 9999 +% pgsep-p,%: Period inserted over 9999 +%-------------------- +%WORD `PAGE' IN ARTICLES: +% %: (def) Article pages numbers only + jwdpg,%: Include `page' in articles +%-------------------- +%POSITION OF PAGES: + %: (def) Pages given mid text +% pp-last,%: Pages at end +%-------------------- +%WORD `VOLUME' IN ARTICLES: +% %: (def) Article volume as number only + jwdvol,%: Include `volume' in articles +%-------------------- +%NUMBER AND SERIES FOR COLLECTIONS: + num-xser,%: Allows number without series +% %: (def) Standard BibTeX +%-------------------- +%POSITION OF NUMBER AND SERIES: +% %: (def) After chapter and pages + numser,%: Just before publisher +%-------------------- +%VOLUME AND SERIES FOR BOOKS/COLLECTIONS: +% %: (def) Vol. 23 of Series + ser-vol,%: Series, vol. 23 +%-------------------- +%POSITION OF VOLUME AND SERIES FOR INCOLLECTIONS: +% %: (def) Series and volume after the editors + ser-ed,%: Series and volume after booktitle +%-------------------- +%JOURNAL NAME PUNCTUATION: + %: (def) Comma after journal +% jnm-x,%: Space after journal +%-------------------- +%BOOK TITLE: + %: (def) Book title italic +% btit-rm,bt-rm,%: Book title plain +%-------------------- +%PAGES IN BOOKS: + %: (def) Pages in book plain +% bkpg-par,%: Pages in book in parentheses +% bkpg-x,%: Pages in book bare +%-------------------- +%TOTAL PAGES OF A BOOK: +% %: (def) Total book pages not printed + pg-bk,%: For book: 345 pages +% pg-bk,pg-pre,%: Total book pages before publisher +%-------------------- +%PUBLISHER ADDRESS: + %: (def) Publisher, address +% add-pub,%: Address: Publisher +%-------------------- +%PUBLISHER IN PARENTHESES: + %: (def) Publisher as normal block +% pub-par,%: Publisher in parentheses +% pub-date,%: Publisher and date in parentheses +% pub-date,pub-xc,%: Publisher and date in parentheses, no comma +% pub-date,pub-xpar,%: Publisher and date without parentheses +% pub-date,pub-xpar,pub-xc,%: Publisher and date, no parentheses, no comma +%-------------------- +%PUBLISHER POSITION: +% %: (def) Publisher after chapter, pages + pre-pub,%: Publisher before chapter, pages + pre-edn,%: Publisher after edition +%-------------------- +%ISBN NUMBER: + isbn,%: Include ISBN +% %: (def) No ISBN +%-------------------- +%ISSN NUMBER: +% issn,%: Include ISSN + %: (def) No ISSN +%-------------------- +%DOI NUMBER: +% doi,%: Include DOI + url-doi,%: Format DOI as URL //doi.org/doi +% agu-doi,doi,%: Insert DOI AGU style +% %: (def) No DOI +%-------------------- +%`EDITOR' AFTER NAMES (EDITED BOOKS WITHOUT AUTHORS): +% %: (def) Word `editor' after name +% edpar,%: `Name (editor),' +% edpar,bkedcap,%: `Name (Editor),' +% edparc,%: `Name, (editor)' +% edparc,bkedcap,%: `Name, (Editor)' + edparxc,%: `Name (editor)' +% edparxc,bkedcap,%: `Name (Editor)' +%-------------------- +%EDITOR IN COLLECTIONS: +% %: (def) Same as for edited book + edby,%: In booktitle, edited by .. +% edby-par,%: In booktitle (edited by ..) +% edby-parc,%: In booktitle, (edited by ..) +% edby,edbyx,%: In booktitle, editor .. +% edby,edbyw,%: In booktitle, (editor) .. +% edby-par,edbyx,%: In booktitle (editor..) +% edby-parc,edbyx,%: In booktitle, (editor..) +% edby,edbyy,%: In booktitle, .., editor +% edby-par,edbyy,%: In booktitle (.., editor) +%-------------------- +%CAPITALIZE `EDITOR' OR `EDITED BY' (if editor capitalizable) +% %: (def) `(editor,..)' or `(edited by..)' +% edcap,%: `(Editor,..)' or `(Edited by..)' +%-------------------- +%PUNCTUATION BETWEEN SECTIONS (BLOCKS): +% %: (def) \newblock after blocks + blk-com,%: Comma between blocks +% blk-com,com-semi,%: Semi-colon between blocks +% blk-com,com-blank,%: Blanks between blocks +% blk-tit,%: Period after titles of articles, books, etc +% blk-tit,tit-col,%: Colon after titles of articles, books, etc +% blk-tita,%: Period after titles of articles +% blk-tita,tit-col,%: Colon after titles of articles +%-------------------- +%PUNCTUATION BEFORE NOTES (if not using \newblock) +% %: (def) Notes have regular punctuation + blknt,%: Notes preceded by period +%-------------------- +%PUNCTUATION AFTER AUTHORS: + %: (def) Author block normal +% au-col,%: Author block with colon +%-------------------- +%PUNCTUATION AFTER `IN': + %: (def) Space after `in' +% in-col,%: Colon after `in' +% in-it,%: Italic `in' +% in-col,in-it,%: Italic `in' and colon +% in-x,%: No word `in' +%-------------------- +%`IN' WITH JOURNAL NAMES (if using 'in' with collections) + %: (def) No `in' before journal name +% injnl,%: Add `in' before journal name +%-------------------- +%FINAL PUNCTUATION: + %: (def) Period at very end +% fin-bare,%: No period at end +%-------------------- +%ABBREVIATE WORD `PAGES' (if not using external language file) +% %: (def) `Page(s)' + pp,%: `Page' abbreviated +% ppx,%: `Page' omitted +%-------------------- +%ABBREVIATE WORD `EDITORS': +% %: (def) `Editor(s)' + ed,%: `Editor' abbreviated +%-------------------- +%OTHER ABBREVIATIONS: +% %: (def) No abbreviations + abr,%: Abbreviations +%-------------------- +%ABBREVIATION FOR `EDITION' (if abbreviating words) + %: (def) `Edition' abbreviated as `edn' +% ednx,%: `Edition' abbreviated as `ed' +%-------------------- +%MONTHS WITH DOTS: + %: (def) Months with dots +% mth-bare,%: Months without dots +%-------------------- +%EDITION NUMBERS: +% xedn,%: Editions as in database +% %: (def) Write out editions + ord,%: Numerical editions +%-------------------- +%Reading external language file \cfile= +%STORED JOURNAL NAMES: + %: (def) Full journal names +% jabr,%: Abbreviated journal names +% jabr,jaa,%: Abbreviated with astronomy shorthands +%-------------------- +%AMPERSAND: + %: (def) Use word `and' +% amper,%: Use ampersand +% varand,%: Use \BIBand +%-------------------- +%COMMA BEFORE `AND': +% %: (def) Comma before `and' + and-xcom,%: No comma before `and' +% and-com,%: Comma even with 2 authors +%-------------------- +%COMMA BEFORE `AND' EVEN FOR COLLECTION EDITORS (if using comma before `and' with authors) +% and-com-ed,%: Comma with 2 editors +% %: (def) Two editors without comma +%-------------------- +%NO `AND' IN REFERENCE LIST: + %: (def) With `and' +% xand,%: No `and' +%-------------------- +%COMMA BEFORE `ET AL': +% %: (def) Comma before `et al' + etal-xc,%: No comma before `et al' +%-------------------- +%FONT OF `ET AL': + %: (def) Plain et al +% etal-it,%: Italic et al +% etal-rm,%: Roman et al +%-------------------- +%ADDITIONAL REVTeX DATA FIELDS: + %: (def) No additional fields +% revdata,eprint,url,url-blk,%: Include REVTeX data fields +%-------------------- +%E-PRINT DATA FIELD: (without REVTeX fields) + %: (def) Do not include eprint field +% eprint,%: Include eprint and archive fields +%-------------------- +%URL ADDRESS: (without REVTeX fields) +% %: (def) No URL + url,url-blk,%: Include URL +% url,url-nt,%: URL as note +% url,url-nl,%: URL on new line +%-------------------- +%REFERENCE COMPONENT TAGS: + %: (def) No reference component tags +% bibinfo,%: Reference component tags +%-------------------- +%EMPHASIS: (affects all so-called italics) + %: (def) Use emphasis +% em-it,%: Use true italics +% em-x,%: No italics +% em-ul,%: Underlining +%-------------------- +%COMPATIBILITY WITH PLAIN TEX: + nfss,%: Use LaTeX commands +% plntx,%: Use only Plain TeX +%-------------------- + }} +\generate{\file{francaissc.bst}{\MBopts}} +\endbatchfile diff --git a/macros/generic/calcfrac/README b/macros/generic/calcfrac/README index 9beec979d5..6ff5a27164 100644 --- a/macros/generic/calcfrac/README +++ b/macros/generic/calcfrac/README @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ ____________________________________ calcfrac - v0.1 - 26/10/2023 + v0.2 + 28/10/2023 TeX & LaTeX package ____________________________________ @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ Licence : Released under the LaTeX Project Public License v1.3c or Status : maintained ************************ LISEZ-MOI FRANÇAIS ************************ -Ce package a des intentions pédagogiques. Les vidéos montrant la +Ce package a des intentions pédagogiques. Les 7 vidéos montrant la totalité de son écriture à partir de rien sont disponibles sur youtube à partir de l'épisode 24 : @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ la brève description ci-dessous. ************************** README ENGLISH ************************** -This package is intended for educational purposes. The videos +This package is intended for educational purposes. The 7 videos showing its writing from scratch are available on youtube from episode 24: diff --git a/macros/generic/calcfrac/calcfrac-fr.pdf b/macros/generic/calcfrac/calcfrac-fr.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b113da371e --- /dev/null +++ b/macros/generic/calcfrac/calcfrac-fr.pdf diff --git a/macros/generic/calcfrac/calcfrac-fr.tex b/macros/generic/calcfrac/calcfrac-fr.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..338294a11c --- /dev/null +++ b/macros/generic/calcfrac/calcfrac-fr.tex @@ -0,0 +1,161 @@ +\documentclass[10pt,a4paper,french]{article} +\usepackage[margin=2.25cm]{geometry} +\usepackage[no-math]{fontspec} +\usepackage[libertine]{newtxmath} +\usepackage{libertineRoman,babel,calcfrac,longtable,hyperref,enumitem} +\usepackage[scaled=0.8]{GoMono} +\frenchbsetup{StandardLists=true,og=«,fg=»} +\newcommand*\tabstrut{\vrule width0pt height3.25ex depth2ex } +\newcommand*\calcfractab[1]{\tabstrut\texttt{\string\calcfrac\{\textbf{#1}\}}&\calcfrac{#1}\\} +\newcommand*\printfrdate{\expandafter\printfrdatea\calcfracdate\relax} +\def\printfrdatea#1/#2/#3\relax{#3/#2/#1} +\setitemize{leftmargin=3em,topsep=0pt,parsep=0pt,itemsep=4pt,label=--} +\parindent=0pt +\parskip=5pt +\pagestyle{empty} +\begin{document} +\parskip=8pt plus 2.5pt minus 1.5pt +\begingroup + \centering + \parskip=0pt + \null\vskip.5cm + {\large\bfseries L'extension pour \TeX\space\& \LaTeX\par \Huge \calcfracname\par} + \bigbreak + \calcfracver + \smallbreak + \printfrdate + \vskip.5cm + \TeX périmental\smallbreak + \href{mailto:texperimental@mailo.fr}{\texttt{texperimental@mailo.fr}}\par +\endgroup +\vskip1cm + +\hfill + \vtop{\hsize=0.62\linewidth + \small + Cette extension est un moteur de calcul d'expressions numériques contenant des fractions. La valeur numérique de l'expression est calculée de façon non développable et affichée sous forme d'une fraction irréductible ou, le cas écheant, d'un entier.\par + L'extension \texttt{calcfrac} ne dépend d'aucune extension et est écrite en \TeX. + }% +\hfill\null +\vskip1cm +\section{Présentation} +Ce document est autant un manuel \emph{minimaliste} à destination des utilisateurs qu'un recueil d'exemples. + +Le package se charge classiquement à l'aide de: +\begin{itemize} + \item \verb|\usepackage{calcfrac}| pour les utilisateurs de \LaTeX; + \item \verb|\input calcfrac.tex| pour les utilisateurs de \TeX. +\end{itemize} + +Le package \texttt{calcfrac} est avant tout un package à vocation pédagogique puisque sa génèse fait l'objet de 7~vidéos sur youtube. On y voit la création de ce package, entièrement enregistrée du tout début jusqu'à sa publication sur le CTAN. Toutes les explications nécessaires à la compréhension de son fonctionnement y sont données. Les personnes désireuses de découvrir la machinerie \TeX{} qui agit en coulisses ou souhaitant en apprendre davantage sur la programmation en \TeX{} sont invitées à visionner ces vidéos. Il s'agit de l'épisode~24 (\href{https://youtu.be/6lF4P6B3msw}{https://youtu.be/6lF4P6B3msw}) et suivants. + +\section{Fonctionnement} +La macro non développable \verb|\calcfrac| lit un argument obligatoire qui est non développé et détokénisé. S'il est vide, aucune action n'est faite sinon, il doit contenir une expression numérique. Cette expression numérique est constituée de nombres, des opérations arithmétiques classiques \texttt+, \texttt-, \texttt* et \texttt/ ainsi que de parenthèses correctement équilibrées. Les espaces sont ignorés. + +Un seul signe \texttt+ ou \texttt- est admis avant chaque terme et donc, l'expression \verb|2/3--3/2| produira une erreur, alors que \verb|2/3-(-3/2)| est valide. Par ailleurs, un signe \texttt+ ou \texttt- n'est pas accepté après \texttt* ou \texttt/. L'expression \verb|2/7*-3/5| n'est donc pas licite. L'utilisateur devrait écrire \verb|2/7*(-3)/5| ou \verb|2/7*(-3/5)|. + +Après avoir évalué l'expresssion numérique, \texttt{calcfrac} renvoie 3~arguments représentant le résultat : son signe (\texttt+ ou~\texttt-) et 2~nombres \emph{non signés} qui sont le numérateur et le dénominateur. Ces 3~arguments sont passés à la macro \verb|\cfdisp| qui les lit. Par défaut, cette macro affiche le résultat de façon «naturelle», c'est-à-dire que le signe est omis s'il est positif et un entier est affiché si le dénominateur est~1. Si une fraction doit être affichée, la macro \verb|\frac| est utilisée pour les utilisateurs de \LaTeX{} et c'est la primitive \verb|\over| pour ceux compilant avec \TeX. + +Il appartient à l'utilisateur de programmer \verb|\cfdisp| selon ses convenances s'il souhaite faire une autre utilisation des 3~arguments. + +À titre d'information, voici la version par défaut de la macro \verb|\cfdisp|, à gauche pour \LaTeX{} et à droite pour \TeX. + +\leavevmode\vtop{% +\hsize=0.3\linewidth +\small +\begin{verbatim} +\def\cfdisp#1#2#3{% + \ensuremath + {% + \ifnum#11=-1 -\fi + \ifnum#3=1 + #2% + \else + \frac{#2}{#3}% + \fi + }% +}% +\end{verbatim} +} +\hfill +\vtop{% +\hsize=0.6\linewidth +\small +\begin{verbatim} +\def\cfdisp#1#2#3{% + \ifmmode\expandafter\cf@execarg\else\expandafter\cf@matharg\fi + {\ifnum#11=-1 -\fi + {\ifnum#3=1 + #2% + \else + #2\over#3% + \fi + }% + }% +}% +\end{verbatim} +}\hfill\null +\section{Exemples} +Le tableau ci-dessous reprend les expressions utilisées par les tests unitaires exécutés lors de l'élaboration du package. Ils testent tout d'abord des expresions sans parenthèses pour ensuite finir avec des expressions plus complexes avec parenthèses. Il va sans dire que les tous tests unitaires ont été passés sans erreur et donc, les résultats affichés qui sont calculés par \texttt{calcfrac}, sont exacts. + +\begin{longtable}[c]{lc}\hline + \tabstrut Commande&Affichage\\\hline\endhead + \calcfractab{7/40+3/5-1/2+9/10} + \calcfractab{1/2+1/3} + \calcfractab{0} + \calcfractab{-1+1} + \calcfractab{1/2+1/2} + \calcfractab{-11/12+5/6-1/4} + \calcfractab{1-1/2+1/3-1/4+1/5-1/6} + \calcfractab{2/3/4*5-2*3/4/5} + \calcfractab{2*3*4*5/3/4/5/6-1} + \calcfractab{100/100} + \calcfractab{-100/100} + \calcfractab{1/2/3-2/3/4-3/4/5} + \calcfractab{1*2*3-2*3*4-4*5*6} + \calcfractab{9/10-10/11+11/12-12/13} + \calcfractab{9/10*10/11*11/12*12/13} + \calcfractab{7/20-8/25+7/10-3/50} + \calcfractab{2023/2024-2024/2023} + \calcfractab{1/2-2/1-2/2} + \calcfractab{1-2+3-4+5-6/2} + \calcfractab{-1/4-1/3-1/2+1} + \calcfractab{-9/10*5/2+2*8-7} + \calcfractab{0-0/2+0/3-0/4+0/5} + \calcfractab{-1/2+1/4-1/8+1/16} + \calcfractab{1/2+1/4+1/8+1/16+1/32+1/64+1/64} + \calcfractab{1/4+1/4+1/4+1/4-1/4-1/4-1/4-1/4} + \calcfractab{-1+1/2+1/3+1/4} + \calcfractab{32227/42143} + \calcfractab{(1)} + \calcfractab{((((((((((((((((((1))))))))))))))))))} + \calcfractab{(-1)} + \calcfractab{((((((((((((((((((-1))))))))))))))))))} + \calcfractab{(1/2-1/3)*(-1/4)} + \calcfractab{(1/2-2/5)*2} + \calcfractab{(1/2-2/5)*(-2)} + \calcfractab{2*(1/2-2/5)} + \calcfractab{(2/7-2/5)/21} + \calcfractab{1/21*(2/7-2/5)} + \calcfractab{1/(1/2-1/3)/(1/3-1/4)/(1/4-1/5)} + \calcfractab{(1/2-1/3)*(1/3-1/4)*(1/4-1/5)} + \calcfractab{(1/2-5/6*(3/8-2/3))*(1-1/4)} + \calcfractab{1/2-(1/3-(1/4-(1/5-1/6)))} + \calcfractab{1+1/(2+1/(2+1/(2+1/(2+1/2))))} + \calcfractab{-1-(-2-(-3-(-4-(-5-6))))} + \calcfractab{-1*(-2*(-3*(-4*(-5-6))))} + \calcfractab{-1/(-2/(-3/(-4/(-5-6))))} + \calcfractab{(1+1/2)*(1+1/3)*(1+1/4)*(1+1/5)*(1+1/6)} + \calcfractab{(1+1/2)/(1+1/3)+(1+1/4)/(1+1/5)-(1+1/6)} + \calcfractab{-(-1-(-2-(-3-4-5)))} + \calcfractab{-1/(-1-2/(-2-3/(-3-4)))} + \calcfractab{1/2/(1/2-1/(1/2-1))} + \calcfractab{(((1/2-1)/2-1)/3-1)/4} + \calcfractab{-(-(-(-(1-2)-3)-4)-5)-6} + \calcfractab{-2*(-3*(1-5)-3)/(-4)} + \calcfractab{-(-1-(-1-(-1-2)/3)/4)/5} + \calcfractab{-1*(-2*(-3*(-4-5/6)/7)/8)/9} + \calcfractab{(1+1/(1+1/(1+1/(1+1/2)/3)))*4} + \hline +\end{longtable} +\end{document}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/macros/generic/calcfrac/calcfrac.sty b/macros/generic/calcfrac/calcfrac.sty index 0951215197..38baea8ba8 100644 --- a/macros/generic/calcfrac/calcfrac.sty +++ b/macros/generic/calcfrac/calcfrac.sty @@ -1,13 +1,28 @@ +% ____________________________________ + +% calcfrac +% v0.2 +% 28/10/2023 + +% TeX & LaTeX package +% ____________________________________ + +% Author : TeXpérimental +% Email : texperimental@mailo.fr +% Licence : Released under the LaTeX Project Public License v1.3c or +% later, see http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +% Status : maintained + \input calcfrac.tex -\ProvidesPackage{\calcfracname}[\calcfracver\space Calcul d'expressions avec fractions] +\ProvidesPackage{\calcfracname}[\calcfracdate\space\calcfracver\space Calcul d'expressions avec fractions] \def\cfdisp#1#2#3{% \ensuremath - {\ifnum#11=-1 -\fi - {\ifnum#3=1 + {% + \ifnum#11=-1 -\fi + \ifnum#3=1 #2% \else \frac{#2}{#3}% \fi }% - }% }
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/macros/generic/calcfrac/calcfrac.tex b/macros/generic/calcfrac/calcfrac.tex index 7d46762f95..c2c64f225a 100644 --- a/macros/generic/calcfrac/calcfrac.tex +++ b/macros/generic/calcfrac/calcfrac.tex @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ % ____________________________________ % calcfrac -% v0.1 -% 26/10/2023 +% v0.2 +% 28/10/2023 % TeX & LaTeX package % ____________________________________ @@ -16,8 +16,8 @@ \csname calcfraconce\endcsname \let\calcfraconce\endinput \def\calcfracname{calcfrac} -\def\calcfracver{0.1} -\def\calcfracdate{2023/10/26} +\def\calcfracver{v0.2} +\def\calcfracdate{2023/10/28} \catcode`\@11 \def\cf@test@ifx#1{% @@ -54,22 +54,33 @@ \newcount\cf@tmp@count \newcount\cf@frac@cnt \newif\if@inparen -\def\calcfrac@err#1#2\relax{% +\def\calcfrac@err{% + \cf@test@ifnum{\currentgrouplevel>\cf@nestparen\relax} + {% + \endgroup + \calcfrac@err + } + {% + \calcfrac@err@a + }% +} +\def\calcfrac@err@a#1#2\relax{% \errmessage{Illegal char "#1", "#2" ignored}% } \def\calcfrac{% + \xdef\cf@nestparen{\the\currentgrouplevel}% \begingroup \catcode32=9 % espaces ignorés \calcfrac@a } \def\calcfrac@a#1{% - \endgroup - \ifcat\relax\detokenize{#1}\relax - \else + \ifcat\relax\detokenize{#1}\relax\expandafter\cf@execfirst\else\expandafter\cf@execsecond\fi + {} + {% \cf@frac@cnt=0 \@inparenfalse \expandafter\cf@read@frac\detokenize{#1}\relax - \fi + }% } \def\cf@read@frac{% [1 signe optionnel + ou-]<entier non signé>[1 signe / ou * suivi d'un entier non signé]*n \advance\cf@frac@cnt1 @@ -95,7 +106,7 @@ \afterassignment\cf@update@afterint \cf@tmp@count#1% } - {% TODO : si #1=parenthèse + {% si #1=parenthèse \if(#1\expandafter\cf@execfirst\else\expandafter\cf@execsecond\fi {% \begingroup @@ -223,13 +234,13 @@ \expandafter\cf@read@int\expanded{\cf@paren@numer\if*\cf@current@op/\else*\fi\cf@paren@denom}% } {% + \expandafter + \endgroup \expandafter\cfdisp\expanded{{\cf@result@sign}{\cf@result@numer}{\cf@result@denom}}% }% } \def\cfdisp#1#2#3{% - \ifmmode\expandafter\cf@execfirst\else\expandafter\cf@execsecond\fi - {\cf@execarg} - {\cf@matharg} + \ifmmode\expandafter\cf@execarg\else\expandafter\cf@matharg\fi {\ifnum#11=-1 -\fi {\ifnum#3=1 #2% @@ -243,4 +254,9 @@ \endinput VERSIONS : -v0.1 : version initiale
\ No newline at end of file +v0.1 26/10/2023 + version initiale +v0.2 28/10/2023 + corrections de bugs + améliorations du code + ajout d'un fichier pdf (manuel succint + exemples)
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/etoc/README.md b/macros/latex/contrib/etoc/README.md index a6f32b7860..b45d22bb03 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/etoc/README.md +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/etoc/README.md @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ <!-- --> - Source: etoc.dtx (1.2b) + Source: etoc.dtx (1.2c) Author: Jean-Francois Burnol Info: Completely customisable TOCs License: LPPL 1.3c @@ -78,6 +78,9 @@ etoc.sty, etoc.tex, etoc.pdf, etoc.dvi. RECENT CHANGES ============== +- `1.2c 2023/10/28` compatibility hotfix with `hyperref v7.01c`. Thanks + to Denis Bitouzé for report. + - `1.2b 2023/07/01` fixes a regression from `1.2` regarding concomitant usage of the package with `tocloft`. Some documentation improvements, in particular discussion of compatibility with `microtype`. diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/etoc/etoc.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/etoc/etoc.dtx index 09c808b774..6bc8ebe644 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/etoc/etoc.dtx +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/etoc/etoc.dtx @@ -2,20 +2,20 @@ % N.B.: this dtx file does NOT use \DocInput. It does NOT prefix the user % manual part with percent characters. %<*none> -\def\etocdtxtimestamp {Time-stamp: <04-07-2023 at 22:33:21 CEST>}% +\def\etocdtxtimestamp {Time-stamp: <04-07-2023 at 22:42:41 CEST>}% %</none> %<*!readme> %% %% Package: etoc -%% Version: 1.2b +%% Version: 1.2c %% License: LPPL 1.3c %% Copyright (C) 2012-2023 Jean-Francois Burnol %% <jfbu at free dot fr> %</!readme> %<*none> -\def\etocpkgdate {2023/07/01} -\def\etocdocdate {2023/07/01} -\def\etocpkgversion {1.2b} +\def\etocpkgdate {2023/10/28} +\def\etocdocdate {2023/10/28} +\def\etocpkgversion {1.2c} \def\etocpkgdescription {Completely customisable TOCs (JFB)} %% Formerly this etoc.dtx also included source for a German translation %% etoc-DE.pdf. But all additions since April 2015 had been only in English. @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ \catcode32=13\catcode`\\=12^^Brelax^^A ^^Bfirstofone{^^Bendgroup^^Bdef^^BetocLicense^^A {% Package: etoc -% Version: 1.2b +% Version: 1.2c % License: LPPL 1.3c % Copyright (C) 2012-2023 Jean-Francois Burnol <jfbu at free dot fr> % @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ %<*readme> <!-- --> - Source: etoc.dtx (1.2b) + Source: etoc.dtx (1.2c) Author: Jean-Francois Burnol Info: Completely customisable TOCs License: LPPL 1.3c @@ -137,6 +137,9 @@ etoc.sty, etoc.tex, etoc.pdf, etoc.dvi. RECENT CHANGES ============== +- `1.2c 2023/10/28` compatibility hotfix with `hyperref v7.01c`. Thanks + to Denis Bitouzé for report. + - `1.2b 2023/07/01` fixes a regression from `1.2` regarding concomitant usage of the package with `tocloft`. Some documentation improvements, in particular discussion of compatibility with `microtype`. @@ -7209,6 +7212,13 @@ version is \texttt{\etocpkgversion}, of \texttt{\etocpkgdate}. \makeatother \vskip-\baselineskip \begin{jfverbatim} +~1.2c [2023/10/28]^ + + Compatibility hotfix with hyperref v7.01c; etoc had copied + over a now unneeded internal hyperref test, and since + v7.01c the result was that etoc produced empty tables of + contents. Thanks to Denis Bitouzé for report. + ~1.2b [2023/07/01]^ bugfix: a refactoring at 1.2 accidentally removed a needed @@ -8444,7 +8454,7 @@ of real structure in a \LaTeX{} document body). % \csa{numexpr} or \csa{unexpanded} or maybe others yet that we use). % \begin{macrocode} \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[2003/12/01] -\ProvidesPackage{etoc}[2023/07/01 v1.2b Completely customisable TOCs (JFB)] +\ProvidesPackage{etoc}[2023/10/28 v1.2c Completely customisable TOCs (JFB)] % \end{macrocode} % Gentle Info message in the log to mention no testing is done of current % \etoc on old \LaTeX{} installations. @@ -8457,7 +8467,7 @@ of real structure in a \LaTeX{} document body). Since 1.1a (2023/01/14), etoc prefers LaTeX at least\MessageBreak as recent as 2020-10-01, for reasons of the .toc file,\MessageBreak and used to require it (from 1.1a to 1.2).\MessageBreak - This etoc (1.2b) does not *require* it, but has not been\MessageBreak + This etoc (1.2c) does not *require* it, but has not been\MessageBreak tested thoroughly on old LaTeX (especially if document\MessageBreak does not use hyperref) and retrofitting was done only\MessageBreak on basis of author partial remembrances of old context.\MessageBreak @@ -9497,17 +9507,15 @@ of real structure in a \LaTeX{} document body). \global\Etoc@toctoks=\expandafter{\the\Etoc@toctoks}% \closein\Etoc@tf}} {\typeout{No file \jobname.toc.}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \etocrelease{1.2c} removes a legacy test it had copied over +% from \ctanpkg{hyperref} internals, whose purpose was to check +% if the |.toc| file had been produced in an earlier +% no-hyperref pass, which in the past would trigger +% failure. For specifics see +% \url{https://github.com/latex3/hyperref/issues/305}. +% \begin{macrocode} \def\Etoc@openouttoc{% - \ifEtoc@hyperref - \ifx\hyper@last\@undefined - \IfFileExists{\jobname .toc} - {\Hy@WarningNoLine - {old toc file detected; run LaTeX again (cheers from `etoc')}% - \global\Etoc@toctoks={}% - } - {}% - \fi - \fi \if@filesw \newwrite \tf@toc \immediate \openout \tf@toc \jobname .toc\relax diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/etoc/etoc.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/etoc/etoc.pdf Binary files differindex 1bfc2c962f..8f6b1a892a 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/etoc/etoc.pdf +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/etoc/etoc.pdf @@ -2,4 +2,4 @@ # The source CTAN of this site's material: dante.ctan.org # The year-month-day-hour-minute of this site's material: -2023-10-28-02-02 +2023-10-29-02-02 |